Cadillac 1993 Eldorado Owners Manual Owner's
2015-10-23
: Cadillac Cadillac-1993-Cadillac-Eldorado-Owners-Manual-813351 cadillac-1993-cadillac-eldorado-owners-manual-813351 cadillac pdf
Open the PDF directly: View PDF  .
.
Page Count: 398 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]
- Table of Contents
- How to use this Manual
- Seats and Safety Belts- Seats and Seat Controls
- Head Restraints
- Safety Belts: They're for Everyone
- Here are Questions may People ask about Safety Belts -- And the Answers
- How to Wear Safety Belts Properly
- Adults
- Driver Position
- Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System (Air Bags)
- How The Air Bag System Works
- Servicing Your Cadillac with the Air Bag System
- Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy
- Right Front Passenger Position
- Rear Seat Passengers
- Center Passenger Position
- Children
- Smaller Children and Babies
- Child Restraints
- Larger Children
- Safety Belt Extender
- Checklng Your Restraint Systems
- Replacing Safety Belts After a Crash
 
- Features and Controls- Keys
- Door Locks
- Remote Keyless Entry System
- Center Console
- Glow Box
- Remote Trunk Release
- Theft
- Theft Deterrent (option)
- Pass-Key II
- New Vehicle "Break-In"
- Ignition Key Positions
- Starting Your Engine
- Engine Block Heater
- Driving Through Deep Standing Water
- Automatic Transaxle
- Parking Brake
- Shifting Into "P" (Park)
- Shifting out of “P” (Park)
- Parking Over Things That Burn
- Engine Exhaust
- Running Your Engine While You're Parked
- Power Windows
- Horn
- Tilt Wheel
- The Turn Signal/Multifunction Lever
- Cruise Control
- Lights
- Mirrors
- Convex Outside Mirror
- Astroroof - Express Open
- Sunglass Compartment
- Ashtrays and Lighters
- The Instrument Panel: Your Information System
- Warning Lights
 
- Comfort Controls and Audio Systems
- Your Driving and the Road- Road Signs
- Traffic Lights
- Your Own Signals
- Defensive Driving
- Drunken Driving
- Control of a Vehicle
- Braking
- Steering
- Off-road Recovery
- Passing
- Loss of Control
- Driving at Night
- Driving in the Ralin
- Driving in Fog, Mist and Haze
- City Driving
- Freeway Driving
- Driving a Long Distance
- Before Leaving on a Long Trip
- Highway Hypnosis
- Hill and Mountain Roads
- Winter Driving
- If You’re Caught in a Blizzard
- If You’re Stuck in Deep Snow
- Towing a Trailer
 
- Problems on the Road
- Service and Appearance Care- Doing Your Own Service Work
- Fuel
- Fuels in Foreign Countries
- Filling Your Tank
- Checking Things Under the Hood
- Engine Oil
- Air Cleaner
- Automatic Transaxle Fluid
- Engine Coolant
- Thermostat
- Power Steering Fluid
- Headlight Washer Fluid
- Brake Master Cylinder
- Replacing Brake System Parts
- Battery
- Halogen Bulbs
- Lamp Housings
- Headlight Bulb Removal
- Taillight Bulb Replacement
- Center High Mounted Stop Lamp Bulb Replacement
- Wiper Blade Replacement
- Air Cleaner Filter Replacement
- Loading Your Vehicle
- Tires
- Appearance Care
- Cleaning the Inside of Your Cadillac
- Cleaning the Outside of Your Cadillac
- Aluminum Wheels
- Underbody Maintenance
- Appearance Care Materials Chart
- Vehicle Identification Number
- Service Parts Identification Label
- Add-on Electrlcal Equipment
- Fuses and Circuit Breakers
- Bulb Chart
- Normal Maintenance Replacement
- Specifications
 
- Owner Assictance - Customer Satisfaction Procedure
- Customer Assistance for the Hearing or Speech Impaired
- Zone and Central Office Addresses
- Gm Participation in Better Business Bureau Mediation/arbitration Program*
- Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government
- Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government
- Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors
- Service Publications
 
- Index

ELDORADO 
OWNER'S 
LlIERATURE 

.- 


Henry 
M. 
Leland, 
founder 
of 
Cadillac, 
stad 
beside 
the 
1905 
“Osceola”  which 
was 
built 
to 
evaluate  the 
feasibility 
of 
a 
closed 
bodied 
car. 
0 
D 

I 
n 
n 
P 
r 
r 
r 
r 
n 
Few  automobiles are fortunate enough to  have  the rich 
heritage 
that 
is  Cadillac,  The name  Cadillac  is  appropriately 
that 
of 
Antoine  de 
La 
Mothe  Cadillac,  the  French  military 
commander who  founded the  city of  Detroit  in 
170 
1, 
What 
better  name  for the oldest automobile  manufacturer in Detroit. 
Henry 
M. 
Leland,  known  as  the 
master  of  precision,  initiated  his  pre- 
cision  manufacturing  techniques at 
the  founding  of  Cadillac 
in 
1902. 
His exacting 
standards prompted the 
motto 
by 
which  Cadillac 
has  been  guided  over  the 
years 
- 
“Craftsmanship 
A 
Creed -Accuracy 
A 
Club of  England  awarded  the  pres- 
tigious 
1 
to  Cadillac  twice 
. 
. 
Law! 
The introduction of 
the  first  four  cylinder  en- 
gine  in 
1905 
led  the industry and 
enabled  Cadillacs  to  travel at speeds 
up to 
50 
mph. 
For attention to  quality  and  in- 
novation,  the  Royal  Automobile 
Dewar 
Trophy 
1 
first  in 
1908 
for  achieving 
perfect  interchangeability 
of parts  and  again  in 
1912 
for  introducing  the  elec- 
tric self starter, electric 
1 
lighting  and  ignition 
svstem. 
r, 
Cadillac is the only 
American  manufacturer 
b 
to  win  this  honor  and  the 
only  manufacturer in  the world  to  win 
it  twice.  As  commonplace  as  stan- 
dardized  parts  are  today,  in 
1908 
parts 
were  still  individually  hand fitted 
both  in  production  and  service. 


n 
17 
r 
P 
I- 
t 
I 
r 
r 
n 
. .. 
. 
, 
.. 
Standardization opened the eyes  of 
the  industrial world  and  was the cor- 
ner-stone 
of 
modern 
U 
production. From  this  achievement 
evolved the  reference  to  Cadillac  as 
“Standard 
of 
the World: 
In 
1909 
Cadillac was purchased 
by 
the  then  new  General Motors 
Corporation. Convenience, clean- 
liness and all-weather  comfort were 
greatly  enhanced  in 
1910 
when  Cad- 
illac  became  the first  manufacturer 
to  offer  closed  bodies as standard 
equipment. 
“The Penalty of  Leadership” 
first  appeared  in  the  January 
2, 
1915 
issue 
of 
The Saturday  Evening  Post 
as  an  expression of  the  Cadillac  com- 
mitment  to  leadership,  quality,  and 
innovation.  It  is  widely  regarded  as 
one 
of 
the finest  documents  ever 
written  and  was published  following 
the  introduction of  the  first  produc- 
tion 
V8 
engine. The 
V8 
was stan- 
dard  in  all 
1915 
model  Cadillacs. 
Many  Cadillac  “firsts”  have  fol- 
lowed  over  the years,  including  the 
synchro-mech clashless transmis- 
sion, a nation-wide  comprehensive 
1 
cy-- 
45 
O 
V-16 
Engine 
Ir 
A 
service policy,  security  plate  glass, 
chrome  plating  and the first  car  to 
be designed 
by 
a stylist 
(1927 
La- 
Salle/Harley  Earl). The 
’30s 
wit- 
nessed  production of the  smooth  and 
quiet 
V12 
and 
-\ 
The crisp,  contemporary  lines of  the 
1938 
60 
Special  series  ushered  in 
a 
new era  in  styling. 
During World  War 
11, 
shortly 
after  Pearl  Harbor,  Cadillac  discon- 
tinued  car production for the first 
time  since 
1902 
in  order to construct 
light  tanks,  combat  vehicles  and 
internal  parts  for  Allison 
V1710 
en- 
gines. Two  Cadillac 
V8 
engines  and 
Hydra-Matic  transmissions  were 
used in  each  tank. 
A 
L 

. 
. 
., 
J 
I 
&i 
3 

. 
.- 
9 
--r 
I 
I 
r 
r 
P 
-. 
. 
_.- 
, 
-. 
J. 
.- 
For  the 
1948 
model, Cadillac 
introduced  the  legendary 
tail 
fin 
which set the trend in automotive 
styling  for  nearly  two  decades.  This 
was  followed 
by 
the 1949  model  with 
the two door  hardtop  Coupe  DeVille 
and  the  modern  overhead  valve, 
high  compression 
V8 
engine. 
- 
Engineering  innovations,  con- 
veniences  and  styling  dominated  the 
'50s 
and '60s.  Cruise  control, auto- 
matic  climate  control, 
tilt 
and 
telescoping  steering  wheels,  twilight 
sentinel  and  four  door  hard  tops  all 
debuted  in  these  years.  In 
1957 
the 
Eldorado Brougham featured  ad- 
vances  such  as  air  suspension,  mem- 
ory  seat,  automatic  electric 
door 
locks, transistor  radio, 
a 
brushed 
stainless  steel  roof  and low  profile 
tires. 
introduced in 
1953, 
was redesigned  for 
1967 
as the 
first  front  wheel  drive  personal  lux- 
ury  car.  The 
472 
cu. in. 
V8 
engine 
used 
in 
all 
Cadillacs in  1968  and 
1969 
was  enlarged  to 
500 
cu.  in.  for 
all 
1970  Eldorados. 
An  Air  Cushion  Restraint  Sys- 
tem  (airbag) was  available  for 
1974, 
1975 
and 
1976 
Cadillacs. 
Analog  Electronic  Fuel  Injec- 
tion  was  available,  on 
1975 
Cadillacs 
and was  standard  on  the  new  inter- 
national size  1976  Seville. In  1978, 
the Trip Computer  option  incor- 
porated  an  on-board  microprocessor. 

'T 
- 
I' 
1 
i 
1 
A 
1993 
Cadillac AllantC in stock 
technical configuration, was selected 
as the pace car for the 
76th 
Indianap- 
olis 
500. 
The  demanding  pace  car 
performance  and  handling  require- 
ments  were  met  because 
of 
such 
advanced systems  as  the 
32 
valve, 
dual  overhead  camshaft,  Northstar 
4.6 
liter 
V8 
engine, 
4t80 
E 
electroni- 
cally  controlled  automatic transaxle, 
road  sensing suspension,  speed  sen- 
sitive steering,  antilock  brakes  and 
traction control. 
This rich  tradition  continues 
into the 
'90s 
as Cadillac became  the 
first automobile  manufacturer  to  be 
awarded  the  prestigious  Malcolm 
Baldrige National Quality Award. 
The 
1992 
Seville 
STS 
is the first 
car  ever  to 
win 
all three major auto- 
motive  awards:  Car  of  the Year, 
Motor Trend; Ten Best List, Car 
&a 
Driver; Car of  the Year, Automobile 
Magazine. 
For 
more  than  nine  decades 
Cadillac has been  a leader 
in 
quality 
and 
technical innovation. 
Now 
more 
than 
ever, substance takes 
shape 
. 
. 
. 
Cadillac 
Style 
j 

I 

,' 
I 
I. 
'i. 
I 
.. 
i= 
0 
D 
D 
U 
R 

r 
This Cadillac Manual is  divided into major sections. 
p 
1 
*! 
1 
7 
Section 
1 
Introduction 
- 
How 
to 
use  this Manual 
..................... 
This section tells you  how to use your Manual and includes 
Safety and Vehicle Damage Warnings  and  Symbols 
1-SeatsandSafetyBelts 
......................... 
This section tells  you how to use your seats and safety 
belts properly. 
6’ 
! 
Section 
2 
- 
Features  and  Controls 
........................ 
This section explains  how to  start and operate your  Cadillac. 
I 
Section  3 
- 
Comfort  Controls  and  Audio  Systems 
.......... 
143 
Q 
This section tells  you  how to adjust the ventilation and 
comfort controls and how to  operate your  Sound  System. 
r 
................... 
c 
Section 
4 
- 
Your  Driving  and  the  Road  163 
41 
Here you’ll find  helpful information and tips about the 
road and how 
to 
drive under different conditions. 
-~- 
, 
‘. 
Section 
5 
- 
Problems  on  the  Road 
....................... 
218 
Q 
This section tells  you  what to  do if  you have a problem 
i 
while  driving,  such as a flat tire, or  engine overheating. 
j 
Section  6 
- 
Service  and  Appearance  Care 
................. 
258 
r 
Here  the  manual tells you  how  to  keep  your  Cadillac 
1.. 
running properly and looking  good. 
For  more  information  on  “Reporting  Safety  Defects”, see Owner 
Assistance, Page 
7. 
First  Edition 

THE 
1993 
ELDORADO 
LITERATURE 
Please  keep  this  literature in  your  Cadillac, 
so 
it 
will 
be  there 
if 
you 
ever 
need 
it 
when you’re  on the  road. If  you sell the vehicle,  please  leave  this 
book 
in 
it 
so 
the new owner  can  use 
it. 
FOR 
CANADL4N 
OWERS 
WHO 
PREFER 
A 
FRENCH 
LANGUAGE 
IMANUAL: 
Aux 
propriktaires  canadiens: Vous pouvez  vous  procurer  un  exemplaire 
de  ce  guide  en franGais chez votre  concessionaire 
ou 
au DGN  Marketing 
Services  Ltd., 1500 Bonhill Rd., Mississauga, Ontario L5T 1C7. 
This  literature includes the  latest  information  at  the  time it was printed. 
We  reserve the right to  make  changes in the  product  after  that  time 
without  further notice.  For  vehicles  first 
sold 
in 
Canada,  substitute  the 
name  “General  Motors of  Canada Limited’’ for  Cadillac Motor  Car 
Division  whenever it appears 
in 
this  literature. 
GENERAL  MOTORS,  GM  and  the  GM  Emblem,  CADILLAC,  and  the 
CADILLAC  Emblem  are  registered  trademarks of  General  Motors 
Corporation. 
0 
Copyright General Motors Corporation 
1992. 
All 
Rights 
Reserved. 

!- 
! 
and controls for your  vehicle.  In this manual, you’ll find that pictures and 
HOW 
TO 
USE 
THIS 
MANUAL 
Many people  read  their owner’s manual from  beginning to  end when  they 
first  receive their new  vehicle. This will help you learn  about  the  features 
words  work together  to explain  things  quickly. 
?-- 
INDEX 
A 
good  place to look for what  you need is the Index in  back of 
the manual. It’s an alphabetical list of  all  that’s  in the manual, and the 
page number where you’ll find  it. 
7-- 
I 
SAFETY 
WARNINGS 
AND 
SYMBOLS 
You  will find a number of  safety cautions in this book. We  use yellow and 
the word CAUTION to tell you about things that could hurt you  if  you 
I 
I 
were to ignore the warning. 
In the yellow caution  area, we tell you  what the hazard is. Then we  tell 
cautions. If  you don’t,  you or  others could be hurt. 
i 
you  what  to  do  to  help avoid or  reduce  the hazard. Please read these 
I- 
You  will  also find a red circle  with a slash through it in this book.  This 
1 
safety  symbol  means  “Don’t,’’  “Don’t do this,’’ or “Don’t let this happen.” 

Whiele 
Damage 
Warnings 
Also, 
in 
this 
book 
you 
will 
find 
these  blue notices: 
NOTICE: 
c- 
llese 
mean 
there 
is 
DumeLlllng 
that 
coulh  uamage 
jucir 
vehick. 
I 
CI 
In the  blue  notice  area, we  tell you about  something  that can damage 
your  vehicle.  Many  times, 
this 
damage would not  be  covered by  your 
warranty,  and  it  could  be costly. But the  notice 
will 
tell you what to  do  to 
help avoid the  damage. 
r 
When you read  other  manuals, you might see  CAUTION  and 
NOTICE 
warnings 
in 
different colors 
or 
in 
different words.  In  this manual, we’ve 
used the  familiar words and colors that Cadillac  has  used for years. 
You’ll 
also 
see  warning  labels  on  your vehicle. They  use 
the 
same colors, 
and 
the 
words  CAUTION  or  NOTICE. 
2 

7 
j 
r' 
Whicle 
Symbols 
These  are  some of  the symbols  you  will find  on  your vehicle. 
For 
example, 
these symbols are used on  an  original  battery: 
A 
1 
CAUTION 
POSSIBLE INJURY 
8 
AVOID SPARKS 
OR 
FLAMES 
m 
I 
I 
PROTECT EYES 
BY  SHIELDING 
SPARK  OR 
FLAME 
COULD 
EXPLODE BAlTERY 
BAlTERY ACID 
These symbols are  important  for you and  your  passengers  whenever  your 
vehicle is driven: 
DOOR 
LOCUUNLOCK 
I 
FASTEN SEAT BELTS 
I 
POWER 
WINDOW 
I 
3 

These 
symbols 
have 
to 
do 
with 
your 
lights: 
I 
MASTER  LIGHTING 
SWITCH 
A 
HAZARD  WARNING 
FLASHER 
n 
TURN 
SIGNALS 
LIGHTS 
OR 
HIGH  BEAM 
pt 
PARKING  LIGHTS 
I 
#O 
m 
FOG 
LAMPS 
These 
symbols 
are 
on some 
of 
your controls: 
WINDSHIELD 
WIPER  &WASHER 
REAR WINDOW 
DEFOGGER 
1 
WINDSHIELD 
WASHER 
1 
VENTILATING  FAN 
I 
I 
WINDSHIELD 
DEFROSTER 
HEADLAMP 
WASHER  WIPER 
4 

These 
symbols 
are 
used 
on 
warning  and  indicator  lights: 
I- 
I 
I 
ENGINE COOLANT 
TEMPERATURE 
I 
/u/L 
BATTERY 
CHARGING 
SYSTEM 
u 
BRAKE 
ENGINE 
OIL 
PRESSURE 
ENGINE 
OIL 
TEMPERATURE 
Here  are some other symbols 
you 
may see: 
A 
TRUNK  HATCHBACK 
RELEASE 
U 
RADIO 
SELECTOR 
t 
l=I 
I 
LIGHTER 
RADIO  VOLUME 
1 
I 
HORN 
1 
RADIATOR 
COOLANT 
ANTILOCK BRAKE 
AIR 
CONDITIONING 
I 
- 
SPEAKER 
5 

1 
SECTION 
1 
I 
SEATS 
AND 
SAFETY 
BELTS 
Here you’ll find  information  about  the  seats in your  Cadillac,  your 
Supplemental  Inflatable  Restraint  “air  bag” system and how to use  your 
safety  belts  properly. 
You 
can  also  learn  about  some  things you should 
- 
not do with  safety  belts. 
SEATSAND 
SEAT 
CONTROLS 
This  section  tells you about  the  seats 
-- 
how to adjust  them,  and  also 
about  reclining  front  seatbacks,  lumbar  adjustments,  heated  seats,  and 
head restraints. 
Power 
Seat 
Control 
The power  seat  control switch  is located on  the  outboard  side 
of 
the  seat 
cushion. 
The power  control switch moves the  seat  foward  and  backward, 
up 
and 
down, and adjusts the angle 
of 
the seat. 
6 

Power 
Seat 
m 
0 
Movc 
thc 
front 
of 
the switch 
in 
the 
direction of  the 
arrows to make  the 
front  part 
of 
the 
cushion move up  or 
I 
down. 
Move the  rear 
of 
the switch in 
the 
direction 
of 
the 
arrows to  make 
the 
rear  part 
of 
the 
cushion move up  or 
down. 
0 
Move the whole switch  in the direction 
of 
both  arrows to move the 
seat 
up  or down. 
or backward. 
Move the switch forward or backward to move the whole seat forward 
Power 
Seatback 
Recliner 
Move 
the 
switch 
in 
the 
direction of  the  arrow 
to move the seatback 
forward or backward. 

But  don't  have 
a 
seatback  reclined 
if 
your vehicle 
is 
moving. 
Sifting 
in 
a 
reclined 
position 
when 
your 
vehicle 
is 
in 
motion 
can 
-- 
I- 
' 
be 
dangerous. 
Even 
if 
you 
buckle 
up, 
your 
safety  belts 
can't- 
do 
-- 
n. 
' 
i 
~our;bd$Instea;i, 
it 
will 
be in front 
of 
y&. 
In a'erash 
you 
COU?: 
&&ik 
iC--hqiGng 
neck 
or 
other  injuries. 
be 
lip 
belt can't 
do 
its 
job 
either. 
In 
a 
crash  the  belt 
could 
go 
. 
lip-over yourabdomen. The  belt 
forces 
would 
be 
there, 
not 
at 
.. 
-::A 
4 
.. 
. 
, 
+.ggg 
.L 
- 
I-- 
- 
' 
- 
ycnii. 
pelvic 
bones;  This  could  cause 
serious 
internal  injuries. 
For 
proper  protection  when  the  vehicle 
is 
in  motion,  have  the 
seatback.upright.  Then 
sit 
well  back 
in 
the seat 
and 
wear  your 
safety belt 
properly, 

LumbarlHeated  Seats 
.... 
... 
..... 
Lumbar  Control  Option 
If 
you have this feature, you can  change  the  shape 
of 
the driver  and 
passenger  seats. It works independently 
of 
the  other  seat controls.  Use 
the power seat  control first to get the  proper position. Then proceed with 
the lumbar  adjustment. 
The  LUMBAR control switches are located  on the  center console. 
You 
can  control  either  the 
DR 
(Driver)  or PASS (Passenger)  seat. 
Move the switch 
A 
to increase support  or  to  decrease  support  to 
Push the switch 
UP 
or 
DN 
(down) to raise or lower 
the 
support 
reshape  the lower seatback. 
mechanism to suit your preference. 
Heated Seat Option 
Move the switch to  either 
LO 
or 
HI 
to  turn  on  the  heating  element in the 
seat. 
Designed primarily for use 
on 
damp and chilly days, the 
LO 
setting 
warms the seatback  and cushion until 
the 
seat  approximates body 

temperature.  On colder days, the 
HI 
setting hats 
the 
seats 
to 
an even 
higher  temperature. 
To 
prevent  uncomfortable  overheating 
of 
the seats, 
the  heating  elements  are thermostatically regulated to automatically 
maintain the  ternperaturc  at 
the 
selected  setting. A telltale light  in the 
control switch reminds 
you 
that  the  heating system  is 
in 
USC. 
To  preserve 
the battery, the  heated  seats can 
only 
be used whcn the ignition is turned 
on,  and  are deactivated  when the ignition is turned 
off. 
Head 
Restraints 
\ 
9, 
Slide the head 
restraint 
up 
or 
down 
so 
that 
the 
top of the restraint 
is 
closest to  the  top 
of 
your  ears. 
This 
position reduccs 
the 
chance 
of 
a 
neck 
injury in 
a 
crash. The  head 
restraints tilt forward and rearward also. 
10 

Seatback  Latches 
i': 
. 
.. 
The  front seatback folds forward to let  people get into  the back seat. 
Your seatback 
will 
move  back and forth freely, unless  you come 
to 
a 
sudden  stop. 
Then 
it 
will 
lock 
in 
place. 
There's  one 
time 
the seatback 
may 
not 
fold 
without  some  help  from you. 
That's 
if 
your vchicle is parked going 
down 
a fairly steep 
hill. 
To 
fold the seatback  forward, push the seatback toward the  rear  as 
you 
lift this  latch. 
Then 
the 
seatback will fold forward. 
The 
latch must be 
down 
for 
the  seat 
to 
work properly. 
11 

SAFETY 
BELTS: 
THEY’RE 
FOR 
EVERYONE 
This 
part 
of 
the  manual tells you 
how 
to use safety belts properly. 
It 
also 
tells you some things you should  not do with safety belts. 
And it explains the  Supplemental  Inflatable  Restraint, or “air bag” 
system. 
A 
CAUTION: 
Don’t  let anyone  ride  where they can’t wear  a  safety  belt 
properly. 
If 
you are 
in 
a  crash  and you’re not  wearing  a 
sa 
belt,  your  injuries  can be much worse. 
You 
can  hit  things 
the vehicle 
or 
be 
ejected  from it. You  can be seriously inj 
killed. In the  same  crash, you might  not be  if 
you 
are bu 
up. 
Always 
fasten  your  safety  belt,  and  check  that  your 
,*-*:.;... 
passengers’  belts are fastened  properly too. 
-1 
y* 
*‘ 
This  figure lights up when you turn  the key to  “Run”  or  “Start” when 
your safety belt isn’t buckled, and 
you’ll 
hear a chime, too. It’s the 
reminder to buckle up. 
12 

In many states  and  Canadian provinces, the law 
says 
to  wear safety belts. 
Here’s 
why: 
They 
work. 
You 
never know 
if 
you’ll be in 
a 
crash. 
If 
you do have 
a 
crash, you don’t 
know if  it will be 
a 
bad 
one. 
A 
few crashes are very 
mild. 
In 
them, you  won’t get hurt even 
if 
you’re 
not buckled up.  And  some  crashes  can  be 
so 
serious, like being hit 
by 
a 
train,  that  even buckled 
up 
a 
person wouldn’t survive. But  most  crashes 
are 
in 
between. In many 
of 
them, 
people 
who 
buckle 
up 
can survive and 
sometimes walk  away. Without  belts they could be badly hurt  or killed. 
After 25 years 
of 
safety belts in vehicles, the facts are clear. In most 
crashes buckling up  does  matter 
... 
a 
lot! 
I 
Why 
Safety 
Belts 
Work 
When you ride 
in 
or 
on 
anything, you 
go 
as 
fast 
as 
it 
goes. 
13 

For 
example, 
if 
the 
. 
,. 
.. 
I 
.. 
,;.* 
. 
\ 
F 
14 

A 
i 
Take 
the 
simplest 
"vehicle." 
Suppose 
it's 
just 
a 
seat 
on 
wheels. 
15 

Get 
it 
up 
to 
speed. 
Then 
stop 
the 
“car.” 
The rider doesn’t 
stop. 
.. 
. 
-l 
The person  keeps 
going until stopped 
by 
something. 
In 
a 
real vehicle, it 
I 
16 

or 
the  instrument 
panel 
... 
or  the safety belts! 
With safety belts, you  slow  down as 
the 
vehiclc 
does. 
You 
get  more time 
to 
stop. 
You 
stop over more distance, 
and 
your  strongest  bones  take th.e 
forces.  That's why safety belts  make 
such 
good 
sense. 
17 

HERE 
ARE 
QUESTIONS MANYPEOPLE 
ANSWERS 
ASKABOUT 
SAFETYBELTS 
--AND 
THE 
Q: 
Won’t 
I 
be trapped in the  vehicle ajter  an accident 
if 
I’m 
wearing a safety 
belt? 
A: 
You 
could be 
-- 
whether you’re wearing a safety belt or not. But you 
can easily unbuckle a safety belt, even 
if 
you’re upside down. And 
your  chance of being conscious during and  after  an  accident, 
so 
you 
can 
unbuckle  and  get out, 
is 
much greater 
if 
you are  belted. 
Q: 
Why don 
’t 
they just  put in air bags 
so 
people won 
’t 
have to wear  safety 
belts? 
A: 
‘Air bags,” or  Supplemental Inflatable  Restraint systems, are in  some 
vehicles today and 
will 
be in more of them in the  future.  But they are 
supplemental systems 
only 
-- 
so 
they work  with  safety belts, not 
instead 
of 
them. Every “air bag” system ever  offered for sale has 
required  the use of  safety belts. Even 
if 
you’re  in 
a 
vehicle that  has 
“ 
air bags,” you  still have to buckle up  to  get  the most protection. 
That’s true not only in frontal collisions, but especially in side  and 
other collisions. 
0: 
rf 
I’m 
a good  driver, and 
I 
never drive far 
from 
home, why should 
I 
wear 
safety  belts? 
A: 
You  may 
be 
an excellent driver, but 
if 
you’re  in 
an 
accident 
-- 
even 
one  that isn’t your  fault 
-- 
you and your passengers  can be hurt. 
Being a  good driver doesn’t protect you from things beyond your 
control, such as bad drivers. 
Most  accidents  occur within 
25 
miles 
(40 
km) 
of 
home.  And  the 
greatest  number of serious injuries and  deaths occur  at  speeds  of less 
than 
40 
mph 
(65 
km/h). 
Safety belts are  for everyone. 
18 

Safety  Belt Reminder Light 
When  the key 
is 
turned  to  “Run” 
or 
“Start,” 
a 
light will come  on  for 
about eight  seconds  to  remind  people  to  fasten  their safety belts. Unless 
the driver’s safety belt is buckled, 
a 
chime will also  sound. 
HOW 
TO 
WEM 
SAFETY 
BELTS 
PROPERLY 
Adults 
This 
section 
is 
only for  people of adult size. 
A 
CAUTION: 
There are special things to know about safety belts and 
children. And there  are  different rules for  babies and smaller 
children. If  a child will be riding in your Cadillac, see the 
section after this one, called “Children.”  Follow those rules for 
everyone’s  prot-tion. 
19 
First, 
you’ll want to know which restraint systems your vehicle has. 
We’ll start with the driver  position. 

DRIKER 
POSITION 
Lap-Shoulder 
Belt 
The driver has 
a 
lap-shoulder  belt.  Here’s how 
to 
wear 
it 
properly. 
1. 
Close 
and 
lock 
the 
door. 
2. 
Adjust the  seat 
(to 
see how, 
see 
“Seats” 
in 
the Index) 
so 
you 
can 
sit 
up 
straight. 
20 

-1 
plate  and  pull  the 
3.  Pick up  the latch 
belt  across  you. 
Don’t  let 
it 
get 
twisted. 
4. 
Push the  latch  plate  into the buckle  until it clicks. 
If the belt 
isn’t 
long 
enough,  see  “Safety Belt Extender”  at 
the 
end of 
this  section. 
Make  sure  the  release  button  on  the buckle  faces  upward or outward 
so 
you 
would be  able to unbuckle it quickly 
if 
you 
ever  had  to. 
21 

The  lap  part 
of 
the belt  should be worn low and snug on the hips, just 
touching the thighs. In  a  crash, this applies  force  to the strong pelvic 
bones.  And you’d be 
less 
likely to slide under  the  lap belt. If  you  slid 
under it, the belt would apply force  at your abdomen.  This could cause 
serious 
or 
even fatal injuries. 
The 
shoulder  belt  should 
go 
over the 
shoulder  and 
across 
the 
chest.  These  parts of  the body are best able to 
take belt  restraining forces. 
The safety belt locks if  there’s  a  sudden stop  or crash. 
22 

Q: 
What’s  wrong  with this? 
A: 
The  shoulder belt 
is 
too 
loose. 
It 
won’t 
give nearly 
as 
much 
protection  this way. 
I 
A 
CAUTION: 
You 
can 
be 
seriously 
hurt 
if  your shoulder belt is too loose. 
In 
a 
crash you  would 
move 
forward  too  much,  which  could  increase 
injury.  The shoulder belt  should 
fit 
against your  body. 
23 

A: 
The belt 
is 
buckled 
in 
the 
wrong 
place. 
You  can be seriously  injured if your  belt  is  buckled  in  the wrong 
place  like  this. In 
a 
crash,  the  belt would 
go 
up over your 
abdomen.  The  belt  forces would  be there,  not at the pelvic 
bones.  This  could  cause  serious internal injuries. Always buckle 
your  belt  into  the  buckle  nearest you. 
I 
24 

Q: What’s wrong  with  this? 
A: 
The  shoulder belt 
is 
worn under  the  arm. 
It 
should be worn 
over 
the 
shoulder 
at 
all times. 
A 
CAUTION: 
You 
can be seriously  injured if  you wear  the  shoulder  belt under 
your  arm. In a  crash, your body  would  move too far forward, 
which would increase  the  chance of  head  and neck injury. 
Also, 
the  belt would apply too much  force 
to 
the  ribs, which aren’t as 
strong 
as 
shoulder bones. 
You 
could  also severely injure 
terna- ~  rgan5 --ke  your  liver or 
sp’ 
m. 
25 

Q: 
What’s 
wrong 
with  this? 
A: 
The 
belt 
is twisted across 
the 
body. 
You  can  be  seriously  injured 
by 
a 
twisted  belt;  In 
a 
crash, 
you 
wouldn’t  have  the  full  width 
of 
the  belt  to  spread  impact 
forces. 
If 
a belt is twisted, 
make 
it 
straight 
so 
it  can work  properly, 
or 
ad- 
--our 
dealer 
to 
fix 
it. 
26 

To 
unlatch the belt, 
just  push the  button 
on 
the buckle. The 
belt 
should 
go 
back 
out of  the way. 
Before you close the  door, be sure  the belt 
is 
out of  the way.  If  you  slam 
the  door  on it, you can  damage  both  the  belt  and your 
vehicle. 
SUPPLEMENTAL 
INFUTMLE 
RESTUNT 
SYSTEM 
(AIR 
BAGS) 
This  section explains 
the 
Supplemental  Inflatable  Restraint 
(SIR), 
or 
“air 
bag,” system. Your Cadillac  has an air bag 
for 
the driver 
and 
for  the 
right-front  passenger. 
Here’s  the  most  important  thing 
to 
know: 
Even 
with 
an 
air‘ 
bag, 
if 
youk 
not 
wearing 
;a 
safety 
Jjelt 
and 
you’re 
in 
a 
crash, 
your 
injuries 
may 
be 
much 
worse. 
Air, 
bags 
are 
* 
not 
designed 
to’ 
inflate 
in 
rollovers 
or 
in 
rear, 
side 
or 
low-speed 
frontal 
crashes. 
You 
need 
to 
wear 
your 
safety 
belt 
to 
reduce  the 
chance 
of 
hitting things 
inside 
the 
vehicle 
or 
being 
ejected 
Prom 
it. 
Always 
wear 
your 
safety 
belt9 
even 
with 
an 
air 
bag. 
27 

A 
CAUTION 
Air 
bags 
inflate  with  great 
force, 
faster  than  the 
blink 
of 
an 
eye. 
: 
If 
you’re too close 
to 
an inflating air bag, it 
could- 
seriously 
injure 
you. 
Safety belts  help  keep 
you 
in  position 
for 
an 
air 
bag 
inflation  in 
a 
crash, 
Always 
wear  your  safety  belt, even  with 
-an- 
;74 
-+< 
. 
v 
, 
. 
.4:2 
- 
fair 
bag, 
and 
the  driver  should 
sit 
as 
far 
back 
as possible 
2. 
-‘r 
I 
-. 
r: 
’ 
still  maintaining  control 
of 
the vehicle. 
An 
inflating 
air 
bag 
can  seriously injure  small children.. 
-Always 
.secure 
children  properly  in  your 
vehicle, 
To 
read 
how, 
see 
the 
“Children 
and 
Safety Belts”  section 
of 
this 
manual, 
andmad 
the  caution  label 
on 
the  front-passenger’s safety 
belt, 
Air 
Bag 
System 
Light 
There 
is 
an air bag readiness light 
on 
the instrument  panel. The system 
checks itself and  the light tells you 
if 
there 
is 
a 
problem. 
INFL. 
REST. 
INFLATABLE 
RESTRAINT 
You 
will see this light 
flash for a  few seconds 
when  you 
turn 
your 
ignition to 
“Run” 
or 
“Start.” Then  the light 
should go out, which 
means  the system 
is 
ready. 
1 
1 
1 
28 

I 
How The 
Air 
Bag 
System 
Works 
Where is the air bag? 
The driver’s air  bag is 
in 
the middle of  the  steering  wheel. 
If 
your vehicle 
has  a  right-front  passenger  air bag, it 
is 
located 
in 
the  instrument  panel 
on 
the  passenger’s  side. 
When is an air bag  expected  to inflate? 
The air bag 
is 
designed to inflate in moderate 
to 
severe  frontal or 
near-frontal  crashes.  The  air  bag 
will 
only inflate 
if 
the velocity 
of 
the 
impact 
is 
above the designed  threshold level. When  impacting  straight 
into  a wall that  does 
not 
move or  deform,  the  threshold level for most 
29 

GM 
vehicles 
is 
between 
9 
and 
14 
mph. However, this velocity threshold 
depends  on  the vehicle design and may be  several  miles-per-hour  faster 
or slower. In  addition,  this  threshold velocity 
will 
be considerably  higher 
if 
the vehicle strikes  an  object  such  as  a  parked  car which  will  move and 
deform 
on 
impact. The air bag is also  not  designed to inflate 
in 
rollovers, 
side  impacts, or  rear impacts  where  the  inflation would provide 
no 
occupant  protection  benefit. 
In any particular  crash,  the  determination 
of 
whether  the  air  bag  should 
have inflated  cannot  be  based solely on  the level 
of 
damage  on the 
vehicle(s).  Inflation is determined by  the  angle 
of 
the  impact  and  the 
vehicle’s deceleration, 
of 
which vehicle damage is only one indication. 
Repair  cost is not  a  good  indicator 
of 
whether an air bag should have 
deployed. 
What makes an air bag inflate? 
In 
a 
frontal or  near-frontal  impact 
of 
sufficient severity, sensors 
strategically  located 
on 
the vehicle detect  that  the vehicle is suddenly 
stopping  as  a  result 
of 
a  crash.  These  sensors  complete 
an 
electrical 
circuit,  triggering  a chemical reaction 
of 
the  sodium  azide  sealed 
in 
the 
inflator. The  reaction  produces nitrogen  gas, which inflates  a  cloth bag. 
The inflator,  cloth bag, and  related  hardware  are all part of  the  air bag 
inflator  modules  packed  inside  the  steering  wheel  and in the  instrument 
panel in front of  the passenger 
if 
there is a  passenger  air  bag. 
How 
does an air bag restrain? 
In  moderate  to  severe  frontal 
or 
near-frontal collisions, even belted 
occupants  can  contact  the  steering  wheel  or  the  instrument  panel.  The  air 
bag supplements  the  protection  provided by  safety belts.  Air bags 
distribute  the  force of the  impact more evenly over the occupant’s upper 
body, stopping  the  occupant  more  gradually. But air bags would not 
provide  protection 
in 
many types 
of 
collisions, including  rollovers  and 
rear  and side  impacts,  primarily  because  an  occupant’s  motion is not 
toward the air  bag.  Air bags should  never  be  regarded as anything more 
than  a  supplement  to  safety  belt  protection in moderate  to severe  frontal 
and  near-frontal collisions. 
What 
will 
you 
see after an air bag inflation? 
After  the  air bag has  inflated, it will then quickly deflate. 
This 
occurs 
so 
quickly that  some  people may 
not 
even  realize  that the air bag inflated. 
The air bag 
will 
not 
impede  the driver’s vision or ability to  steer  the 
30 

vehicle, 
nor 
will 
it hinder  the  occupants  from exiting the vehicle. There 
will 
be  small amounts 
of 
smoke  coming  from  vents 
in 
the  deflated  air 
bags. Some  components 
of 
the  air  bag  module 
in 
the  steering  wheel  hub 
for  the driver's 
air 
bag 
or 
the  instrument  panel 
for 
the  passenger's  bag 
may 
be  hot  for 
a 
short  time,  but  the  portion 
of 
the 
bag  that  comes  into 
contact 
with 
you 
will 
not 
be hot  to  the  touch. 
The 
nitrogen gas used  to 
inflate the air  bag 
will 
have 
vented into  the passenger  compartment,  and 
the 
bag 
will 
be  deflated 
within 
seconds  after  the  collision.  Nitrogen  makes 
up  about 
80% 
of 
the  air we  breathe  and 
is 
not 
hazardous. 
As 
the  nitrogen 
vents  from the bag, small particles  are  also  vented  into the passenger 
compartment. 
In 
many crashes  severe  enough  to  inflate  an  air bag, windshields are 
broken 
by 
vehicle deformation.  Additional  windshield  breakage may 
occur in vehicles with passenger  air  bags  because  the windshield acts  as  a 
reaction  surface 
for 
the  inflating  air 
bag. 
.. 
.i. 
,<- 
- 
Don't  set  anything  on  or  attach  anything  to  the  instrument 
L;::,::.:; 
': 
-2: 
. 
_. 
- 
. 
.. 
panel. 
It 
might  injure  the  passenger if the  air bag 
inflates.1-1.:6:..:.--r~ 
._ 
-., 
:.<'.:.,..::--. 
..-;; 
. 
;:* 
The 
air 
bags are designed to  inflate only  once.  After thed 
.- 
G.-~~;,>.:i8 
inflate, you'll  need some new parts  for  your 
air 
bag system. 
If 
'i2. 
2: 
you don't  get them,  the  air bag system won't  he there to  help 
-.,is::,-:.:: 
protect you in  another  crash. 
A 
new  system 
,~.ill 
include air 
. 
-. 
bag  modules and possibly other  parts 
.~~ 
p;. 
- 
. . 
-- 
:. 
-  - 
-- 
- 
. 
- 
yj-;-.. 
;c:=g.* 
- 
, 
:. 
.- 
.- 
.- 
-. 
.: 
__ 
..I 
. 
-, 
-- 
. 
.: 
. 
- 
- 
$-. 
.I 
, 
:>.:- 
' 
: 
~ 
:-- 
- 
.r- 
. 
Yx 
~ 
.? 
: 
. 
.; 
_. 
r- 
I-. 
, 
- 
. 
2- 
*.:= 
,,-L 
. 
. 
-- 
. 
.  .- 
Let only qualified  technicians work on your 
air 
bag 
system 
. 
- 
: 
-.- 
:. 
Improper service can  mean  that  your  air  bao 
cvctem 
wnn'fc--;- 
. 
':.? 
>, 
work properly.  See your  dealer  for service. 
.. 
:.. 
- 
. 
.. 
-- 
- 
.- 
.. 
,, 
.. 
.. 
. 
- 
.- 
~. 
, 
. 
. 
.:---, 
, 
. 
. 
.- 
-- 
., 
- 
~ 
.. 
,. 
-. 
. 
.- 
- 
.. 
. 
.- 
, 
- 
- 
-.  .. 
.  .-- 
- 
,. 
-.- 
.. 
. 
.- 
,. 
- 
.-x- 
- 
.. 
.  ..  . 
.- 
31 

L 
If 
you 
damage  the  cove 
Dr 
! 
righ 
roI-- 
I 
Ssenger’  ir 
baL, 
it 
may 
not work properly. 
You 
may have to redace both  the air 
ag and  le 
i 
trument panel. 
non’t 
onen 
(1 
weak 
the 
sir 
hw 
cover 
- 
Sewicing 
Your 
Cadillac 
with 
the 
Air 
Bag 
System 
Please  tell or remind  anyone who works on your Cadillac that it has the 
air bag  system. There  are  parts 
of 
thc  air 
bag 
system 
in 
several places 
around your vehicle. 
You 
don’t want thc systcm to inflate while someonc 
is 
working on your vchicle.Tl1e air 
bag 
system docs  not  need  regular 
maintenance. Your Cadillac dcalcr  and  the 
1993 
Cadillac Service Manual 
have information  about the air bag  system,  including repair  or disposal. 
A 
CAUTION: 
For up 
to 
10 
minutes  after  the  ignition key is turned 
off 
and  the 
battery  disconnected, an  air bag  can  still  inflate during 
improper service. You  can be injured if  you are close 
to 
an  air 
bag when it inflates. Be  sure to follow the  proper  service 
nrocedu 
- 
When electrical work  is done  under  the hood or inside 
your 
vehicle, the 
ignition should  be 
in 
“Lock” 
if 
possible. 
Avoid  wires wrapped with  yellow 
tape, 
or 
yellow connectors.  They are probably part 
of 
the  air 
bag 
system. 
Your vehicle has the driver’s air 
bag 
only. 
The 
driver’s air  bag must be 
disconnected 
if 
the ignition 
has 
to be 
on 
for electrical work or if  the  the 
steering  column is 
to 
be disassembled. Disconnect the driver’s air  bag  like 
this: 
Turn 
off 
the ignition. 
Remove  the  SIR  (air bag) fuse  (see  “Fuses and Circuit Breakers” in 
the Index). 
Disconnect the 
yellow 
connector  at  the base of 
the 
steering  column. 
32 

Your vehicle also  has the right-front passenger’s air bag. Both the driver’s 
air bag and  the  right-front passenger’s air bag must 
be 
disconnected 
if 
the 
ignition 
has 
to 
be 
on 
for  electrical work, or 
if 
thc  steering column or 
instrument  panel 
is 
to  be  disasscmbled. 
Your vehicles with both  a driver’s air bag and 
a 
right-front passenger’s air 
bag, you must disconnect  both  air bags.  Follow the  procedure above  for 
the driver’s air bag, 
then 
disconnect the right-front passenger’s air bag 
like this: 
Turn 
off 
ignition. 
Remove 
the 
SIR  (air  bag) fuse (see  “Fuses and Circuit Breakers” 
in 
the  Index). 
Remove the  trap  door located inside the glove 
box. 
Disconnect the yellow connector. 
When  the work is complete, 
if 
the air bag system  was disconnected, be 
sure  to  reattach everything and  replace  the fuse. before  turning  the 
ignition 
on. 
When 
you 
turn  the ignition key on, be sure you see 
the 
inflatable  restraint light on  the  instrument  panel. 
If 
you 
don’t see this 
light 
flash 
and  then go out as usual, have your air bag system repaired. 
SAFETYBELT 
USE 
DURING  PREGNANCY 
Safety belts work for everyone, including pregnant  women. Like all 
occupants,  they  are  more likely to be seriously injured 
if 
they don’t wear 
safety belts. 
A 
pregnant woman  should  wear 
a 
lap-shoulder  belt,  and  the  lap  portion 
should be worn 
as 
low as possible throughout  the pregnancy. 
33 

I 
.. 
.. 
The best 
way 
to 
protect  the  fetus is to  protect  the  mother.  When  a safety 
belt is worn 
properly, 
it’s more likely that tlw fctus won’t be hurt 
in 
a 
crash.  For  pregnant  womcn, 
as 
for  anyone, the key to making safety bclts 
effective 
is 
wearing  them properly. 
RIGHT 
FRONT 
PASSENGER  POSITION 
The 
right front passenger’s safety 
belt 
works thc  same way 
as 
the driver’s 
safety belt. See “Driver Position,” earlier 
in 
this part. 
When  the 
lap 
portion 
of 
the bclt 
is 
pullcd 
out 
all 
the 
way, 
it 
will 
lock. 
If 
it 
does,  let 
it 
go back  all the way  and  start  again. 
34 

REAR 
SEAT 
PASSENGERS 
It’s 
vely 
important  for  rear 
seat 
passengers to buckle 
up! 
Accident 
statistics show that  unbelted 
people 
in the. rear  seat  are  hurt  more  often 
in 
crashes  than  those who are wearing safety belts. 
Rear passengers 
who 
aren’t safety belted can be thrown out 
of 
the vehicle 
in 
a  crash. And they can strike  others 
in 
the vehicle who are wearing 
safety be.lts. 
Rear  Seat  Outside  Passenger  Positions 
The positions next to  the windows have lap-shoulder belts. Here’s how to 
wear 
one 
properly. 
35 

1. 
Pick 
up 
the latch 
plate 
and 
pull 
the 
belt 
across 
you. 
Don't 
let 
it 
get 
twisted. 
2. 
Push  the latch  plate  into 
thc 
bucklc 
until 
it 
clicks. 
If 
thc 
belt 
stops 
before 
it 
reaches 
the 
buckle, 
tilt 
the 
latch 
plate 
and 
keep 
pulling 
until 
you 
can 
buckle it. 
36 

If 
the belt 
is 
not  long  enough, 
scc 
“Safety Belt Extender”  at  the  end 
of 
this  section. Make sure  the release  button 
on 
the buckle 
faces 
upward 
or 
outward 
so 
you 
would 
be 
able  to 
unbucklc 
it  quickly 
if 
you evcr had 
to. 
4’ 
3. 
To 
make 
the 
lap 
part  tight, 
pull 
buckle end 
of 
the 
belt 
as 
you 
pull 
up 
on the  shoulder 
past. 
.- 
down on 
the 
37 

The  lap  part 
of 
the belt should be worn 
low 
and snug on  the hips, just 
touching the thighs. In a crash,  this  applies  force to  the  strong pelvic 
bones.  And you'd  be less 
likely 
to slide under  the  lap belt. 
If 
you  slid 
under it, the belt would apply force at your  abdomen.  This could cause 
serious or even fatal injuries. The shoulder belt should go over the 
shoulder  and across the  chest. These  parts 
of 
the body are best able  to 
take belt  restraining forces. 
The safety belt locks 
if 
there's 
a 
sudden  stop 
or 
a crash. 
A 
CAUTION: 
You  can  be  seriously  hurt  if  your  shoulder  belt 
is 
too loose. In a 
crash  you  would  move  forward  too  much,  which  could  increase 
injury. 
The 
shoulder  belt  should 
fit 
against your  body. 
38 

I 
0 
To 
unlatch the 
belt, 
just 
push 
the 
button 
on 
the 
buckle. 
CENTER  PASSENGER  POSITION 
Your 
vehicle has 
a 
rear bench seat.  Someone  can sit 
in 
the 
center 
position. 
39 

When you sit  in  a 
center  seating 
position, you have 
a 
lap safety  belt, which 
has  no  retractor. 
To 
make  the  belt  longer, 
tilt the latch  plate 
and  pull it along the 
belt. 
To 
make  the  belt 
shorter, pull its free 
end 
as 
shown until 
the  belt is snug. 
Buckle,  position  and  release it the  same way as  the  lap  part of a 
1, 
lap-shoulder  belt. 
If 
the  belt isn’t long  enough,  see  “Safety  Belt  Extender” 
I 
at  the  end 
of 
this  section. 
Make  sure the  release  button  on  the  buckle  faces  upward or outward 
so 
I 
you would be  able to unbuckle it quickly if  you ever  had  to. 
0 
40 
U 

CHILDREN 
a 
Everyone in  a vehicle needs  protection!  That includes infants and 
all 
children  smaller  than  adult size. In fact, the 
law 
in 
every 
state  and 
Canadian  province says children up  to 
some 
age must 
be 
restrained while 
in 
a vehicle. 
41 

Smaller  Children and Babies 
--3 
. 
.- 
- 
CAUTION: 
:.,$ 
; 
. 
, 
, 
,_ 
.  Smaller  children  and  babies  should always be restrained in 
a 
:-child or  hifant  restraint.  The  instructions 
for 
the  restraint will 
. 
~ 
young 
child's hie 'bones are 
so 
small  that 
a 
regular belt  might 
. 
. 
.: 
-not'stay 
low 
on.the hips, as  it should.  Instead,  the  belt will  likely 
~y 
whether  it 
.is 
the right type and  size-for .your. child, 
A 
very 
;2-*-,. 
..- 
-- 
- 
. . 
1 
... 
Q 
.. 
-, 
- 
I-!:,: 
:be 
Ovir 
.the 
ihild's, 
abdomen. 
In 
a 
crash the,  belt would apply 
'-2- 
i. 
;-foice 
right 
on 
the.  child's  abdomen, which 
could 
caus-e serious 
:or*'-!' 
' 
. 
._ 
-fatal 
. 
.. 
injuries; 
So, 
be sure  that 
any 
child smakenough 
for 
one is 
-, 
.. 
diivays properly  restrained 
in 
a  child or infant  restraint. 
%$; 
.. 
-- 
I 
t 
..a 
--. 
.. 
.. 
-.  hold 
a 
baby,  in 
your 
arms while riding  in 
a 
vehicle, A'baby'. 
- 
,_ 
mqesn't  weigh 
much 
-- 
until-axrash.  During  a:craih 
a 
baby 
will 
.. 
- 
'-- 
become 
so 
heavy 
ym 
can't hold it. 
For 
example, 
iris 
crash at 
Y 
j:.~ 
.- 
-iy 
25 
mph 
(40'km/h], 
a 
12-pound 
,(55 
kg) 
baby will. suddenly 
'';?!;:, 
- 
.. 
-. 
- 
I..!. 
-a 
b$come 
a 
240-pound (110 
kg) 
force- 
on  your 
;-++ 
a"sI11.s. 
T.. 
:.*-;'$ 
The 
baby 
.. 
, 
; 
-.- 
. 
w&ld  be  almost 
-impossible 
t&..hold. 
-. 
. 
.&' 
c 
. 
-72.:: 
:'Gf 
I 
f 
.,2 
CAUTION:.(Continued) 
-83 
. 
T* 
.. 
42 

43 

CHILD 
RESTRAIINTS 
Be sure  to follow the instructions  for the  restraint. 
You 
may find  these 
instructions on  the  restraint itself or in 
a 
booklet, or  both.  These 
restraints  use  the belt system 
in 
your vehicle, but 
the 
child also  has to be 
secured 
within 
the restraint to help reduce 
the 
chance of  personal injury. 
The instructions 
that 
come 
with 
the infant or child restraint 
will 
show 
you 
how to  do  that. 
where  to Put the Restraint 
Accident statistics show that  children are safer 
if 
they 
are  restrained 
in 
the  rear  rather than the  front  seat. We  at  General  Motors  therefore 
recommend  that you put  your child restraint 
in 
the  rear  seat. 
NEVER 
put 
a  rear-facing child restraint 
in 
the 
front  passenger  seat.  Here’s why: 
A 
CAUTION: 
I 
A 
child  in  a  rear-facing  child restraint  can be seriously 
injured if the  right-front  passenger’s air bag inflates.  This  is 
because  the  back of  a  rear-facing  child  restraint would  be 
very close to  the  inflating air bag. 
If 
your vehicle has  a 
right-front  passenger’s air bag, always secure  a  rear-facing 
child restraint in the  rear seat. 
You 
may secure  a forward-facing child  restraint  in  the  right 
front  seat. However, before securing 
a 
forward-facing child 
restraint, 
ALWAYS 
move the  front  passenger  seat  as  far back 
as it will  go.  Or, secure  the child restraint in the  rear seat. 
I 
I 
. 
1 
7, 
44 

A 
CAUTION: 
A 
child in 
a 
child restraint  in  the  fhnt-center seat  can 
be 
badly 
injured by  the  passenger 
air 
bag 
if it 
inflates. 
NEVER 
use 
a 
child 
restraintin  the front-center seat.  It’s  always better  to  secure 
a 
child restraint in the  rear 
seat. 
You 
may, 
howwer, secure  a 
fom-rd-facing child restraint  in  the  right-front  passenger  seat 
only 
with 
the  seat 
moved 
all 
the way back 
-I 
.I 
. 
.A 
Wherever you 
install 
it, 
be sure 
to 
secure  the child restraint  properly. 
A 
CAUTION: 
An 
unsecured  child  restraint  can 
move 
around  in 
a 
collision 
or 
sudden stop and  injure 
people 
in  the vehicle. Be sure  to 
properly  secure  any  child  restraint  in  your vehicle 
-- 
even  when 
no 
child-is  in 
it: 
. 
45 

Top 
Strap 
If 
your 
child restraint 
has 
a 
top  strap, it 
should  be  anchored. 
If 
you need 
to 
have an anchor  installed, you can 
ask 
your Cadillac dealer 
to  put it in for 
you. 
If  you  want to install an  anchor yourself, your dealer 
can 
tell you  how to  do it. 
Vehicles first 
sold 
in 
Canada have child restraint  anchor  bracket  hardware 
in the glove box, along 
with 
instructions  for installing it.  This  should be 
used only  with 
a 
child restraint,  and 
only 
to 
secure 
a 
child restraint  at  the 
center  rear seating position. Additional  anchor  brackets  for child 
restraints  at  one 
or 
both 
of 
the 
rear  outside  seating positions are available 
at  Cadillac  dealerships 
in 
Canada. 
46 

Securing 
a 
Child Restraint in a Rear Outside Position 
/l 
I 
You’ll be using the lap-shoulder  belt. See  the  earlier section about  the  top 
strap 
if 
the child restraint  has  one. 
1. 
Put  the  restraint 
on 
the  seat. Follow the instructions 
for 
the child 
restraint. 
2. 
Secure  the child in the child restraint  as  the  instructions 
say. 
3. 
Pull out  the vehicle’s safety belt and  run  the  lap  part  through  or 
around  the  restraint. 
The 
child restraint  instructions will show you 
how. Tilt the latch plate  to adjust the belt 
if 
needed. 
See 
if  the  shoulder belt would go  in  front of  the child’s face or neck. 
If 
so, put  it  behind  the child restraint. 
47 

A 
4. 
Buckle the belt. 
Make  sure the 
5. 
release  button 
faces  upward or 
outward, 
so 
you’ll 
be able to 
unbuckle it 
quickly 
if 
you 
ever 
need  to. 
To 
tighten the 
belt, pull 
up 
on 
the  shoulder belt 
while 
you 
push 
down on  the child 
restraint. 
48 

I 
* 
.k 
.~ . 
..a 
-. 
6. 
Push  and 
pull 
the 
child restraint  in 
different 
directions to be 
sure it is secure. 
To 
remove  the child restraint,  just  unbuckle  the vehicle’s safety  belt  and 
let it 
go 
back all the way. The safety  belt will move freely  again and  be 
ready to work  for an  adult 
or 
larger  child  passenger. 
Securing 
a 
Child Restraint in  the  Center  Rear  Seat 
Position 
When you secure  a  child  restraint  in  a  center  seating  position, you’ll be 
using the  lap belt. 
See  the  earlier  section  about  the  top  strap if  the child restraint  has one. 
49 

1. 
Make 
the belt 
as 
long  as possible 
by 
tilting the latch 
plate  and pulling 
it along the belt. 
2. 
Put  the  restraint on the seat. Follow the instructions for  the child 
restraint. 
3. 
Secure  the child 
in 
the child restraint  as the instructions 
say. 

4. 
Run  the vehicle's safety belt through 
or 
around  the  restraint.  The child 
restraint  instructions will show you  how. 
5. 
Buckle the belt. 
Make  sure  the 
release  button 
faces upward or 
outward, 
so 
you'll 
be  able 
to 
unbuckle 
it 
quickly 
if 
you 
ever 
need 
to. 
6. 
To 
tighten the  belt, pull its 
free 
end while  you 
push 
down on  the child 
restraint. 
7. 
Push  and pull the child restraint in different  directions to  be  sure it 
is 
secure. If the child restraint isn't secure,  turn  the  latch  plate 
over 
and 
buckle it again. Then  see 
if 
it 
is 
secure. 
If 
it isn't, secure  the  restraint 
in a different  place in the vehicle and  contact  the child restraint  maker 
for  their advice. 
To 
remove  the child restraint,  just  unbuckle  the vehicle's safety belt.  It 
will be ready to work  for an  adult 
or 
larger child passenger. 

Securing 
a 
Child 
Restraint  in  the 
Right 
Front 
Seat 
Your vehicle has  a  right-front passenger's  air bag. 
NEVER 
put  a 
rear-facing child restraint in this  position.  Here's 
why: 
I 
-. 
... 
' 
-- 
..- 
. 
. 
F. 
. 
,. 
*. 
..- 
-? 
.. 
v- 
*- 
-;- 
&& 
-1 
A 
CAUTZON: 
'T.l 
* 
A 
rear-facing  child  restraint in the  front seat could be pushed 
into  the  seatback by  the  right-front  passenger's air bag if  it 
inflates. 
A 
child  in a rear-facing  child  restraint  can be seriously 
injured  if this happens. Always secure a rear-facing  child 
restraint in the  rear seat. 
You'll be using the  lap-shoulder  belt.  See  the  earlier  section  about  the  top 
strap if  the child restraint  has  one. 
1. 
Always 
move 
the  seat  as  far back as  it 
will 
go 
before  securing 
a 
front-facing child restraint. 
2. 
Put  the  restraint  on  the  seat. Follow the  instructions  for  the child 
restraint. 
3. 
Secure  the child in 
the 
child restraint 
as 
the instructions say. 
52 

4. 
Pull out  the 
vehicle’s 
safety 
belt  and  run the 
lap part  through 
or 
around 
the 
restraint.  The 
child  restraint 
instructions will 
show you how. 
See if  the  shoulder belt would 
go 
in 
front 
of 
the child’s 
face 
or neck. If 
SO, 
put 
it 
behind  the  child  restraint. 
5. 
Buckle the belt. 
Make  sure  the  release  button faces  upward 
or 
outward, so you’ll be 
able 
to 
unbuckle it quickly 
if 
you 
ever  need to. 
53 

I 
I 
6. 
Pull 
the  rest 
of 
lap  belt all the 
way out 
of 
the 
retractor  to  set 
the lock. 
the 
a 
54 
I 

To 
remove  the  child  restraint,  just  unbuckle the vehicle’s safety  belt  and 
let 
it 
go 
back all the way. 
The safety  belt 
will 
move freely  again  and  be  ready 
to 
work 
for 
an  adult 
or  larger child passenger. 
55 

Larger Children 
- 
Children who have outgrown child restraints  should  wear  the vehicle's 
safety  belts. 
If 
you 
have the choice,  a child should sit 
next 
to  a window 
so 
the child 
can 
wear 
a 
lap-shoulder  belt  and  get  the  additional  restraint  a  shoulder  belt 
can  provide. 
Accident  statistics show that  children  are  safer 
if' 
they are  restrained  in 
the  rear  seat. But they need 
to 
use the safety belts  properly. 
56 

Children who aren’t 
buckled 
up 
can 
be 
thrown  out in 
a 
crash. 
0 
Children who 
aren’t 
buckled 
up 
can 
strike 
other 
people 
who 
are. 
57 

A 
CAUTION: 
Ne.  -do tl 
. 
. 
Here two children 
arc 
learing the  same belt. The belt can’t 
properly  spread  the  impact forces. In 
a 
crash,  the two children 
can be crushed  together  and  seriously  injured. 
A 
belt must be 
used 
by 
only one  person at 
a 
time. 
Q: 
What 
if 
a 
child 
is 
wearing 
a 
lap-shoulder belt, but  the child 
is 
so 
small  that  the  shoulder belt 
is 
very  close to  the child’s face or neck? 
A: 
Move the child toward the  center 
of 
the vehicle, but  be sure  that  the 
shoulder  belt still is on  the child’s shoulder, 
so 
that in  a crash the 
child’s upper body  would  have the restraint  that belts provide. 
If 
the 
child 
is 
so 
small that  the  shoulder belt 
is 
still  very  close 
to 
the child’s 
face or neck, 
you 
might want to place the child in the  center  seat 
position, 
the 
one  that  has only  a lap  belt. 
58 

r 
r 
r 
A 
CAUTION: 
Never 
do  this. 
I 
IC 
Here  a  child 
is 
sitting  in 
a 
seat  that  has  a  lap-shoulder belt,  but 
the  shoulder part 
is 
behind  the child. 
If 
the child  wears  the  belt 
in  this 
way, 
in  a  crash  the child  might  slide under  the belt. The 
belt’s force would then be applied  right  on  the child’s abdomen. 
That could  cause  serious or  fatal injuries. 
Wherever the child  sits, the lap  portion 
of 
the belt  should  be  worn low 
and  snug on the hips,  just  touching the child’s  thighs.  This  applies  belt 
force to  the child’s  pelvic bones in 
a 
crash. 
59 

SAFETYBELT EXTENDER 
If 
the vehicle’s safety  belt will fasten  around 
you, 
you 
should  use it. 
But 
if 
a  safety  belt isn’t long  enough 
to 
fasten,  your  dealer will order 
you 
an  extender. It’s free.  When 
you 
go 
in 
to 
order it, take  the  heaviest  coat 
you  will wear, 
so 
the  extender will be  long  enough  for you. The  extender 
will be just  for you, and  just for  the  seat in your  vehicle  that you choose. 
Don’t  let someone else  use it, and  use 
it 
only for  the  seat it is made  to fit. 
To 
wear it, just  attach 
it 
to  the  regular  safety  belt. 
CHECKING 
YOUR 
RESTMNT SYSTEMS 
Now and  then,  make  sure all your  belts, buckles, latch  plates,  retractors, 
anchorages  and  reminder systems are working properly. 
Look 
for any 
loose  parts or damage. If  you see anything  that might keep  a  restraint 
system 
from 
doing its job, have it repaired. 
REPLACING  SAFETYBELTS  AFTER 
A 
CRASH 
If 
you’ve had  a crash, do you need new belts? 
After  a 
very 
minor collision, nothing may be  necessary.  But if  the belts 
were  stretched,  as they would be 
if 
worn  during  a  more  severe  crash,  then 
you need new belts. 
If belts are  cut  or  damaged,  replace  them. Collision damage  also may 
mean you will have to have safety  belt  parts,  like  the  retractor,  replaced 
or anchorage  locations  repaired 
-- 
even 
if 
the  belt wasn’t being  used at 
the  time 
of 
the collision. 
60 

c 
Q: 
What's 
wrong 
with  this? 
n 
4' 
- 
c 
r 
,I. 
... 
.. 
L 
r 
r 
A: 
The  belt 
is 
torn. 
A 
CAUTION: 
Torn or  frayed  belts  may not protect 
you 
in a crash. They can 
rip apart under  impact  forces.  If a belt is torn  or  frayed,  get 
a 
new one  right away. 
61 

- 
FEATURES 
AND 
CONTROLS 
Here 
you 
can 
learn about 
the 
many standard  and  optional  features 
on 
your Cadillac, and information  on  starting, shifting and braking. 
Also 
explained are  the instrument  panel  and 
the 
warning systems that 
tell 
you 
if 
everything 
is 
working properly 
-- 
and what 
to 
do 
if 
you  have 
a 
problem. 
KEYS 
I 
-. 
. 
A 
CAUTION: 
I 
.- 
., 
:&!;Leaving  young children  in 
a 
vehicle  with the ignition key 
is 
‘$$dangerous for many reasons. 
A 
child or  others could be badly 
+’A 
uE 
’ 
a. 
mjured  or  even  killed. 
:a$. 
:.,gGbkG 
They  could operate power  windows or  other controls or  even mrlki 
the vehicle  move. 
If 
they turned  the ignition 
to 
“ON” 
and move, 
the shift lever out 
of 
“P” 
(Park), that would release the  parking 
brake. 
Don’t 
leave the keys in 
a 
vehicle  with 
voung 
children. 
+-- 
! 
g&:*?:wsac; 
---’ 
:,: 
-3.5 
-. 
r, 
+n 
I. 
. 
A- 
; 
- 
62 

> 
The 
square 
keys 
are 
for  the ignition only. 
The round 
keys 
are 
for 
the 
doors  and all other 
locks. 
. 
, 
... 
. 
. 
.. 
. 
-. 
. 
-. 
-. 
-. 
.. 
I 
I.. 
,-  , 
.. 
.. 
When 
a 
new Cadillac 
is 
delivered, the  dealer 
removes the plugs 
from 
the 
keys, 
and 
gives them 
to 
the first 
owner. 
63 
I 
II 

DOOR 
LOCKS 
The 
A 
CAUTION 
Unlocked 
doom 
can 
be 
dangerous. 
Passengers 
- 
especially 
children 
-- 
can 
eamy 
01 
I 
the 
doors 
and 
fd 
out. 
When 
a 
door 
is 
locked, 
the 
inside 
handle 
won't 
open 
it. 
Outsiders 
can 
easily  enter 
through 
an 
unlocked 
door 
when 
you 
slow 
down 
or 
stop 
your 
vehicle. 
This 
may 
not 
be 
so 
obvious: 
You 
are 
more 
likely 
to 
be 
thrown 
* 
out 
of 
the 
vehicle 
in 
a 
crash  if 
the 
doors 
aren't 
locked. 
Weap 
safety 
belts 
properly, 
lo& 
your 
doors, 
and 
you 
will 
be 
far 
better 
offwhenever 
you 
drive 
your 
vehicle. 
.re  are  several ways to lock and unlock your vehicle: 
L 
From the  outside:  Use 
your door key. 
If 
your vehicle has  a  theft  deterrent system and it  is armed,  unlock the 
doors only with the key 
or 
Keyless Entry System. This will avoid setting 
off 
the alarm. 
64 
a 

:=*5 
-~ 
From the inside: 
To 
lock 
the  door, slide  the 
I 
lock lever down to 
manually lock the 
door. 
Power 
Door 
Locks 
To 
unlock the  door, 
slide the lock  lever up. 
I 
unlock  all the doors 
at 
once. 
The  rear power 
door lock switches 
won’t unlock 
any 
of 
the  doors 
-- 
that’s a 
safety  feature. 
65 

Automatic 
Door 
Locks (Option) 
Just close your  doors,  turn on  the ignition and  make  sure  the  interior 
courtesy lights are switched 
off. 
Every time you 
move 
your shift lever out 
of 
“P” 
(Park) all 
of 
the  doors will lock. And, 
every 
time you stop  and 
move your shift lever into 
“P” 
(Park), your doors 
will 
unlock. 
If 
someone 
needs  to get out while  you’re not in 
“P” 
(Park), have that  person  use the 
manual or power lock. When  the  door is closed again, it  will not lock 
automatically. Just use the  manual  or power lock to lock the  door again. 
Leaving 
Your 
vehicle 
If 
you are leaving the vehicle, set  the locks from inside, get out  and close 
the  door. 
Central 
Door 
Unlocking  System (Option) 
Your vehicle may be  equipped 
with 
this 
feature.  When unlocking either 
door, you can unlock the  other  doors 
by 
holding the key  in the  turned 
position for a  few seconds. 
Illuminated  Entry  System 
Your illuminated entry system turns  on all the courtesy lights when either 
door is opened.  When  the  door is closed, the courtesy lights will stay on 
for approximately 20 seconds or until the ignition is turned  on. 
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM 
If 
your Cadillac 
has 
this 
option, you can lock and unlock your doors  or 
unlock your  trunk  from 
up 
to 
15 
feet 
(4.5 
m) using the key chain 
transmitter supplied with your vehicle. 
Your Remote Keyless Entry System  is intended 
to 
be used as a 
supplementary 
vehicle 
entry device. 
It 
is not  intended  to  replace,  but 
rather  should  be used  in conjunction with  a door lock  key. 
It 
operates  on 
a 
radio  frequency subject to  Federal  Communications Commission 
(FCC) Rules. 
This device complies with  Part 
15 
of 
the 
FCC 
Rules. Operation 
is 
subject 
to 
the following two conditions: 
(1) 
This device may not  cause  harmful 
66 

interference,  and 
(2) 
This device must  accept any interference  received, 
including interference  that may cause  undesired  operation. 
Should  interference to this system occur,  try this: 
0 
Check to  determine if  battery  replacement is necessary. See  the 
instructions  on  battery  replacement. 
0 
Check the distance. You  may be  too  far  from your vehicle. This 
0 
Check  the  location.  Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the 
product  has  a maximum range. 
signal. 
See  your  Cadillac  dealer or  a qualified  technician  for service. 
Changes  or modifications to this system by  other  than an authorized 
service facility could void authorization  to  use  this  equipment. 
Operation 
Press  this  symbol to 
unlock the driver’s 
door.  Press it again 
within 
4 
seconds to 
unlock the  other 
doors. Pressing this 
button will also 
disarm  the  Theft 
Deterrent System 
and  turn  on 
the 
interior lights. 
Press  this  symbol to 
lock your  doors. 
This  also  arms  the 
Theft  Deterrent 
System. 
67 

[TI 
0 
Press  this  symbol to 
open  the  trunk. 
r-- 
L-r 
@ 
0 
Press  this  button  to 
turn  on  the  interior 
lights and  door lock 
cylinder 
illumination. 
Matching Transmitter(s) 
To 
Your Ehicle 
Each key chain  transmitter is coded  to prevent another  transmitter  from 
unlocking  your vehicle. If  a  transmitter is lost or stolen,  a  replacement 
can  be  purchased  through  your  dealer.  Remember  to bring the remaining 
transmitter with you when you  go to your  dealer.  When  the  dealer 
matches the  replacement  transmitter  to  your vehicle, the  remaining 
transmitter  must also be  matched.  Once the 
new 
transmitter is coded, the 
lost  transmitter will not  unlock  your vehicle. 
You can  match  a  transmitter  to as  many different vehicles as  you  own, 
provided  they are  equipped with  exactly the  same  model system. (General 
Motors  offers several different  models of these systems on  their vehicles.) 
Each vehicle can have only 
2 
transmitters  matched  to  it. 
See  your  dealer to  match  transmitters  to  another vehicle. 
Battery  Replacement 
Under  normal  use,  the  batteries 
in 
your key chain transmitter  should  last 
about 
two 
years. 
You can  tell  the  batteries  are weak 
if 
the  transmitter 
won’t 
work at  the 
normal  range 
in 
any location. 
If 
you have to get close to your vehicle 
before  the  transmitter works, it’s probably  time  to  change the  batteries. 
68 

. 
.. 
.. 
P 
r 
F 
P 
.  Use round 
end 
of 
the  door 
key, 
or  a 
quarter  to  rotate 
cover 
counterclockwise 
1/16 
of 
a 
turn. 
2.  Remove  battery 
and  replace 
with 
CR2025 
or 
equivalent. Using 
the wrong 
size 
battery can damage 
the  transmitter. 
69 

1 
3. 
Make  sure  battery 
is 
positioned with 
"+" 
facing cover. 
-1 
p1 
I 
cover and 
transmitter  and 
rotate clockwise to 
reinstall. 
4. 
Align notches on 
CENTER  CONSOLE 
Your vehicle is equipped with either 
the 
Mini 
Console or optional 
Full 
Console. 
The 
mini console  comes with 
a 
storage tray and 
a 
flip up 
arm 
rest door 
a 
with 
dual 
cup  holder,  that  opens 
to 
a 
storage  compartment. 
The 
full console  includes 
a 
floor 
shift lever along 
with 
a flip up 
arm 
rest 
door 
with 
a 
dual  cup  holder,  that  opens  to 
a 
storage  compartment. 
70 

GLOW 
BOX 
The glove 
box 
is 
directly in front of  the  front passenger  seat. 
To 
unlock 
the  door,  insert  the oval  key 
into 
the lock cylinder 
and 
turn it to  the  left. 
An 
additional  quarter  turn 
will 
open  the  door. 
To 
lock the  door, 
turn 
the 
key 
to  the right and remove 
the 
key. The key  may be removed 
in 
the 
locked or unlocked 
position. 
REMOTE TRUNK RELEASE 
I 
You'll find the  button 
here 
in 
the glove 
box. 
AUTOMATIC  PULLIDOWN  FEATURE 
ea 
A 
CAUTION: 
.. 
.-A%- 
$*?< 
:* 
. 
-&<c: 
Your car  has  an  automatic  pull-down feature 
__ 
helps clos  . 
.+s 
the  trunk electronically. Your fingers  can be trapped  under  the 
-;.+% 
trunk lid 
as 
it goes  down. Your fingers could be injured,  and you 
$2: 
would need someone to  help you free them. Keep your  fingers 
I. 
. 
.-dl 
3 
a 
%Jg& 
4; 
3+. 
1;- 
* 
-. 
- 
way 
from 
t 
~  trunk lid as you close it  and 
as 
it  is going down. 
71 

1 
NOTICE: 
Don’t 
slam 
your 
trunk  lid 
down. 
If 
you 
slam 
it, 
vou 
can damage 
I 
THEFT 
Vehicle theft is  big business, especially 
in 
some cities. Although  your 
Cadillac  has a  number of  theft  deterrent  features, we  know that nothing 
we put  on 
it 
can make 
it 
impossible to  steal.  However,  there  are ways  you 
can help. 
Key 
in 
the 
ipition: 
If  you  walk  away from your vehicle 
with 
the keys 
inside, it’s an easy target  for joy riders  or professional thieves 
-- 
so 
don’t 
do  it. 
When you park  your  Cadillac  and  open  the driver’s door, you’ll hear  a 
chime  reminding you 
to 
remove your key from  the ignition and  take 
it 
with 
you. Always do this. Your steering wheel 
will 
be locked, and 
so 
will 
your ignition and transaxle. And remember  to lock 
the 
doors. 
Parking at Night: Park 
in 
a lighted spot, close  all  windows and lock your 
vehicle. Remember  to  keep your valuables out 
of 
sight. Put  them 
in 
a 
storage  area,  or  take  them 
with 
you. 
Parking Lots: If 
you 
park 
in 
a 
lot where  someone 
will 
be  watching  your 
vehicle, it’s best to lock 
it 
up and  take your keys. 
But 
what 
if 
you 
have to 
leave your ignition key? What 
if 
you  have 
to 
leave something valuable 
in 
your vehicle? 
0 
Put  your valuables 
in 
a  storage  area, like your trunk 
or 
glove  box. 
0 
Lock 
the 
glove box. 
0 
Lock  all 
the 
doors except the driver’s. 
0 
Then  take  the  door key with you. 
72 

THEFT 
DETERRENT 
(OPTION) 
If 
your 
Cadillac has 
this 
option, 
it 
has 
a 
Theft 
Deterrent  Alarm 
System. With this 
system, the 
“SECURITY” light 
will 
flash 
as 
you 
open 
the 
door 
(if 
your 
ignition is off). 
This 
light 
reminds you to  arm  the  theft  deterrent system. Here’s how to 
do it: 
1. 
Open 
the 
door. 
2. 
Lock the  door 
with 
the power door lock  switch or Keyless Entry 
System. The 
“SECURITY” 
light should  come  on 
and 
stay on. 
3. 
Close 
all 
doors.  The 
“SECURITY” 
light should go 
off. 
If 
a  door  or  the  trunk is opened  without the key or Keyless Entry System, 
the alarm 
will 
go off. It 
will 
also go 
off 
if 
the  trunk 
lock 
is 
damaged. 
Your 
vehicle’s lights 
will 
flash and  the  horn 
will 
sound  for 3 minutes,  then 
will 
go 
off 
to save battery  power. 
Remember,  the  theft  deterrent system won’t arm 
if 
you  lock the  doors 
with a key or  manual  door lock. 
It 
arms only 
if 
you use a power  door lock 
switch or Keyless Entry  System. 
Here’s 
how 
to avoid setting 
off 
the  alarm by  accident: 
If 
you 
don’t 
want 
to 
arm 
the 
theft 
deterrent system, the vehicle 
should 
be 
locked with the  door key  after  the  doors  are  closed. 
Always unlock 
a 
door 
with 
a key, or use 
the 
Keyless Entry System. 
If 
you set 
off 
the  alarm by  accident, unlock any door 
with 
your key. You 
can also turn 
off 
the alarm by  using the Keyless Entry System, 
if 
you 
have 
it. 
The alarm won’t stop 
if 
you try to  unlock 
a 
door any other way. 
Unlocking a  door 
any 
other way 
will 
set 
off 
the  alarm. 
73 

How 
to 
Test 
The 
Alarm 
0 
Roll down your window and lock your vehicle using the power 
door 
Reach in and unlock the  door using the  manual lock, and  open  the 
If 
the  alarm  does  not  sound when it should,  check to  see 
if 
the  horn 
works. The  horn fuse may 
be 
blown. 
To 
replace the fuse, see “Fuses and 
Circuit  Breakers” in the Index. 
lock or  the Keyless Entry System. 
door.  The  horn 
will 
sound  and  your  headlights will flash. 
To 
reduce  the possibility 
of 
theft, always arm  the  theft  deterrent system 
when leaving your vehicle. 
PASS-KEY 
IIm 
Your vehicle 
is 
equipped with the PASS-Key  I1 
TM 
(Personalized 
Automotive Security System) theft  deterrent system. PASS-Key 
I1 
TM 
is 
a 
passive theft  deterrent system. This  means 
you 
don’t have 
to 
do 
anything 
different to  arm 
or 
disarm the system. It works when you insert or remove 
the key from  the ignition. PASS-Key 
TM 
uses a resistor pellet in the 
ignition key that matches 
a 
decoder in your vehicle. 
When  the PASS-Key 
TI 
TM 
system senses  that  someone is using the wrong 
key,  it shuts down the vehicle’s starter 
and 
fuel systems. 
For 
about  three 
minutes, the  starter won’t work and fuel won’t go  to  the engine. 
If 
someone tries to  start  your vehicle  again 
or 
uses another key during  this 
time, the vehicle will not  start.  This  discourages  someone  from  randomly 
trying different keys  with different resistor pellcts in 
an 
attempt to make 
a 
match. 
The ignition key must 
be 
clean and dry before it’s inserted 
in 
the 
ignition 
or  the  engine may not start. 
If 
the engine  does  not  start  and the 
“SECURITY” light comes  on,  the key  may be dirty 
or 
wet.  Turn the 
ignition 
off. 
If you’re 
ever 
driving and  the  “SECURITY” light comes on  and 
continues to flash, you get  the “PASS-KEY MALFUNCTION” message 
and  the “STARTING  DISABLED” message appears, you 
will 
be  able  to 
restart  your  engine 
if 
you turn it 
off. 
Your PASS-Key 
TI 
TM 
system, 
however, is not working properly and must 
be 
serviced bylour Cadillac 
dealer. Your  vehicle 
is 
not 
protected by  the PASS-Key  I1  system. 
74 

If  you lose or damage  a PASS-Key  I1 
TM 
ignition key, see your Cadillac 
dealer  or  a locksmith  who can service PASS-Key 
I1 
TM 
to have 
a 
new  key 
made. 
IGNITION 
KEY 
POSITIONS 
This lock  gives  you  five 
different  positions. 
75 
Before you 
put 
the key in, your ignition 
will 
be in the 
“LOCK” 
position. 
This 
position locks your ignition,  steering wheel and  transaxle. 
It’s 
an 
anti-theft  feature. 

The  other positions  let 
you 
perform  these  functions: 
ACC: Accessory lets you use things like the radio  and the windshield 
wipers when  the  engine 
is 
off. 
To 
get  into “ACC”, push in the key and  turn 
it toward you. Your steering wheel will remain  locked,  just 
as 
it was 
before you inserted  the key. 
OFF 
This  position lets you turn 
off 
the engine  but still turn the steering 
wheel. It doesn’t lock the  steering wheel like 
“Lock.” 
Use 
“Off” 
if 
you 
must have  your  car 
in 
motion while the engine 
is 
off (for example, 
if 
your 
car 
is 
being  pushed). 
RUN: This 
is 
the position  for driving. 
START 
This 
starts  your  engine. 
r 
NOTICE: 
If 
your key seems  stuck in 
‘ 
xk and you can’t turn 
it, 
be sure 
it 
is 
all  the 
way 
in. If it is, then  turn  the  steering wheel left and 
right while 
you 
turn  the key hard.  But  turn  the key  only  with 
your  hand. Using 
a 
tool to  force  it could break  the key or  the 
ignition swi’ 
’1. 
If none 
of 
this w--ks,  then  your  vehicle 
3 
servi 
cc 
STARTING 
YOUR 
ENGINE 
Engines start differently. 
The 
8th digit 
of 
your  Vehicle Identification 
Number 
(VIN) 
shows the 
code 
letter  or  number  for your engine. You  will 
find the  VIN  at  the  top left 
of 
your instrument  panel.  (See “Vehicle 
Identification Number” in the Index.) Follow the  proper steps to  start  the 
engine. 
Move  your shift lever to 
“P” 
(Park) or  “N”  (Neutral). Your engine won’t 
start in any other position 
-- 
that’s 
a 
safety  feature. 
To 
restart when you’re 
already moving,  use “N”  (Neutral) only. 
76 

1. 
Don’t  push  the  accelerator  pedal  before  starting  your  engine. 
In 
some 
other vehicles you might  need 
to 
do this,  but  because of your vehicle’s 
computer systems, you don’t. 
2. 
Turn 
your  ignition key 
to 
“Start.”  When  the  engine  starts,  let 
go 
of 
the 
key. The idle  speed 
will 
go down as  your  engine  gets  warm. 
3. 
If 
it doesn’t start right away, hold your key in “Start 
” 
for  about  three 
seconds  at  a  time until  your  engine  starts. Wait about 
15 
seconds 
between  each try to  help avoid draining 
your 
battery. 
.. 
-. 
.. 
Holding  your 
key 
in “Start” 
for 
longer than 
1 
excessive  heat can damage  your  starter  motor. 
. 
.. 
. 
4. 
If 
your  engine still won’t start  (or  starts  but  then stops), it could  be 
flooded with too  much  gasoline. 
Try 
pushing  your  accelerator  pedal all 
the 
way 
to 
the  floor and  holding 
it 
there  as 
you 
hold the key in “Start” 
for  about  three  seconds. 
If 
the vehicle starts briefly but 
then 
stops 
again, do 
the 
same thing,  but  this  time  keep  the  pedal down for five or 
six seconds.  This  clears the extra  gasoline  from the engine. 
77 

NOTICE: 
Your engine 
is 
designed to work  with the electronics in yo1 
vehicle. 
If 
you 
add 
electrical parts  or accessories, you cod 
change  the 
way 
the fuel  injection 
system 
operates. Before 
adding  electrical  equipment,  check  with  your dealer, 
If 
you 
don’t, your  engine  might  not  perform properly. 
If 
you 
ever  have to have  your vehicle towed, see  the  part 
of 
this 
Manual  that tells 
how 
to  do 
it 
without  damaging  your vehicle. 
See “Tnwing  Your  Vehicle” in  the Index. 
ENGINE 
BLOCK 
HEATER 
(OPTION) 
In 
very 
cold weather, 
0” 
F 
(-1 
8 
C) 
or colder, the engine block heater  can 
help. You’ll get easier  starting and  better fuel econonly during  engine 
warm-up. 
To 
use 
the 
block 
heater: 
1. 
Turn 
off 
the engine. 
2. 
Open 
the  hood  and unwrap the electrical cord. 
3. 
Plug 
it  into a normal,  grounded 
1 
10-volt outlet. 
r 
electrical shock. 
Also, 
the wrong kind of extension  cord could 
the  cord  into 
a 
properly  grounded  three-prong 110-volt outlet. 
If 
the  cord won’t reach,  use  a heavy-duty three-prong  extension 
cord  rated  for at least 
15 
amps. 
I 
overheat  and  cause 
a 
fire. 
You 
could be seriously  injured.  Plug 
78 

~ 
.- 
. 
~. 
.. 
. 
-. 
.~  .. 
. 
NOTICE: 
~ 
,.  ,. 
. 
After 
you’ve’.ts&d’h& 
bioch 
~deater, 
be 
sure 
to 
store 
the 
cord 
as 
it 
was  before,  to  keep 
it 
away 
frop 
ltlcrvin 
3tlgi-e 
marts. 
If 
you: 
I 
don’t, 
it 
could  be  damaged. 
I 
How 
long 
should 
you 
keep  the block heater plugged 
in? 
The answer 
depends  on  the  weather,  the kind 
of 
oil  you have, and  some  other  things. 
Instead 
of 
trying to list everything  here, we  ask that you contact  a  Cadillac 
dealer  in  the  area  where you’ll be  parking  your  vehicle. The  dealer can 
give  you the best  advice 
for 
that  particular  area. 
DRn’lNG 
THROUGH  DEEP 
STANDING 
WATER 
NOTICE: 
If 
you  drive  too  quickly  through  deep  puddles  or standing water, 
water can come in through  your  engine’s air intake  and  badly 
damage  your engine. 
If 
you  can’t  avoid  deep  puddles or standing 
water,  drive  through  them  very  slowly. 
79 

AUTOlMATIC 
TRANSAXLE 
Your automatic  transaxle 
may 
have 
either 
a 
shift lever located  on  the 
steering column or 
on 
the 
console  between the seats. 
There  are 
P..... 
R 
.... 
N 
.... 
03 
.... 
3 
..... 
2 
..... 
1 
..... 
several  different  positions  for your 
shift 
lever. 
................................................ 
Park 
............................................. 
Reverse 
............................................. 
Neutral 
........................................... 
Overdrive 
........................................ 
SecondGear 
........................................... 
FirstGear 
................................... 
Third Gear  (Drive) 
P 
(Park) 
This locks your  front wheels. It’s the best position 
to 
use when you 
start your engine  because your vehicle can’t move  easily. 
80 

vel 
le tan roll, 
$2-2.~ 
Don’t 
I 
enicle when the  engine  is  runnmg  unles 
have 
to. 
If  you have left  the  engine  running,  the vehicle ca 
move suddenly. 
You 
or others  could be injured. 
To 
be sure 
vehicle won’t  move,  when  you’re  on 
fairly 
level ground, alw 
set  your  parking brake  and move the  shift lever to 
“P” 
(Par 
See 
“ 
snifting  Into 
“P” 
(Park)” in  the  Index. 
11 
you are  par 
L 
a 
hill, or if you’re pulling 
a 
trailer,  also  see“Parking 
o 
or “Towing a  Trailer”  in  the  Index. 
-*- 
aq 
.: 
: 
- 
- 
. 
.. 
.h 
i-” 
.. 
.i 
T 
.. 
Ensure  the shift lever is  fully  in “P” (Park)  range  before  starting 
the 
engine. Your Cadillac  has  a  brake-transaxle  shift  interlock. You have to 
fully  apply your  regular  brakes  before 
you 
can  shift  from 
“P” 
(Park) 
when the ignition key  is  in the  “Run” position. 
If 
you 
cannot  shift 
out 
of 
“P” (Park),  ease  pressure on the  shift lever 
- 
push 
the 
shift lever all the 
way into “P”  (Park)  and also  release  the  shift  lever  button  on  floor  shift 
console  models  as you maintain  brake  application. Then move the shift 
lever into  the  gear you  wish. (Press  the shift lever button  before moving 
the  shift  lever 
on 
floor  shift  console  models.)  See  “Shifting 
Out 
of  ‘P’ 
(Park)” 
in 
this part. 
R  (Reverse) 
Use this  gear to back up. 
81 

To 
rock your vehicle back and  forth  to get out 
of 
snow, ice or 
sand 
without  damaging  your  transaxle,  see 
“If 
You’re Stuck 
in 
Sand,  Mud,  Ice 
or 
Snow” 
in 
the  Index. 
N (Neutral) 
In 
this  position,  your  engine doesn’t connect with the wheels. 
To 
restart  when  you’re  already moving, use 
“N” 
(Neutral) 
only. 
Also, use 
“N” 
when  your vehicle 
is 
being  towed. 
A 
CAUTION: 
Shifting  out of 
“P” 
(Park)  or 
“N” 
(Neutral) while your  engine  is 
“racing”  (running at high speed)  is  dangerous. Unless your foot 
is  firmly 
on 
the  brake pedal,  your vehicle could move  very 
rapidly. You  could lose control  and  hit people or objects. Don’t 
shift  out of 
“P” 
(Park)  or 
“N” 
(Neutral) while your  engine  is 
racing. 
Damage  to your transaxle  caused by  shifting  out of 
“P” 
(Park 
L 
0 
@ 
Automatic  Overdrive 
This  position is for normal driving. 
If 
you need  more  power  for 
passing, and you’re: 
Going  less  than  about 
35 
mph 
(56 
km/h),  push  your  accelerator 
pedal  about halfway down. 
Going  about 
35 
mph 
(56 
km/h) or more,  push  the  accelerator all 
the 
way 
down. 
You’ll 
shift down to  the next gear  and have more power. 
82 

L 
NOTIW: 
3 
(Third  Gear) 
This is like 
@ 
, 
but you never  go into Overdrive. 
Here  are  some times you might  choose 
“ 
3 
” 
instead of 
@: 
- 
When driving on hilly, winding roads 
- 
When towing a  trailer, 
so 
there is less  shifting  between  gears 
- 
When going down a  steep hill 
2 
(Second 
Gear) 
This  position gives 
you 
more power  but  lower  fuel  economy. 
You 
can 
use 
“2” 
on hills. It can  help  control  your  speed  as 
you 
go down steep 
mountain  roads,  but  then you would also  want to  use your  brakes 
off 
and on. 
nlh 
83 

1 
(First 
Gear) 
This  position gives  you even more power (but lower fuel  economy) 
than 
“2.” 
You can  use  it  on very steep hills, or in deep snow or mud. 
If 
the  selector lever 
is 
put in 
“1,” 
the transaxle won’t shift into  first  gear 
until  the vehicle is going slowly enough. 
PARKIN% 
BRAKE 
I 
84 

To  set  the  parking  brake: 
Hold  the  regular  brake  pedal down with  your  right  foot.  Push down the 
parking  brake  pedal with your  left  foot. If  the ignition 
is 
on, 
the  brake 
system warnin? light 
will 
come  on. 
I- 
I 
When you move out 
of 
“P” 
(Park)  or 
“N” 
(Neutral), 
if 
your 
engine 
is 
running, 
your  parking  brake 
should  go  off. 
If  it 
doesn’t, you have a 
parking  brake 
problem  and  should 
have it fixed. 
In 
the 
meantime, 
you 
can 
still release  your 
parking  brake.  Just 
pull on  the  manual 
release  lever,  as 
shown. 
I 
3me-q 
5::- 
&*ZL 
!My& 
se-4 
A 
CAUTION: 
. 
-- 
. 
If 
your  hand  or  arm is  in  the 
way 
of 
thi’pedal, you could be 
-,::+ 
-+..: 
hurt.  The  pedal  springs  back quickly. Keep  your hand  and  arm 
!+. 
,--,:“: 
away when you use 
1 
! 
manual  release  lever. 
:,F 
.L- 
.. 
-.7 
7 
.--.. 
, 
- 
., 
.I 
.. 
- 
.>, 
_. 
.- 
: 
- 
.?f 
I 
- 
- 
.. 
- 
--. . 
’-: 
.:. 
..:= 
. 
’. 
+ 
.? 
.. 
. 
NOTICE 
Driving  with the  parking  lake on  can  cause 
~UL- 
rear bra, 
overheat. 
You 
mav have to  replace  them- 
and 
vou 
could 
also 
,.*age ~ 
~. 
.: 
. 
~ 
i 
nther pal  vnur  vfihicle. 
L 
.~-:’? 
. 
- 
I 
. 
- 
. 
i 
i 
.. 
~ 
85 

If 
you 
are on 
a 
hill: 
See 
“Parking 
on 
Hills” 
in 
thc 
Index. That 
section 
shows 
how 
to 
turn 
your 
front wheels. 
If 
vou 
are 
towing 
a  trailer and 
are 
parking;  on 
anv 
hill: 
See 
“Towing 
a 
Trailer” 
in 
the 
Index. That section shows what 
to 
do 
first 
to 
keep 
the 
trailer  from moving. 
SHIFTING 
INTO 
‘CPn 
(PARK) 
I 
A 
CAUTION: 
It 
can 
be 
dangerous 
to 
get out 
of 
your vehicle 
if 
the  shift lever 
is 
not  fully.in 
“P” 
(Park) with the  parking  brake  firmly set.  Your 
vehicle 
can 
roll. 
If 
you have  left the  engine  running,  the vehicle can move 
suddenly. 
You 
or  others could 
be 
injured. 
To 
be sure  your vehicle 
won’t  move, when  you’re on  fairly level ground,  use  the 
steps 
that follow. 
If 
you are parking  on 
a 
hill, or 
if 
you’re pulling 
a 
trailer,  also see “Parking  On  Hills” or 
“Towing 
a  Wailer” 
in 
the 
Index. 
-. 
Steering 
Column 
Shifl 
Lever 
1. 
Hold 
the  brake pedal down 
with 
your 
right 
foot. 
86 

r 
2.  Move the shift  lever  into “P” (Park)  position  like this: 
Pull the lever 
toward you. 
Move the lever 
up  as far  as it 
will 
go. 
3. 
With  your  right  foot still holding the  brake  pedal  down,  set  the 
4. 
Move the ignition key to 
“Lock.” 
parking  brake. 
5. 
Remove the key and  take it with you. 
If 
you can walk  away from your 
vehicle with the ignition key in your  hand,  your vehicle is in 
“P” 
(Park). 
87 

Console 
Shift 
Lever 
1. 
Hold the  brake  pedal down with your right foot. 
2. 
Move the shift lever into 
“P” 
(Park)  position like this: 
0 
Hold in the  button 
on 
the lever, and 
push 
the lever all the way 
toward  the  front 
of 
your vehicle. 
3. 
With your  right  foot still holding  the  brake  pedal  down,  set  the 
parking  brake. 
4. 
Move the ignition key to “Lock.” 
5. 
Remove  the key and  take it with 
you. 
If 
you can walk  away 
from 
your 
vehicle with the  ignition key 
in 
your  hand,  your vehicle is in 
“P” 
(Park). 
88 

Leaving 
Your 
Vehicle With  the Engine  Running 
It  can  be  dangerous to leave  your  vehicle  with  the  engine 
---.* 
. 
’ 
running. Your vehicle could move  suddenly  if  the shift lever is 
.- 
: 
:->=:I 
not  fully in “P” (Park) with the parking  brake  firmly set. And, 
i 
- 
-”I 
leave the vehicle  with  the engine running, 
it 
could  overheat 
and  even catch fire. You  or others could be injured.  Don’A 
yo1 
vehicle  with  the  engine running unlc 
, 
you ha 
I 
.- 
. 
J 
.. 
.: 
. 
?- 
-.. 
-. 
.. 
- 
~ 
-- 
~I 
If 
you have  to leave your vehicle with the  engine  running,  be  sure  your 
vehicle is 
in 
“P7,  (Park)  and your  parking  brake is firmly set  before you 
leave 
it. 
After you’ve  moved the 
shift 
lever 
into 
the 
“P”  (Park) position, 
hold 
the  regular  brake  pedal  down.  Then,  see 
if 
you 
can move the shift 
lever away from  “P”  (Park) without first pulling 
it 
toward 
you 
(or, 
if 
you 
have the console shift lever,  without  first  pushing the  button). 
If 
you can, 
it  means  that  the shift lever wasn’t 
fully 
locked  into 
“P7, 
(Park). 
SHIFTING 
OUT 
OF 
“P” 
(PARK) 
Your Cadillac  has a  brake-transaxle  shift  interlock. 
You 
have to fully 
apply  your  regular  brake  before you can shift  from 
“P7’ 
(Park) when the 
ignition is 
in 
the  “Run” position.  See  “Automatic Transaxle” 
in 
the 
Index. 
If  you  cannot shift 
out 
of 
“P” 
(Park),  ease  pressure 
on 
the 
shift lever 
-- 
push 
the 
shift 
lever all the way  into “P” (Park)  and 
also 
release  the shift 
lever button 
on 
floor shift console  models  as you maintain  brake 
application. Then move the shift lever into  the  gear you  wish. (Press the 
shift lever button  before moving the shift lever.) 
If 
you ever  hold  the 
brake  pedal down but still can’t shift out of “P” (Park), try this: 
1. 
Turn the 
key 
to  “Off.”  Open  and close the driver’s door  to 
turn 
off 
the 
2. 
Apply and  hold the  brake  until  the  end 
of 
Step 
4. 
3. 
Shift  to 
“N” 
(Neutral). 
Retained Accessory Power feature. 
4. 
Start  the vehicle and  then  shift  to 
the 
drive gear 
you 
want. 
5. 
Have  the vehicle fixed as 
soon 
as  you  can. 

PARKlING 
OVER 
THINGS 
TlYAT 
BURN 
A 
CAUTION: 
Things that can  burn  could  touch  hot exhaust parts  under  your 
vehicle  and  ignite. Don't  park  over papers,  leaves, dry grass or 
other things that  can  burn. 
90 

ENGINE 
EXHAUST 
I 
A 
CAUTION: 
Engine  exhaust  can 
kill, 
It 
contains  the  gas  carbon monoxide 
(CO), which 
you 
can't 
see 
or 
smell. 
It 
can  cause 
unconsciousness  and  death. 
You 
might 
have  exhaust  coming in 
if: 
* 
Your exhaust  system sounds strange  or different. 
8 
Your 
vehicle 
gets 
rusty 
underneath. 
0 
Your 
:ehiQe  was damaged  in 
a 
.collision. 
Your 
vehick 
was 
damaged 
when 
driving over high 
points on 
the 
road 
or 
over 
road 
debris. 
- 
0 
Repairs weren% 
.- 
.done: coirectly. 
- 
6- 
.'* 
,. 
0 
Your 
vehicle 
or 
exhaust 
system 
had been  modified 
improperl' 
-.-- 
-I 
-- 
. 
. 
~ 
. 
., 
. 
:- 
. 
*., 
.,:,t:.- 
' 
* 
. 
.* 
,_ 
- 
. 
-< 
.--, 
,: 
. 
... 
.- . 
If 
you 
&r 
Ispeq 
'ihaust 
is 
coming 
intp 
your 
vehicle: 
* 
Drive- it.only 
'_-- 
ali 
the windows 
down 
to 
.blow 
out 
any 
CO; 
and 
Have 
it 
fixed 
immediately. 
.. 
. 
.. 
E 
91 

RUNNING 
YOUR 
ENGINE 
?KHILE 
YOU’RE 
PARKED 
It’s better  not 
to 
park 
with the engine  running. 
But 
if 
you 
ever have 
to, 
here  are 
some 
things to 
know. 
ling  the  engine 
with 
the air system control 
off 
could 
allow 
dangerous exhaust into your  vehicle 
(see 
the earlier Caution 
under “Engine  Exhaust”). 
~ 
Also, 
idling in 
a 
dosed-in place  can  let  deadly  carbon  monoxide 
(CO) 
intkpur vehicle  even 
if 
the fan switch is at the highest 
setting.  One  place this 
can 
happen 
is 
a garage. Exhaust 
-- 
with 
CO 
-- 
can 
come in easily. 
NEVER 
park 
in 
a garage with 
the 
engine 
running. 
Another  closed-in  place  can be a blizzard.  (See  C6Blizzard”  in the 
Index.) 
It 
can 
be 
dangerous to  get out of  your  vehicle if-the 
shin 
lever  i 
not 
fully  in 
ccP” 
(Park) 
with the parking brake firmly  set.  Your 
vehicle 
can 
roll.  Don’t  leave 
your 
vehicle  when the engine  is 
running unless 
you 
have 
to. 
If 
you’ve 
left 
the engine running, 
the 
vehicle can move  suddenly. 
You 
or 
others could  be iqjun 
,, 
To 
be 
sure 
your 
vehicle  won’t  move,  even  when  you’re 
on 
fairly 
level ground, always set  your parking brake after 
you 
move the 
shift 
lever  to 
“P’, 
(Park). 
’ 
Follow the proper steps to  be sure your  vehicle  won’t  move.  See 
“Shifting 
Into 
‘P’ 
(Park)” 
in the Index. 
If 
you 
are parking on a hill, 
or 
if 
you’re  pulling a trailer, also see 
“Parking on Hills” 
or 
4T~~ 
a 
lhiler” 
in the Index. 
I 
92 

POWER 
WINDOWS 
The  controls  are  near 
each window. Here’s 
how the  master  control 
I 
works. 
Your vehicle has Retained Accessory  Power 
(RAP). 
When you stop your 
vehicle and  turn  the ignition key to  “Off”, you can still use your  power 
windows. The electrical power to  operate  the windows  will not  shut 
off 
until you open a door  or 10 minutes  has  passed. If you want this power 
for  another 
10 
minutes,  just  turn  the key 
to 
“Run”  and back to 
“Off”. 
Express 
Down 
Window 
The driver’s power window has  this feature.  Just press the switch once 
-- 
for half a second 
or 
more 
-- 
and  then let go. The window  will go all the 
way down. If you want to  stop  the window as it is going down, press the 
switch again. 
HORN 
To 
sound  the  horn, just  press the  center 
of 
the  steering wheel. 
93 

TILT 
WHEEL 
1 
A 
tilt steering wheel  allows  you to  adjust 
the 
steering wheel before 
you 
drive. 
You 
can  also  raise 
it 
to  the highest level to give your 
legs 
more 
room 
when you 
exit 
and enter  the vehicle. 
To 
tilt the wheel, hold 
the 
steering wheel and pull the levcr. Move the 
steering wheel to  a  comfortable level, then  release  the lcver to lock the 
wheel 
in 
place. 
94 

THE  TURN SIGNALIMULTIFUNCTION 
LEPER 
The lever on the left side 
of 
the  steering column includes your: 
Turn Signal and  Lane  Change  Indicator 
Headlight  High-Low  Beam 
Flash-To-Pass Feature 
Headlamp Washers 
(Export 
Only) 
Windshield Wipers 
Windshield Washer 
Cruise  Control 

Turn 
Signal and 
Lane 
Change Indicator 
The  turn signal has 
two 
upward (for  Right) 
and 
two 
downward 
(for  Left)  positions. 
These positions allow 
you to signal a  turn  or 
a  lane  change. 
To 
signal a  turn, move the lever all the way up  or down. When the  turn is 
finished, the lever will return automatically. 
rpl 
A 
green  arrow  on the 
instrument  panel will 
flash 
in 
the  direction of 
the  turn 
or 
lane 
change. 
To  signal a  lane  change,  just  raise  or lower the lever until  the  green  arrow 
starts 
to 
flash. Hold it there until you complete  your  lane change. The 
lever  will return 
by 
itself when you release  it. 
If for  some  reason  your turn signal  is left 
on, 
the  Driver  Information 
Center will display “TURN 
SIGNAL 
ON” 
(after driving about  a mile) to 
remind you to  turn it off. 
1 
El 
96 

As 
you signal a turn  or a lane change, 
if 
the arrows don’t flash but just 
stay on, a signal bulb may be  burned  out  and  other drivers won’t see your 
turn signal. 
If a bulb is burned  out,  replace it to help avoid an accident. If  the green 
arrows 
don’t 
go 
on 
at ail when you signal 
a 
turn,  check the fuse  (see 
“Fuses” in the Index) and  for  burned-out bulbs. 
Headlight High-Low Beam 
To 
change  the 
headlights  from low 
beam  to high or high to 
low, pull the  turn signal 
lever all the way toward 
you. Then release  it. 
When  the high beams 
are  on, a blue light on 
the  instrument  panel 
also will be 
on. 
Flash-To-Pass  Feature 
This  lets 
you 
use your high beam  headlights to signal a driver in front 
of 
you 
that 
you 
want to pass. It works even 
if 
your  headlights 
are 
off. 
97 

To 
use  it, pull the multifunction lever toward you. When you do: 
If 
your  headlights are 
off 
Your  high beam headlights will turn  on. They’ll 
stay 
on 
as 
long 
as 
you hold the lever there. Release the lever 
to 
turn  them 
off. 
If 
your  headlights are on.  but on low beam: The system  works normally. 
Just pull the lever. Your headlights 
will 
shift to high beam  and stay there. 
To 
return  to low beam, 
just 
pull the lever toward you. 
If 
your  headlights are 
on. 
and  on high beam: Your headlights will switch 
to low beam. 
To 
get back 
to 
high beam, pull the lever toward you. 
Windshield Wipers 
WIPER 
To 
control the wipers, turn  the  band 
on  the 
multifunction lever. 
MIST: 
Turn the  band away from you and  then release it 
for 
a 
single wipe 
cycle. For  more cycles, hold the band on 
MIST 
longer. 
LO 
or 
HI: 
Turn the band toward 
you 
to  either 
LO 
(low speed) or 
to 
HI 
(high speed),  depending 
on 
the 
wiper speed 
you 
want. 
DELAY: With this you can  set the wiper speed 
for 
a 
long 
or short delay 
between 
wipes. Move the 
band 
to 
ON 
for 
long delays and  the closer 
you 
get to 
LO 
the  shorter  the delay. 
OFF: 
To 
turn  the wipers 
off, 
turn  the  band  to 
OFF. 
98 

I 
A 
CAUTION: 
Damaged  wiper  blades may prevent you from  seeing well enough 
to  drive safely. 
To 
avoid  damage, be sure to  clear ice and snow 
from  the wiper  blades  before  using  them. If they’re frozen  to  the 
windshield,  carefully  loosen or thaw  them. 
If 
your 
1 
. 
. 
~ 
lo 
berntne damaged, get new blades 
or 
blade  insert,. 
Heavy snow or ice can  overload your wipers. 
A 
circuit breaker 
will 
stop 
them  until the  motor cools. Clear away  snow or ice 
to 
prevent  an 
overload. 
Windshield Washer 
To 
wash your 
windshield push the 
paddle  labeled 
PUSH, 
then  release 
it. 
After 
washing the windshield 
the wipers will stop, 
unless you were using 
your wipers. 
If 
you 
were, 
the 
wipers will 
resume  the wiper 
speed you were using. 
For  more washer 
cycles push  and hold 
the  paddle. 
When  the  washer fluid reaches a low  level, “LOW 
WASHER 
FLUID” 
will 
be 
displayed 
in 
the 
Driver  Information  Center. 
99 

la 
CAUTION 
splash-am 
block 
your 
vision. 
Yon 
could 
hit 
another 
vehicle or 
go 
off 
the 
road. 
Check 
your 
washer 
fluid 
level 
often. 
* 
Xn 
freezing 
weather, 
don't 
use 
your 
washer 
until 
the 
windshield 
is 
warmed. 
Otherwise 
the 
washer 
fluid 
can 
fam 
I 
Headlight  Washer  (Export 
Only) 
If you have this  feature, you 
will 
wash your headlights while  washing your 
windshield at  the  same  time 
in 
bad  weather.  Just  press  the 
PUSH 
paddle 
on the multifunction  lever. 
100 
U 
c 
0 
fi 
I 
I 

CRUISE  CONTROL 
With 
Cruise  Control, you can maintain a  speed of  about 
25 
mph 
(40 
kmih) 
or  more 
without 
keeping 
your 
foot  on  the  accelerator.  This can 
really help  on long trips.  Cruise  Control  does not work at  speeds below 
about 25 mph 
(40 
km/h). 
When you  apply your  brakes,  the  Cruise  Control  shuts 
off. 
Cruise  Control  can be dangerous  where you can’t drive safely 
at  a  steady speed. 
So, 
don’t use  your Cruise  Control  on 
winding roads  or  in heavy traffic. 
Cruise  Control  can be dangerous on slippery  roads.  On  such 
roads,  fast  changes  in  tire  traction  can  cause  needless wheel 
spinning,  and 
you 
could  lose  control. Don’t  use Cruise 
Control  on  slippery  roads. 
To 
Set  Crucse  Control 
1. 
Move the  Cruise 
Control switch 
to 
“ON 
” 
101 

If 
you  leave  your  Cruise  Control  switch on when  you’re  not 
using Cruise, 
you 
might  hit  a  button and go into  Cruise when 
you 
don’t  want  to. 
You 
could  be  startled and even lose control. 
Keep the Cruise  Control  switch 
“OFF” 
until you  want  to use it. 
I 
2. 
Get  up 
to 
the  speed 
you 
want. 
W 
PUSH 
.+9 
I 
4. 
The digital 
1 
instrument  panel 
cluster  has 
a 
“CRUISE 
ENGAGED” 
light 
that will come 
on. 
There is no light 
on 
the 
analog 
cluster. 
5. 
Take 
your  foot 
off 
the  accelerator pedal. 
102 

r 
- 
-- 
!- 
I 
i 
r 
r 
To 
Resume a Set Speed.. 
Suppose you set  your  Cruise  Control at  a  desired  speed  and  then 
you 
apply the  brake. This, of course,  shuts off the Cruise  Control.  But you 
don’t need  to  reset it. Once you’re going about 
25 
mph 
(40 
kmih) or 
more, you can move the Cruise  Control switch from 
“ON” 
to 
‘‘,/A? 
for 
about half a  second. 
You’ll go right  back  up  to  your  chosen  speed  and stay there. 
I 
I 
A 
CAUTION: 
If  you hold  the  switch at 
%/A” 
longer than half a second,  the 
vehicle  will  keep  going faster until you release the  switch  or 
apply  the  brake. You  could be startled  and  even lose control. 
So 
unless you  want to  go  faster,  don’t  hold  the  switch at 
“RIA.” 
I 
I 
To 
Increase  Speed FWaile  Using Cruise Control 
There  are 
two 
ways to 
go 
to  a higher  speed.  Here’s the first: 
1. 
Use  the  accelerator  pedal  to get 
to 
the higher  speed. 
103 

2. 
Push the  button  at  the  end 
of 
the lever, then release the  button  and 
the accelerator  pedal. Yodll now cruise at  the higher speed. 
Here’s the second way to  go  to 
a 
higher speed: 
1. 
Move the Cruise switch from 
“ON” 
to “R/A.’, Hold it there unru you 
2. 
To 
increase  your  speed 
in 
very 
small amounts, move the switch to 
get up to  the  speed you want, and  then  release the switch. 
“R/A” 
Each time you do this, your vehicle will go  about 
1 
mph (1.6 
km/h) faster. 
4.6L 
(Northstar) 
The accelerate feature will only  work after 
you 
have set the Cruise 
Control  speed by pushing the 
“SET 
CRUISE”  button. 
To 
Reduce  Speed  While  Using  Cruise  Control 
1. 
Push in the  button at the  end 
of 
the lever until you reach the lower 
speed you want, then  release it. 
2. 
To 
slow  down in very  small amounts, push the  button  for less than half 
a 
second.  Each time you do this, you’ll go 
1 
mph 
(1.6 
km/h) slower. 
Pussing 
Another Khicle  while Using  Cruise  Control 
Use the accelerator  pedal to increase  your  speed.  When you take  your 
foot off 
the 
pedal, your  vehicle 
will 
slow  down to  the Cruise  Control 
speed you set  earlier. 
Using 
Cruise 
Control 
on 
Hills 
How  well your  Cruise  Control will  work on hills depends  upon your 
speed,  load,  and  the  steepness 
of 
the hills. When going up  steep hills,  you 
may have to  step 
on 
the accelcrator  pedal 
to 
maintain your speed.  When 
going  downhill,  you  may have to brake or shift 
to 
a 
lower gear  to  keep 
your  speed down. 
Of 
course, applying the  brake  takes you out 
of 
Cruise 
Control. 
Many 
drivers find this 
to 
bc 
too 
much trouble and don’t use 
Cruise  Control  on  steep hills. 
104 

To 
Get Out 
of 
Cruise Control 
There  are two ways to  turn 
off 
the  Cruise  Control: 
1. 
Step 
lightly 
on 
the  brake 
pedal 
; 
OR 
I 
- 
P 
2. 
Move 
the 
CRUISE 
switch to 
“OFF” 
(The 
“CRUISE” 
light will 
go 
out 
.) 
105 

To 
Erase Speed 
Memory 
When you turn 
off 
the Cruise  Control 
or 
the 
ignition, your Cruise 
Control  set  speed  memory is erased. 
LIGHTS 
You’ll find the control 
on 
the left side of the  instrument  panel. 
It  controls  these light  systems: 
Headlights 
0 
Taillights 
0 
Parking Lights 
0 
Underhood Light (Option) 
0 
Instrument Panel Lights 
0 
License Plate Lights 
0 
Interior Courtesy 
Lights 
Fog 
Lights (Option) 
0 
Rear Fog Lights (Export Only) 
ALL 
LIGHTS  PANEL  LIGHTS 
EXCEPT 
BRIGHTNESS  light  system. 
HEADLIGHTS  manually work your 
Here’s how 
to 
I 
)- 
COURTESY 
OFF 
ALL  LIGHTS 
LIGHTS 
Lights 
On 
Reminder 
If 
you open  the  door while  leaving the lights 
on, 
you 
will hear a warning 
tone. 
106 

Twilight  Sentinel 
The  control is next to  the headlight switch. It switches your lights on  and 
off  by  sensing how dark 
it 
is outside. 
To 
operate it, leave the light switch 
off and move the control 
to 
any position but off. 
If 
you 
move 
the  control 
all 
the 
way  to 
MAX, 
your lights 
will 
remain 
on 
for 
90 
seconds after you turn  your  engine 
off. 
If 
you 
move 
the 
control almost 
all the way  in the  other  direction, 
so 
it  is just 
on, 
the lights 
will 
go off 
quickly when you turn off your  engine. You can  change this delay time 
from 
only 
a few seconds  to 
90 
seconds. 
Operation 
of 
Lights 
Although  your vehicle’s lighting system (headlamps,  parking 
lamps, 
fog 
lamps, side marker lamps and tail lamps)  meet all applicable  Federal 
lighting requirements,  certain  States  and Provinces may apply their own 
lighting regulations  that may require  special attention  before 
you 
operate 
these  lamps. For example, some jurisdictions may require  that 
you 
operate your lower beam  lamps with fog lamps at all times, or  that 
headlamps  be  turned  on  whenever 
you 
must use your windshield wipers. 
In addition, most jurisdictions  prohibit driving solely with parking lamps, 
especially at dawn 
or 
dusk. It 
is 
recommended  that you check 
with 
your 
own State  or Provincial highway authority  for  applicable lighting 
regulations. 
107 

Light Sensor 
The light sensor 
for 
the twilight sentinel  is 
located in the  center  of 
- 
the  front  defogger 
tfi 
grille. 
If 
you 
cover the 
sensor, it will read 
"dark"  and  your  lights 
will 
come 
on. 
D 
Interior Lights 
Turn the headlight switch passed 
HI 
to  turn  on  the  interior lights. 
Fog 
Lights 
(Eldorado 
Touring Coupe) 
Use 
your fog  lights 
for 
better vision in foggy or misty conditions.  When 
you press the  upper fog light switch, a  small  indicator light will  glow to 
tell you the fog  lights are  on. 
To 
turn  them off, press the switch again. 
108 
L 

When  the twilight sentinel is on,  the headlights will turn 
off 
automatically. Your fog  and  parking lights will remain on. 
If 
you  switch on your high beam headlights, your  fog lights will turn off. 
They’ll turn back on again when 
you 
switch to low beam headlights. 
Rear 
Fog 
Lights (Export Only) 
To turn  them  on,  push 
the lower switch. 
A 
small indicator light 
will 
glow to tell 
you 
they are  on. 
To 
turn 
them 
off, 
press the 
switch again. 
Cornering Lights 
The cornering lights come  on when you signal 
a 
turn when the headlights 
or 
parking lights are  on.  This 
will 
provide more light 
for 
cornering. 
Underhood Light 
To 
operate,  turn  on your  parking  lights,  then  the  underhood light will 
illuminate  when the hood is open. 
Daytime Running 
Lights 
(Canada  Only) 
The  Canadian  Federal  Government has  decided  that  “Daytime  Running 
Lights” 
(DRL) 
are a useful feature, in that DRL can  make  your vehicle 
more visible to  pedestrians  and  other drivers  during daylight hours. DRL 
are required 
on 
new  vehicles 
sold 
in Canada. 
109 

Your 
DRL 
work with 
a 
light sensor  on  top 
of 
the  instrument panel. 
Don’t cover 
it 
up. 
The low beam headlights will come  on  at  reduced  brightness in daylight 
when: 
The ignition is on 
The headlight switch  is  off,  and 
The transaxle 
is 
not in “P”  (Park). 
.At dusk, 
if 
the Twilight Sentinel  feature is turned  on,  the  exterior lights 
will come  on automatically and  the 
low 
beams will change to full 
brightness. At dawn, the  exterior lights will go  out  and  the low beams will 
change to  the  reduced brightness 
of 
DRL (if the headlight switch 
is 
off). 
Of 
course, you 
may 
still turn  on  the headlights any time you need to. 
To 
idle  your vehicle with the  DRL 
off, 
shift the transaxle  into 
“P” 
(Park). 
The 
DRL 
will  stay 
off 
until 
you 
shift out 
of 
“P” 
(Park). 
Reading 
Lights 
You 
have reading lights located 
in 
the roof.  These lights and the  interior 
courtesy lights 
will 
come 
on 
when 
you 
open the door. 
Push the button 
to 
turn 
them 
on. 
Push 
it 
again 
to 
turn 
them 
off. 
110 

MIRRORS 
Inside DaylNight Rearview Mirror 
To 
reduce  glare  from lights behind you, move 
the 
lever 
like 
this: 
Automatic Inside Rearview 
Mirror 
Your Cadillac may 
have the  optional 
automatic 
electrochromic 
rearview mirror. 
During  the daylight it’s like 
the 
standard mirror. But at night the system 
goes  to work. 
During  the day 
the 
mirror  reflects all the light from behind  your  car. At 
night, 
when  the 
glare 
is 
too 
high, it darkens  to reflect only part 
of 
the light 
behind 
you. 
When  the  mirror  darkens, it holds that position  until the 
glare is no longer  present. 
111 

Settings 
Your automatic rearview mirror  has  different positions for light 
sensitivity. At  the 
“MAX” 
setting, bright headlights far away  will cause 
the  mirror 
to 
gradually darken.  This 
is 
a 
good setting  for  rural driving.  At 
the 
“MIN” 
setting, bright headlights have to be rather close 
for 
the 
mirror  to  darken. 
This 
is 
a 
good setting 
€or 
city driving. 
Reverse Gear Day  Mode 
The reverse  mode 
is 
another  important  feature 
of 
the 
automatic  mirror. 
When  the shift lever is placed 
in 
“R’ 
(Reverse), the mirror changes 
to 
the 
daytime  mode 
for 
a bright image 
in 
the  mirror 
as 
you 
back 
up. 
~  Turn the switch to 
“OFF” 
when you want 
the day mode. 
....e 
>: 
. 
:.._ 
..., 
the  mirror  to  stay in 
X.<.,?.# 
,. 
, 
.j 
;.c.,c<- 
*_,i 
iil 
.. 
, 
.:: 
.. 
, 
. 
.. . 
112 

Cleaning 
Photocells 
Use  a  cotton swab 
and 
glass cleaner  to  clean  the  front  and  rear  photocells 
that  make  the  mirror work. 
Front  Seat  Vanity Mirrors 
~ 
7 
To 
use  one,  turn  the 
sunshade down. Then 
lift the cover up  to  see 
the  mirror.  The switch 
makes the light 
brighter. 
113 

Power  Remote  Control 
Mirrors 
The 
control 
on 
the driver’s door  armrest  operates  both  outside rearview 
mirrors. Move the  center 
switch 
to  the left to select the driver side mirror, 
or  to  the right 
to 
select 
the passenger side mirror. 
Then 
press the  control 
pad to adjust  each  mirror 
so that 
you 
can just  see  the side of your vehicle. 
To 
lock the controls leave the  selector switch 
in 
the middle position. 
When 
you 
operate 
the 
rear window defogger, 
it 
also 
warms both  outside 
mirrors 
to 
help  clear  them of  fog 
or 
ice. 
CONVEX 
OUTSIDE 
MIRROR 
Your right side  mirror 
is 
convex. 
A 
convex mirror’s surface is curved 
so 
you can see  more  from  the driver’s 
seat. 
114 

I 
r 
I- 
f 
7 
f 
A 
CAUTION: 
I 
If 
you aren't  used  to 
a 
convex mirror, you can 
--it 
another 
vehicle. 
A 
convex mirror  can  make  things (like other vehicles) 
look farther 
away 
than they  really  are.  If you cut too sharply 
into  the  right lane, you could hit 
a 
vehicle on  your  right.  Check 
your  inside  mirror  or glance over your  shoulder  before  changing 
lanes. 
I 
I 
BREAK-AWAY OUTSIDE 
MIMOR 
(EXPORT) 
The  mirrors will collapse 
in 
either  the forward or  rearward  direction,  and 
then  return  to  the  normal position. 
ASTROROOF 
= 
EXPRESS OPEN 
If  you have  this  option, the switch is here: 
The  astroroof  includes  a sliding glass panel  and  a sliding sunshade. The 
control switch only works with the  ignition  on or 
in 
Retained Accessory 
Power (RAP)mode. 
115 

To 
Open: 
Press  the switch rearward to  open  the glass panel  and  sunshade. 
The 
sunshade  can  also  be  opened by hand. If  you want to  stop  the roof 
in 
a 
partially open position,  press  the switch in either  direction to  stop 
it. 
Press  the switch again to  open 
it 
fully. 
To 
Close: 
Press  and hold the switch forward to close the glass panel. The 
sunshade  can only be closed by  hand. 
To 
Vent: 
Press the switch forward when the glass panel is closed. Open  the 
sunshade by  hand. 
To 
close the vent  press  the switch rearward. 
SUNGLASS 
COMPmTMENT 
If 
you 
have the  optional  Astroroof 
you 
will 
not have this  feature. 
To 
gain 
access 
to 
this  feature  located  directly  above  the  inside rearview mirror 
in 
the  headliner,  just 
push 
up 
and 
the  compartment 
will 
open. 
116 

ASHTRAYS 
AND 
LIGHTERS 
If 
have the 
full 
console,  push on  the 
cover to reveal the 
ashtray  and lighter. 
OR 
If 
you don’t have a 
center console,  just 
pull the ashtray out  to 
reveal the ashtray  and 
lighter. 
To 
clean the ashtray, lift  it out 
by 
pulling on the snuffer. 
If 
you 
don’t have 
a 
console, and  the ashtray 
will 
not  come  out by pulling 
on  the snuffer, 
try 
this:  Reach under 
the 
ashtray and gently push up 
on 
the ashtray bowl and  remove it. 
117 

Rear Ashtray 
To 
open 
the 
rear 
ashtrays 
lift the lid. 
Cigarette  Lighter 
It’s near  the ashtray. 
To 
use 
the lighter just push 
it 
all the 
way 
and 
let 
go. 
When 
it’s 
ready, 
it 
will 
pop back by  itself. 
118 

GARAGE DOOR  OPENER  (OPTION) 
This  option allows 
you 
to 
open up to  three 
garage  doors.  The 
transmitter  unit  fits  the 
overhead  panel. 
Your 
Cadillac  dealer can tell you about  the  hand 
held 
power pack unit 
and  the  installation you’ll need at home  to  make this work. 
If 
your 
CadilIac 
is 
equipped with an Electriclear”  heated  windshield, you’ll  have 
to  be  closer  to the garage door  for  the  transmitter unit 
to 
work. 
FLOOR 
MATS 
If 
your  Cadillac is equipped with rubber-backed  front  and  rear 
floor 
mats, 
keep  them  clean by vacuuming and using a  spot  cleaner, 
if 
necessary. 
Do 
not  machine  wash. 
TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM 
(4.4L 
NORTHSTAR) 
Your traction  control system operates only when  the system senses  that 
one  or  both of the  front wheels 
is 
spinning or beginning to 
lose 
traction 
while driving.  This is especially useful 
in 
slippery  road  conditions. The 
traction  control system works at all speeds. 
It 
limits  wheel  spin by  using 
the  antilock  and  brake  systems  to apply the  front  brakes  and by  shutting 
off 
fuel 
injectors 
to 
reduce  engine  torque. 
You 
may be  able 
to 
spin the  tires  when  accelerating from a  standstill  on 
dry 
pavement.  This is normal.  The 
“TRACTION 
ACTIVE” 
message 
will 
119 

display on  the Driver  Information  Center  when  the  traction  control 
system is operating. 
You 
may feel the system working through slight movement of the 
accelerator  pedal,  or you  may notice some noise, but  this is normal. 
Your Driver  Information  Center 
is 
an  important  source 
of 
information 
about  your traction  control system. 
See 
“Driver  Information Center” in 
the Index. 
THE 
INSTRUMENT 
PANEL: 
YOUR 
INFOR2MATION 
SYSTEM 
Your instrument  panel 
is 
designed to let 
you 
know at a glance how your 
Cadillac 
is 
running. You’ll know how fast you’re going,  how much fuel 
you’re  using, and many 
of 
the  other things you’ll need  to know to drive 
safely and economically. 
Digitul 
Cluster 
:i-i 
-Q 
8 
c 
. 
If 
you have the 4.6 
L 
Northstar  your  tachometer  and  speedometer will 
have  a different  calibration. 

Analog 
Cluster 
(4.9 
L) 
Canadian 
Analog 
Cluster 
(4.9 
L) 
11111 
121 

Export 
Cluster 
(4.9 
L) 
P 
. 
. 
... 
- 
Speedometer 
and 
Odometer 
Your speedometer lets 
you 
see your speed 
in 
both 
miles per  hour  (mph) 
and  kilometers per  hour  (km/h). Your odometer shows  how far your 
vehicle 
has 
been  driven, 
in 
either 
miles 
(used 
in 
the 
US.) 
or 
kilometers 
(used in Canada). 
EnglishlMetric 
Button 
You  can 
go 
back 
and 
forth  from English 
(miles) 
to 
metric 
(kilometers) 
by 
pushing 
this button. 
._.' 
-! 
f 
122 

The  same  button also  makes  other readings  (like temperature, 
fuel 
and 
odometer) 
go 
between English and metric. 
Trip 
Odometer 
You 
can tell how far 
you’ve 
gonc 
since 
you 
last set 
it 
back to  zero. 
To 
reset, push and 
hold 
the  button until it 
zeros. 
If your vehicle 
is 
domestic, the  trip  odometer 
WIII 
return 
to 
zero 
after 
999.9  miles  (1609 km). If your vehicle 
is 
Canadian or Export, the  trip 
odometer will return 
to 
zero  after 1999.9  km 
(1242 
miles). 
Odometer 
You  may wonder what happens 
if 
a car has to have 
a 
new odometer 
installed. The new one may read  the  correct mileage. This is because  your 
car’s computer  has  stored  the mileage in memory. 
If 
it 
isn’t stored,  then 
this odometer is set  at  zero,  but 
a 
label on  the driver’s door must show the 
old reading  and when the new one was installed. 
‘WARNING 
LIGHTS 
This section  describes the warning lights that may 
be 
on 
your vehicle. The 
pictures 
will help you 
locate 
them. 
Warning lights can signal that  something is wrong  before it becomes 
serious  enough 
to 
cause 
an 
expensive repair or replacement. Paying 
attention 
to 
your  warning lights could also save you 
or 
others  from injury. 
Warning lights 
go 
on when there may be  or is  a problem with one 
of 
your 
vehicle’s functions. As you will 
see 
in the details on  the next  few  pages, 
123 

some warning lights come  on briefly when you turn  the ignition key just to 
let you know  they’re  working. 
If 
you are familiar with this  section, you 
should not  be  alarmed when  this  happens. 
When  one 
of 
the warning lights comes  on  and stays on when you 
are 
driving, check the section that tells you what 
to 
do  about it. Please follow 
the manual’s advice. Waiting to  do  repairs can be costly 
-- 
and even 
dangerous. 
So 
please  get 
to 
know your warning lights. They’re a  big help. 
Your vehicle may 
also 
have a driver  information system that works along 
with the warning lights. See  “Driver Information System” in the Index. 
Brake System  Warning Light 
Your Cadillac hydraulic brake system 
is 
divided into two parts. 
If 
one  part 
isn’t working, the  other  part can still  work and  stop you. For good 
braking, though, you need  both  parts working 
well. 
If 
the warning light goes 
on, 
there could be a brake  problem.  Have  your 
brake system inspected right away. 
BRAKE 
(0) 
BRAKE 
This light should come 
on 
as you start  the 
vehicle. If it doesn’t 
come 
on 
then, have  it 
fixed 
so 
it 
will 
be ready 
to 
warn you 
if 
there’s a 
problem. 
This light will also come 
on 
when you set your  parking  brake,  and will 
stay 
on 
if 
your  parking  brake doesn’t release fully. If  it  stays on  after your 
parking brake 
is 
fully released, it means you have a brake problem. If  the 
light comes 
on 
while driving, pull 
off 
the road  and stop carefully. You  may 
notice that  the pedal is harder 
to 
push. Or,  the pedal may go closer to  the 
floor.  It may take longer to stop. 
If 
the light 
is 
still 
on, 
have the vehicle 
towed for service. (See “Towing  Your  Vehicle”  in 
the 
Index.) 
124 

I 
A 
CAUTION: 
Your brake  system may not be  working  properly  if the brake 
warning light is 
on. 
Driving  with  the  brake  warning light on can 
lead to an accident. If the light is still 
on 
after you've pulled  off 
service. 
e  road  and stopped carefully,  have  the vehicle towed for 
I 
Anti-Lock Brake System 
Warning 
Light 
= 
With anti-lock, this light will go  on when you start  your  engine  and may 
stay 
on 
for several  seconds or 
so. 
That's  normal. 
If 
the light doesn't  come 
on, have it fixed 
so 
it  will be ready to warn you 
if 
there is  a problem. 
If  the light stays on  or  comes  on when you're driving, stop  as  soon 
as 
possible and  turn  the 
key 
off. 
Then  start  the engine to  reset  the system. 
If 
the light still stays 
on, 
or 
comes 
on again while you're driving, 
your 
Cadillac needs service. -Unless the  regular  brake system warning light is 
also on, 
you will still have brakes, but  not anti-lock brakes. 
If 
the regular 
brake system warning light is also on,  see  "Brake System  Warning  Light" 
earlier in this  part. 
The anti-lock brake system warning light may also come 
on 
when you are 
driving  with  a compact  spare  tire. 
If 
this  happens,  the light means you 
won't  have anti-lock until you replace  the  compact  spare with  a full-size 
125 

tire. 
If 
the warning light 
stays 
on after you replace the compact spare 
wlrn 
a full-size tire,  or 
if 
it comes on again when you’re driving, your Cadillac 
needs service. 
Engine  Temperature  Warning Light (Export Only) 
This 
light tells 
you 
that 
your engine has 
overheated. 
You 
should stop 
the 
car 
and 
turn  the  engine 
off 
as 
soon 
as 
possible. 
A 
warning chime 
should 
also sound 
if 
this light 
comes 
011. 
As 
a 
check, 
the light should  come 
on  for  a few seconds 
whcn 
you 
start 
your 
engine. 
HOT 
COOLANT CAN BURN YOU  BADLY! 
In  “Problems  on  the 
Road,” this manual shows  what to 
do. 
See  “Engine 
Overheating” 
in 
the Index. 
Service  Engine 
Soon 
Light 
I 
ENGINE 
SOON 
126 

A 
computer  monitors  operation of  your  fuel,  ignition  and 
emission 
control  systems.  This light should  come  on when the  ignition 
is 
on,  but 
the  engine is not  running,  as  a  check  to show you it is working. 
If 
it does 
not  come 
on 
at all, have it fixed right away. 
If 
it stays on,  or it comes  on 
while you are driving, the  computer 
is 
indicating  that you have  a  problem. 
You should  take  your vehicle 
in 
for service  soon. 
Battery Charge Light 
(Export 
Only) 
.L 
When you turn  the key 
to  “Run”  or 
“START”, 
this light 
will 
come on 
briefly, to show that 
your  alternator  and 
battery  charging 
systems are working. 
If 
a  light stays on, you need  service, and you should  take  your  Cadillac to 
the  dealer  at  once. 
To 
save 
your 
battery  until you get  there,  turn 
off 
all 
accessories. 

Engine Oil Light 
(Export 
Only) 
I 
This 
light tclls you 
if 
there could  be 
a 
problem with your 
engine 
oil 
pressure. 
The 
light goes  on when 
you 
turn your key to 
“Run” 
or 
“Start.” It goes off 
once you start  your engine. That’s just 
a 
check to  be  sure  the light works. 
If 
it doesn’t, be  sure  to have  it  fixed 
so 
it 
will be  there to warn 
you 
if 
something 
goes 
wrong. 
When  the light  comes 
on 
and 
stays 
on, 
it 
means 
oil 
isn’t going through 
your 
engine properly. 
You 
could be low 
on 
oil, 
or 
you  might have some 
other 
oil 
problem. 
I 
~~~ 
I 
A 
CA, 
TIO, 
4: 
Don’t  keep  driving 
if 
the oil pressure is low. 
If 
you  do,  your 
engine can  become 
so 
hot  that 
it 
catches fire. You  or others 
could be  burned.  Check  your 
oil 
as 
soon 
as possible and  have 
vour vehicle serviced. 
128 

Tachometer 
- 
Analog 
Cluster 
\\' 
4 
dr 
\ 
2 
\ 
5 
"1 
This  gage  indicates the 
engine  speed in 
Revolutions Per 
Minute  (RPM). 
. 
~~ 
. 
-. 
NOTICE: 
Do 
not  operate  the  engine  with  the  tachometer  in  the  red  area, 
or engine  damage may  occur. 
I 
Engine  Speed Limiter 
(4.6L 
Northstar) 
If 
you 
have the 4.6L Northstar engine, you have an  Engine  Speed 
Limiter.  This  feature  prevents  the  engine  from  operating  at  too many 
revolutions per  minute  (RPM).  When your  engine 
RPM,'s 
are critically 
high the  fuel supply to  the  engine is shut off. When  the  engine  speed 
slows, the fuel  supply will come  on again. This  helps  prevent  damage to 
the engine. 
Vehicle  Speed Limiter 
4.6 
L 
(270 
hp) 
This  feature  prevents your vehicle from exceeding speeds  that your tires 
are  not  rated  for.  When this happens your engine's fuel supply is shut 
off. 
When  the vehicle speed slows, the 
fuel 
supply will come  on again. 
129 

Fuel 
Gage 
Your fuel  gage 
shows 
about 
how 
much 
fuel 
is 
in 
your 
tank. 
It 
works  only 
when the ignition is 
in 
the “RUN” position. 
Digital 
Gage 
If 
the 
fuel 
level 
is 
within approximately one gallon (3.9 liters) of being 
full 
the  letter 
“F” 
is 
shown. 
If  the  fuel level 
is 
between 
1 
and 
2 
gallons (3.9 
and 
7.6 
liters) 
from 
being 
empty  the  letter 
“E” 
is shown. 
If 
the 
fuel 
supply 
gets 
down 
to 
approximatcly 
1 
gallon 
(3.9 
liter)  the 
”E” 
will 
flash, 
and 
the 
“ 
FUEL 
LEVEL VERY LOW” message will  appear 
in 
the 
Driver Information 
Center  (DIC).  (On  the  analog 
fuel 
gage, 
the 
“FUEL 
LEVEL 
VERY 
LOW’’ message will 
also 
appear.) 
Here are a 
few 
concerns 
some 
owners have had about 
the 
fucl 
gage. All 
these  situations  are normal 
and 
indicate nothing wrong 
with 
the 
fuel 
gage. 
0 
At the gas station, 
the 
gas pump  shuts off before  the gage reads 
“F”. 
It  takes  more 
(or 
less) gas 
to 
fill 
up  than 
the 
gage said. 
For 
example, 
the 
gage 
said 
“8 
Gallons”? 
but 
it 
took 
morc 
-- 
or 
less 
-- 
than 
the 
tank’s 
remaining capacity 
to 
fill 
it. 
The gage changes when 
you 
turn 
(or  stop, 
or 
speed 
up). 

Fuel 
Data 
Panel 
DATA 
Your  Fuel  Data Panel  tells 
you 
all 
you 
want 
to 
know about 
your 
fuel 
economy and 
how 
far you can  travel with 
the 
fuel 
remaining. Here's 
how 
it 
works. 
DATA: 
Push this button 
to 
toggle between 
" 
INST  MPG"  (instantaneous 
miles per gallon) or 
the 
"AVG  MPG"  (average mile per gallon) displays. 
You can  also display 
it 
in 
metric  units by  pressing the  "ENG MET" 
button. 
RESET 
Push this button  to  reset 
the 
" 
AVG  MPG" 
to 
zero. 
AVG 
MPG 
(Average  Fuel  Economy): 
When 
'' 
AVG 
MPG" 
is selected,  the 
total  distance is divided by 
thc 
total 
fuel 
used. 
INST (Instantaneous Fuel  Economy): 
When 
" 
INST 
MPG" 
is 
selected, 
you 
will see what  your 
fuel 
economy is at  that  instant. 
The 
computer 
takes 
a 
new reading twicc  every second.  It will show economy up to 
70 
miles per gallon (or 
2 
liters per 
100 
Kilomctcrs). 
RANGE: 
This 
display shows 
how 
far 
the 
computer 
thinks 
you 
can go with 
the 
fuel  that is 
in 
your  tank.  The  computer  does 
not 
know 
what driving 
conditions will be like 
for 
the rest 
of 
your  trip, so the  range is estimated 
based 
on your  previous 
fuel 
economy. Thcrcforc, your  range  reading may 
change 
as 
your driving habits  change (going from city 
to 
highway driving 
may increase 
the 
range 
reading). 
131 

When you get down to 
40 
miles 
to 
go  (or, in metric 
64 
km)  the  range 
display will show 
66L~7’. 
Your computer  needs  enough  data  for  the  “RANGE” reading to work, 
however, 
so 
it will read  “Lo”for  a while when  your vehicle is brand new 
(under 
25 
miles). Also, it  will  show  for  a  while 
if 
your  battery  has 
been  disconnected. 
Driver Information Center 
Your Driver  Information  Center  (DIC) display gives 
you 
the  status of 
many 
of 
your  vehicle systems. The  DIC is used 
to 
display driver  selectable 
information  and  warningstatus  messages. 
If 
more  than  one problem 
is 
detected, messages 
will 
automatically  appear 
in priority succession with the  higher  priority messages displayed first. 
Driver Information Center 
Control 
Buttons 
INFORMATION 
Pressing  this  button successively 
will 
display the  ENGINE 
RPM 
(Digital 
Cluster 
only), ENGINE  COOLANT 
TEMP, 
BATTERY VOLTAGE, OIL 
LIFE 
INDEX 
and  FUEL 
USED. 
132 

STORE/RECALL 
Pressing  this button will store any currently  displayed  message that is 
indicating  a system problem.  Once  a  message  has  been  stored  the next 
message of 
normal 
information 
is 
displayed. 
When 
a 
message is stored it is saved in the  computer,  but  once  the 
ignition 
is 
turned 
off 
the message is lost. All messages  stored  when  your 
engine is running  can  be viewed one  at  a  time by pressing 
“STORE/RECALIY  button. 
FUEL USED 
RESET 
Display the fuel  used,  then  press and hold the  STORE/RECALL  button 
until 
0 
is displayed. 
DISPLAY ON/OFF 
Pressing  this  button 
will 
turn off the  Driver  Information  Center, 
Electronic  Climate  Control  and  Fuel  Data  Center displays. While 
displays are 
off, 
pressing the  “INFORMATION”  button will turn  on only 
the  Driver  Information  Center. If any other  button is pressed or a driving 
warning  message  needs 
to 
be  displayed, or 
fuel 
level falls below 
4 
gallons, 
all the displays will come  back on. 
TRIP  SET 
Press  and  hold  this  button  to  set  the Trip Odometer back to zero. 
ENG/MET  (English/Metric) 
Press  this  button to switch from  English  (miles) to  metric  (kilometers). 
Driver Information Center Messages 
These messages will appear 
if 
there is a  problem  sensed in one 
of 
your 
vehicle’s systems. Vehicles that 
are 
first  sold in Canada  or  are  export 
vehicles will have  a number  after  each message.  This number helps to 
identify that message, which  is only displayed in English. 
APPLY 
BRAKE TO SHIFT 
This  message will appear 
if 
your  vehicle is in “P”  (Park)  for  about 
5 
seconds  and  the  brake is not  depressed. If you do not  want  this  message 
to  appear, you can  cancel  this  message by  pressing  the 
OFF 
and  the Blue 
(cooler)  button  on  the  Electronic  Climate  control  panel.  Push  the  same 
2 
buttons  again to have  this  message  displayed  again. 
133 

A/C 
OVERHEATED 
- 
A/C  COMPRESSOR 
OFF 
If  the  refrigerant system ever  reaches  an  over-pressure  condition,  this 
message 
will 
appear to  tell you that  the  air  conditioning  compressor  has 
been  turned 
off. 
Air conditioned  air 
will 
not 
be delivered to cool your 
vehicle. If  the  pressure  returns 
to 
a  normal  operating  range, 
you 
must 
select  “AUTO”, “DEFOG” 
, 
or Defrost  to  start  the  compressor. 
If 
this 
message continues  to  appear, have the system repaired  as  soon  as 
possible to avoid compressor  damage. 
BATTERY 
NO 
CHARGE 
This  message will appear 
if 
your  battery is not  being  charged.  Have  your 
electrical system checked by 
your 
Cadillac  dealership  at  your  earliest 
convenience. 
BATTERY  VOLTS 
HIGH 
This 
message shows that  the  electrical  charging system 
is 
overcharging, 
(more  than 
16 
volts). To avoid being  stranded have the  electrical system 
checked by your  Cadillac  dealership at your  earliest  convenience. 
You 
can 
reduce  the  charging  overload 
by 
using the  accessories. Turn 
on 
the  lights, 
radio,  set the Climate  Control  on 
“AUTO” 
and  the  fan  speed on 
“HI” 
and  turn  the  rear window defogger  on. 
You 
can  monitor  battery  voltage 
on  the Driver  Information  Center by  toggling the  “INFORMATION’’ 
button.  When  the  engine is running,  the  normal  range is 
11.5 
to 
15.5 
volts. 
BATTERY  VOLTS  LOW 
This  message 
will 
appear when the  electrical system  is charging less than 
10 volts, or 
if 
the battery  has  been  drained. If  this message appears 
immediately  after  starting it is possible 
that 
the 
generator  can still 
recharge  the  battery. 
The 
battery  should  recharge  after driving 
a 
few 
miles and  the message should 
go 
out. If  this message appears while 
driving or  after starting 
your 
vehicle and stays on, have 
it 
checked 
immediately to  determine  the  cause 
of 
this  problem. 
To 
help  the 
generator  recharge  the  battery quickly,  you can  reduce  the  load  on  the 
electrical system by turning 
off 
your  accessories. You  can  monitor  battery 
voltage 
on 
the 
Driver  Information  Center 
by 
toggling 
the 
“INFORMATION”  button.  The normal  range is 
11.5 
to 
15.5 
volts. 
134 

CHANGE  TRANS  FLUID  (Northstar 
Only) 
This  message will appear when it  is time  to  replace  the  transaxle  fluid. 
See  your  maintenance  booklet  for  the  proper  fluid  and  change  intervals. 
CHECK 
BRAKE 
FLUID 
This  message 
is 
displayed to inform the driver that  the  brake reservoir 
fluid level 
is 
low. Check  the  brake  reservoir level and  add  as  needed. 
Have  the  brake system serviced by 
a 
Cadillac  technician  as  soon  as 
possible. 
If 
the  brake  warning light is on, follow the  directions in that 
section. 
CHECK  COOLANT  LEVEL (Northstar 
Only) 
This  message 
will 
appear when there is a low  level 
of 
engine  coolant. 
Have  the  cooling system serviced by a  Cadillac  technician  as  soon  as 
possible. 
CHECK  FUEL  GAGE 
This  message 
will 
appear when  your  fuel supply is less than 
4 
gallons  and 
your display is turned 
off. 
CHECK 
OIL 
LEVEL (Northstar 
Only) 
This  message 
will 
appear when 
your 
engine 
oil 
is 
approximately  a  quart 
low. 
If this  message is displayed,  check  the oil and  add  as  needed. 
CHANGE  OIL 
SOON 
This  message 
will 
appear when your  engine oil is less than 
10 
percent 
or 
the  mileage  since the last oil change is more  than 
6750 
miles. 
CHANGE  ENGINE  OIL 
135 
This  means  that  the life of your  engine 
oil 
has  expired  and it should  be 
changed  immediately.  See  engine 
oil 
and  filter  recommendations 
in 
the 
Maintenance  Schedule.  After  an 
oil 
change,  the Oil  Life Index  must  be 
reset.  See  “Oil Life Indicator” 
in 
the index on how to reset it. 

ENGINE  COOLANT 
HOT 
IDLE  ENGINE 
This message will appear when your  engine  coolant temperature 
is 
over 
126°C 
(248’F). 
To 
avoid added  strain on a hot  engine,  turn off your 
Climate  Control system and  stop  and allow your vehicle to idle until it 
cools 
down or  the mcssage is removed. 
If 
it does 
not 
cool down, turn 
off 
your engine  and have  it  serviccd before driving 
it 
again. Severe  enginc 
damage can result from  an  overheated  engine.  See  “Engine  Overheating” 
in the Index. 
ENGINE 
HOT 
- 
A/C  COMPRESSOR  OFF 
This message will appear 
when 
the 
Climate  Control 
is 
in 
“Auto” or 
Defrost and  the engine  coolant 
is 
hotter  than  the normal operating 
temperature. 
To 
avoid added strain on a hot engine  the  air  conditioning 
compressor 
is 
automatically turned 
off. 
When  that  happens,  air 
conditioned  air is not delivered. 
Tf 
the coolant temperature  returns  to 
normal, 
you 
must select “AUTO”, “DEFOG”  or Defrost to  return  to a 
normal 
A/C 
compressor  operation. 
FUEL  LEVEL 
VERY 
LOW 
This message. serves as a warning that 
the 
fuel 
level 
in your  tank is 
critically low. 
It 
means you should stop  for 
fuel 
immediately. 
LOW 
A/C 
REFRIGERANT 
- 
SERVICE  A/C 
SOON 
This message will appear when the A/C  refrigerant is 
so 
low 
that it 
no 
longer 
can 
cool 
well. 
This message shows that  some of the refrigerant  has 
leaked  out 
of 
the system, and  that  the A/C  needs recharging. If  you do 
not have it  recharged, 
the 
system  may not 
cool 
at all. 
CHECK  WASHER  FLUID 
This message shows that  the washer fluid reservoir is  nearly empty. 
REDUCE 
ENGINE  POWER 
(Northstar 
Only) 
This message 
will 
appear 
if 
the 
engine  starts to  cut cylinders to  reduce 
power, If this message is ever displayed  have your vehicle  serviced as  soon 
as 
possible. 
136 

SERVICE  A/C  SYSTEM  A/C COMPRESSdR 
OFF 
This message appears when the  electronic  sensors  that  control  the  A/C 
and  heating system are no  longer working. 
You 
mav notice 
a 
drop 
in 
heating  and  A/C efficiency when this message appkars. Have your 
Climate  Control system serviced 
if 
this message appears. 
STARTING  DISABLED DUE 
TO 
THEFT  SYSTEM  REMOVE 
IGNITION 
KEY 
This message 
will 
appear when the Personalized Automotive Security 
System (PASS  Key 
I1 
rM 
) 
senses  that 
an 
improper ignition 
key 
is being 
used to try to  start  the vehicle. Check the ignition key 
for 
damage. 
If 
it 
is 
damaged, 
it 
may need  to  be  replaced. If 
you 
see 
no 
damage, clean the 
pellet  contacts 
with 
a 
soft  cloth or napkin.  Remove 
the 
ignition 
key 
and 
wait for  the  Driver  Information  Center  to display “WAIT 
3 
MINUTES”. 
The  Instrument Panel Cluster 
will 
then 
run 
a  timer  and  change 
the 
messages to  “WAIT 
2 
MINUTES”,  “WAIT 
1 
MINUTE”,  and  then 
“START CAR”.  When  the “START CAR” message 
is 
displayed, 
try 
again 
to  start  the  engine. 
SERVICE 
NOW 
- 
REFER 
TO 
OWNERS 
MANUAL 
This  message appears 
if 
you have a  problem 
with 
the  Electronic  Control 
Module  (ECM). 
To 
correct this problem have your vehicle serviced at 
your Cadillac  dealership. 
SERVICE  RIDE  CONTROL 
This message 
is 
displayed to indicate that 
the 
Suspension System 
is 
not 
operating properly. To correct this problem have 
your 
vehicle serviced at 
your  Cadillac  dealership  at  your  earliest  convenience. 
STOP  ENGINE  ENGINE  OVERHEATING 
This 
message 
will 
appear when 
your 
engine has overheated.  Stop  and 
turn your  engine 
off 
immediately to avoid severe  engine  damage.  See 
“Engine  Overheating” in the Index. 
SERVICE  VEHICLE 
SOON 
This message 
will 
appear 
if 
there 
is 
a  problem with your Emission 
Control System. 
If 
the  “SERVICE  ENGINE  SOON” light on  the 
instrument  panel  and this message appear  and  then  turns off, it 
is 
an 
indication that 
a 
temporary  problem  has  cleared itself. Have  your vehicle 
checked 
at 
your 
earliest  convenience. 
137 

STOP  ENGINE LOW OIL  PRESSURE 
If 
this  message  appears while the engine is running,  stop the engine  and 
do  not  operate it until the cause of  low oil pressure is corrected.  Severe 
damage to  the  engine can  result. 
SERVICE  SUPPLEMENTAL  INFLATABLE  RESTRAINT 
If 
this  message  appears, there is a  problem with your  Supplemental 
Inflatable  Restraint  (Air Bag) system. Let only a  qualified  technician 
work on your  vehicle. See your  Cadillac  dealer  for service at once. 
THEFT  SYSTEM  PROBLEM/CAR 
MAY 
NOT  RESTART 
This  message  means there is atroblem in the  Personalized  Automotive 
Security System  (PASS  Key 
I1 
). 
PASS  Key  I1 
TM 
will prevent  the  vehicle 
from  restarting if  it is turned  off, 
so 
you should  take the vehicle to  a 
proper service center  before  turning  the  engine  off.  Never  leave  an 
unattended vehicle with the  engine  running.  Once you are  where you  can 
get  service,  turn the  engine 
off 
and  then try to  restart it. If  the  vehicle 
does  not  restart,  the PASS  Key 
I1 
TM 
system  will need servicing. 
TRACTION  ACTIVE 
If 
your  vehicle is equipped with Traction  Control,  this message 
will 
be 
displayed if  Traction  Control is being  used to  reduce  wheel  slippage. 
TRACTION  DISABLED 
If 
your  vehicle is equipped with Traction  Control,  this message will be 
displayed if 
a 
problem is noted in the  Traction  Control System. Have  your 
vehicle serviced  as  soon  as possible. 
TRANS  FLUID  RESET (Northstar 
Only) 
With the engine not running and  the  ignition 
ON, 
press and hold the 
OFF 
and 
REAR 
DEFOG 
buttons  until  the  TRANS  FLUID 
RESET 
message  appears 
in 
the  Information  Center  (between 
5 
and 
20 
seconds). 
TRANS  OVERHEATED (Northstar 
Only) 
This  message  indicates that your  transaxle is running  too  hot. 
You 
should 
stop  and  turn  your  engine 
off 
as  soon  as possible. Let  the  engine  and 
transaxle  cool and have the problem  corrected.  Severe  transaxle  damage 
can  result  from  an  overheated  transaxle 
138 

TURN  SIGNAL  ON 
This  message is 
a 
reminder,  after driving about 
a 
mile that 
you 
have your 
turn 
signal 
on. 
TRUNK 
OPEN 
This message indicates that your trunk 
is 
opcn when 
the 
Ignition is 
ON. 
VERY 
LOW 
REFRIGERANT 
This message means  that  the  Air  Conditioning system detects 
a 
refrigerant 
level 
that 
is 
low enough 
to 
cause  damage 
to 
the  A/C 
compressor. 
To 
avoid damage,  the A/C compressor  automatically  turns 
off 
and the  Electronic  Climate  Control will automatically switch from 
“AUTO” to  “ECON”  and remain there. Have your 
A/C 
system  serviced 
if 
this message appears. 
Speed  Sensitive  Steering 
(SSS) 
This 
system varies the  amount 
of 
steering  effort  proportionate  to your 
vehicle speed.  Steering is easier  at 
a 
lower speed  for increased 
maneuverability  and  parking  ease. 
As your vehicle speed  increases, the 
steering  effort 
is 
also increased  proportionately. At highway speeds  the 
amount 
of 
steering  effort 
is 
greatly increased to provide a manual like 
steering  feel  for maximum control 
an 
enhanced vehicle stability. 
Road  Sensing 
Suspension 
(Northstar 
Only) 
The  Road Sensing  Suspension  automatically  controls 
the 
ride 
of 
your 
vehicle. 
The 
system controls  damping  forces 
in 
the shock absorbers  and 
struts in response to various  road  and driving conditions. The system  is 
capable of  making  these  changes within milli-seconds. 
The Road Sensing Suspension  controller 
is a 
computer used 
to 
control 
and  monitor  the system. The  computer receives inputs  from vertical 
acceleration  sensors, wheel 
to 
body 
position  sensors, vehicle speed 
sensor, lift and dive signals, and  determines  optimum  strut valving or 
(suspension stiffness) for  your  current  operating  conditions. 
The 
computer also receives feedback  from  the  various  components  to 
determine  proper system operation. If the  computer receives an incorrect 
feedback  from  the system, an  error  code will be 
set 
in 
memory  and 
a 
“SERVICE 
RIDE 
CONTROC’ 
message will display 
on 
the Driver 
139 

Information  Center. If 
this 
message should appear, have your vehicle 
serviced at your Cadillac dealer  at your  earliest  convenience. 
Oil 
Life 
Indicator 
Your Cadillac has 
a 
Driver  Information Cente.r 
with 
an 
Oil 
Change 
Indicator  feature.  This tclls you  when 
you 
need 
to 
change your engine 
oil. 
It’s based upon 
the 
engine oil temperatures and your driving patterns. 
. 
... 
I 
To 
see  the display, 
press 
the 
Information 
button several times 
until 
“ 
OTL 
LIFE 
INDEX” 
appears. 
You’ll see how  much  oil  life  you  have left, 
as 
a 
percentage. 
So, 
if 
you 
see 
“95 OIL  LIFE 
INDEX,” 
for example, that means  that the way you’re 
driving your car, 
95% 
of 
your current oil 
life 
is 
still left. 
The 
“OIL 
LIFE  INDEX” may  say to change the oil sooner  than  your 
maintenance  schedule.  This can happen 
if 
driving conditions, such as 
short trips 
in 
cold weather,  cause  shorter 
oil 
life. Always keep 
a 
written 
record 
of 
the mileage and  date when  you last changed your oil. For  more 
information on when to  change your 
oil, 
see  the  “Maintenance 
Schedule.” 
If  you see 
“CHANGE 
OIL 
SOON,” 
it 
means  that you  have less than 
10%. 
of your oil 
life 
left,  and you should consider changing your engine oil. 
If  you  see 
“CHANGE 
ENGINE 
OIL,” 
it means the 
oil 
life 
is gone  and 
you should  change the oil right away (certainly within 
200 
more miles 
[320 
km]). 
140 

The 
system probably will  say 
to 
change  the 
oil 
between 3000  miles  (5000 
km)  and 7500 miles (12500 
km), 
but it  may even say to change 
it 
before 
3000 under 
very 
severe  conditions. 
It 
all 
depends 
on 
your driving 
patterns. If  it’s been 7500  miles (12500 km) 
it 
will  say to  change 
oil. 
There  are two things 
the 
system  doesn’t do: 
It can’t sense heavy dust 
in 
the places whcre you drive. If  you  drive 
in 
a dusty area, you should  change  your 
oil 
every  3000  miles  (5000  krn) 
or 
3 
months (whichever comes first), unless 
thc 
display  says to change 
it 
even sooner  than  that. 
0 
It doesn’t check how much 
oil 
you 
have, 
so 
you’ll 
still have 
to 
check 
Also, for  the system 
to 
work right, 
it 
is important  that 
you 
use 
SG 
oil, as 
discussed earlier. 
for  that. 
To 
see how, see  Index under  “Engine 
Oil.” 
When 
You’ve 
Changed  the 
Oil 
When new 
oil 
is put 
in, 
you‘ll 
need 
to 
reset 
your 
system. 
To 
do it, display 
the 
“OIL 
LIFE 
INDEX” 
by  pressing 
the 
“Information”  button.  Then 
press and hold the “STORE/RECALL? buttons 
until 
the display  shows 
6‘ 
100. 
77 
Speed  Sensitive  Suspension 
The  Speed Sensitive Suspension  automatically  controls the firmness 
of 
your Cadillads ride. An actuator 
in 
each 
of 
the 
four 
struts will change 
ride  firmness  depending 
on vehicle speed  and  other driving conditions. 
As 
the 
vehicle speed increases, the firmness 
of 
the suspension  changes 
to 
one  or  three  damping  modes  “Comfort”, 
for 
speeds !ess than 40 mph, 
“Normal”  for  speeds between 
40 
and 
60 
rnph, and “Firm”  for  speeds 
greater  than 60 mph. 
The 
system also stiffens damping  during  hard 
acceleration,  braking  and  cornering  ,for  increased  control, 
A 
computer is used 
to 
control  and  monitor  the system. The  computer 
receives speed,  acceleration  and  determines  optimum  mode  strut valving 
(or suspension stiffness) for your current  operating conditions. The 
computer also receives feedback  from  the  struts  to  determine  proper 
system operation. 
If 
the 
computer receives an incorrect  feedback  from 
the system, an  error  code will 
be 
set 
in 
memory and a message 
“SERVICE 
RIDE 
CONTROL? 
will be displayed until 
the 
problem is 
141 

corrected. If  this message should  appear, have your vehicle serviced at 
your Cadillac  dealer at your  earliest  convenience. 
Electronic 
Level 
Control 
This  keeps  your  car level. 
The ignition has  to  be 
“ON” 
for  the level control  to work. When you turn 
the 
ignition off, 
you 
may hear  the level control exhausting. The system 
consists of  an  electronic height sensor, 
a 
small electric air compressor, 
and  air  adjustable shock absorbers  mounted 
on 
the  rear 
of 
the  vehicle. 
If 
the 
system 
has a slight leak,  the  air  compressor 
will 
run frequently  for a 
few 
seconds  each  time. 
For a massive air  leak,  the  air  compressor 
will 
stay 
on 
for  approximately 
7 
minutes. 
You 
should  see your dealer for service, but 
you 
can keep driving 
your Cadillac, though. 
142 

COMFORT CONTROLS AND  AUDIO SYSTEMS 
In this section 
you’ll 
find out how to  operate  the comfort  control systems 
and  audio systems offered with your  Cadillac.  Be sure  to  read  about  the 
particular system supplied with your vehicle. 
YOUR 
CADILLAC 
AIR 
SYSTEM 
Outside Air 
The  outside  air always 
tlows 
through  your Vehicle when it is  moving. It 
enters your vehicle through  an 
inlet 
at  the base 
of 
the windshield. Keep 
this area clear  a  debris. 
Even 
if 
the 
vehicle is 
not 
moving,  you can always 
get  outside  air 
. 
If 
you 
are traveling 
in 
the 
603 
F 
( 
1b3C 
) 
AUTO 
setting,  a 
door will close 
to 
stop the 
flow 
of 
outside air, recirculating only the 
interior  air to 
cool 
your vehicle. 
Air Outlets 
The air  outlets are 
located 
in 
the  center 
and  each  side 
of 
the 
instrument  panel. 
You 
can  adjust the 
direction 
of 
air 
flow 
by 
moving 
the control 
levers or even turn 
off 
1 
the  air 
flow 
by 
rotating 
the lever  located on 
each  side 
of 
the 
outlets. 
143 

Electronic Climate Control 
(ECC) 
Your  vehicle has strategicaly placed clectronic  sensors,  that feed 
information  to  the vehicle’s computer systems.  Your  vehicle can control 
the ventilation, heating, and  air  conditioning automatically year round. 
The outside  temperature, inside temperature setting, fan speeds,  and the 
ECC 
selection are displayed on a digital screen. 
OFF: 
Nothing is on,  but  air 
will 
flow through your vehicle 
if 
you’re 
moving. The system 
will 
try to  keep  the air at  the selected temperature, 
but it 
might 
not 
be 
able to  maintain it 
if 
it’s hot, or cold, outside. 
“OUTSIDE’’  Temperature: The outside temperature is  always  displayed 
when  your vehicle is running. You can change 
it 
from Celsius to 
Fahrenheit by pushing the  ENG/MET(English/Metric)  button. 
144 

Temperature 
To 
select  the 
temperature 
you 
want, 
push 
the 
blue  button 
for 
a  cooler  setting  and 
the red button  for  a 
warmer  setting. 
The 
temperature  setting 
will be displayed 
on 
the digital screen. 
I 
You 
can select temperatures  from 
65 
F 
( 
18 
" 
C) 
to 
85 
F 
(69 
" 
C). 
And,  at 
each end, 
you 
may choose 
60°F 
(16" 
C), 
for maximum cooling,  and 
903F 
(33"C), 
for maximum heating.We recommend when first getting  familiar 
with your vehicle, select 
75°F 
(24°C). 
You 
may find that  your 
own 
personal  comfort  requires 
a 
slightly higher or lower setting. Once 
you 
set 
the  temperature,  the system will  automatically maintain the  set 
temperature. 
ECON 
With this setting 
it's 
all 
automatic,  but  the  air  conditioningcorupressor 
does  not  operate  and 
it 
won't  remove humidity from  the  alr.  However, 
the system will try 
to 
keep  the  air  at 
the 
selected temperature.  Use this 
setting 
in 
cold or cool weather  to save fuel. 
If 
it's warm outside  and you need 
to 
cool the air, 
use 
the next choice. 
AUTO 
With this setting, 
the 
air 
conditioning 
compressor 
runs  and it's 
all 
automatic.  In cold weather when the system senses the  need  for  heat,  the 
air 
flow 
will 
be  directed  out 
the 
floor 
ducts. As the  interior  temperature 
approaches 
the 
desired  setting, 
the 
blower speed will decrease  and 
the 
air 
flow 
could be directed  through 
the 
defroster  and floor  ducts. 
To 
maintain 
interior  comfort,  the  air 
flow 
may move 
to 
the  air  outlets  and floor  ducts 
145 

(Bi-level). 
On 
bright sunny days 
in 
cold weather,  the  air flow could even 
come  out the A/C outlets 
to 
maintain  comfort. 
Electronic  Climate  Control  Features 
A/C Purge 
If 
your vehicle is sitting out 
on 
a hot day and you  have  it set 
on 
AUTO, 
the air will first flow out 
the 
floor  air  ducts  for a few seconds. That is 
normal.  This is to expel hot  air in the  air ducts. As the air is cooled, the 
flow  will move through the A/C outlets. 
Cold  Weather  Purge 
On cold  days when your system  is first turned  on,  at any setting other 
than  Defroster, DEFOG 
or 
OFF a small amount 
of 
air will  flow through 
the  defroster  duct preventing your windshield from fogging. 
Automatic  Defog 
When using your wipers or  rear window defogger for several minutes, the 
system senses  that 
a 
humid condition 
exists. 
When  this  happens  air 
flow 
will be directed to 
the 
windshield and floor  ducts to  keep 
your 
side glass 
and windshield clear. 
Manually  Recirculate  Inside  Air 
There may 
be 
times, 
when 
you 
don't want  air from the outside. 
To 
recirculate the air  from the inside only, just  set the  temperature  to  60°F 
(16OC) and adjust your fan speed. 
DEFOG 
Push  this  button to divide the air  between the Windshield and  the  heater 
ducts.  This is  useful 
when 
fog appears  on  the windshield or side glass due 
to a sudden 
rain. 
146 

Fan 
Speeds 
rn 
Push 
the 
(symbol) 
button until 
“AUTO” 
is 
displayed on  the 
screen.  At this  setting, 
the  fan  speed is 
controllcd 
automatically. If  it  is 
cold outside, the 
blower may not  run in 
the maximum high fan 
speed.  That is normal. 
If 
you want  the blower fan 
to 
run only at a  fixed  high speed, push the 
(upper)  button until you see 
“HI” 
on 
the display. 
If you want  the  fan  speed  to  be  automatic, but you like the fan  speed  to 
be higher  than the  AUTO setting,  just push 
the 
buttons until 
“HI/AUTO” 
is shown 
on 
the display. 
If 
you want the blower to  run only at a  fixed  low speed,  push  the (low) 
button  until 
“LO” 
is shown on  the display. 
If you want  the 
fan 
speed  to  run lower than the “AUTO”  setting, push 
the 
button until “AUTO 
LO” 
is shown 
on 
the display. 
DEFROSTER 
rn 
Push this button 
to 
remove fog or ice from 
the windshield. 
The fan  speed will work automatically or you  can choose  another 
fan 
speed 
if 
you want. 
It will help a lot 
if 
you first  clear 
any 
ice and snow from 
the 
hood and  the 
air  inlet (it’s between the hood  and 
the 
windshield). 
147 

REAR 
DEFOGGER 
Push this  button 
to 
turn 
on 
the  rear defogger. 
With it, your rear 
window and  both 
outside rearview 
mirrors are  heated. 
The 
system  will 
automatically shut off 
after 
10 
minutes. 
If 
further defrosting is 
desired, simply push 
the  button again. 
“‘OTICE: 
Scraping  the inside 
of 
your  rear  window  could  cut and damage 
the heating grids. 
Your 
warranty  would  not  cover this damage. 
And  don’t  put  decals there; 
you 
might ha1  ocrap 
hem 
off. 
L 
Electronic Solar Sensor 
The Electronic 
Solar 
Sensor is part 
of 
the 
Electronic  Climate  Control 
System. 
148 

Rear  Seat 
Air 
Outlet 
Move 
the 
switch to 
adjust  the blower 
speed  from 
“LO” 
to 
Move the 
“VENT” 
lever to direct  air flow 
from either  the  upper 
or floor  outlets. 
Heated  Windshield (Option) 
Front 
De-Ice 
Here’s how to use your heated windshield 
in 
cold weather  to  remove 
ice 
or frost quickly: 
1. 
If 
any  snow 
is 
piled 
up 
on the  windshield,  brush 
it 
away. 
149 

!. 
Start your  Cadillac and leave  it  in  P (“Park”). 
fl 
3. 
Push the switch. 
A 
light will come  on  to tell you  it  is  working. 
4. 
Try not  to use other electrical equipment while the system  is  working. 
The system  will 
go off after a four  minute  heating cycle. 
If 
you shift out 
of 
“P” 
(Park),  the system  will  only  cycle for two minutes. 
If 
you want it  to 
cycle again,  push the switch. It will go  on  for two minute cycles after  that. 
If 
it has  cleared  your windshield before  the cycle 
is 
over, 
you can  turn it 
off 
by just pushing the switch again. 
Use  the  defroster  to clear the windshield. In warm weather  the  heated 
windshield system helps keep  the vehicle’s interior 
cool 
by 
blocking much 
of 
the sun’s heat producing  radiation. The system’s solar  control 
properties also help  reduce  interior fading. 
There is 
a 
metal film  in the windshield which  will  block out  some  radio  or 
microwave signals. Therefore,  the  heated windshield 
will 
reduce  the 
useful range 
of 
devices such  as  garage door  openers  and  radar detectors. 
(In  certain  states  radar  detectors  are legal.) 
SOUND 
SYSTEMS 
Your 
Delco’ 
sound system has  been designed to  operate easily and give 
years 
of 
listening pleasure.  But you  will get the most enjoyment out 
of 
it if 
you acquaint yourself  with  it first.  Find out what your 
Delco’ 
system can 
do  and 
how 
to  operate all  its controls, to  be  sure you’re getting the most 
out 
of 
the advanced  engineering  that  went  into 
it. 
150 

FM 
Stereo 
FM  stereo 
will 
give  you the best  sound.  But  FM signals will reach only 
about 
10 
to 
40 
miles 
(16 
to 65 km). And, tall buildings or hills can 
interfere with 
FM 
signals, causing the  sound  to come and go. 
AM 
The range  for most AM stations 
is 
greater  than  for 
FM, 
especially at 
night. The longer  range, however, can  cause  stations  to  interfere with 
each  other.  AM can pick up noise from things like storms  and power 
lines. 
Try 
reducing the  treble  to  reduce this noise 
if 
you ever get it. 
This  means  your  radio can produce  quality  AM  sound  comparable 
to 
FM 
stereo. AMAX’  reduces  noise  without  reducing  the high frequencies 
you 
need  for  the best  sound. In addition  to improved  sound quality, AMAX‘ 
includes more  station  on  the  AM  band. You don’t have to 
do 
anything in 
your radio  because AMAX‘  is  automatic. 
AM 
Stereo 
This  means  the Delco’  system can receive C-QUAM’  stereo broadcasts. 
Many AM  stations  around  the  country  use C-QUAM’  to  produce  stereo, 
though  some do  not.  (C-QUAM@ is a  registered trademark 
of 
Motorola, 
Inc.) If your Delco’  system can  get C-QUAM@, your 
“ST” 
stereo light 
will 
come  on when you’re receiving it. 
151 

A 
CAUTION: 
I 
I 
Hearing  damage  from loud  noise  is  almost  undetectable until 
it 
is  too  late. Your hearing  can  adapt  to  higher volumes 
of 
sound. 
Sound  that  seems  normal  can  be loud and  harmful  to  your 
I 
hearing. Take precautions by adjusting  the volume control  on 
your radio  to  a safe  sound level before your  hearing  adapts to it. 
To 
help avoid hearing  loss 
or 
damage: 
0 
Adjust the volume control  to  the lowest setting. 
0 
Increase volume slowly until you hear comfortably and 
clearly. 
152 

How 
To 
Operate 
Your 
Sound 
System 
Your 
Cadillac 
will 
have one 
of 
these  Delco 
Radio 
Systems. 
I 
i 
153 

1 
1 
Please  read  the following 
to 
operate  the  radio  portion 
of 
your Delco 
radio system. 
The 
Upper 
Knob 
The  upper 
knob 
does 
these five things: 
It 
turns  the  radio on and off. 
0 
It  controls  the  volume. 
0 
It  lets you see what station you  have. (When  the  radio 
is 
on, 
push the 
knob  to display the  station). 
0 
It  tells you the  time.  (When the ignition is off, push the  upper  knob  to 
0 
Push the knob 
to 
change  direction 
of 
tape play. 
display the  time.) 
Behind the  upper knob 
is 
a 
balance  control. 
It 
moves the  sound between 
the left 
and 
right speakers. 
If 
you  have  the  Delco 
Bose 
System you  do not 
have this  balance  control. 
The 
Lower 
Knob 
Turn 
the lower knob 
to 
choose  radio  stations. Push the  knob  to switch 
from 
AM 
or 
FM. 
154 

If 
you  have the Delco  Bose  Gold  Series Music System, it lets you  switch 
from 
CD 
(Compact Disc) to 
TP 
(Tape player). 
The control  behind  the lower knob moves the  sound between  your front 
and  rear  speakers. 
When you push  this button  either  up  or down, 
the 
SCAN  indicator in the 
display will  light and  the  radio will find the next station and stay there 
about 
5 
seconds. 
Then 
it will 
go 
to  the next station and pause,  and keep 
doing that until you  push either  the  SCAN  or  upper knob. 
SEEK 
This  button  selects  stations,  but  it doesn’t keep moving as  SCAN does. 
When you push SEEK 
up 
or down, the  radio 
will 
automatically 
go 
to 
the 
next strongest  station and stay there. 
Export 
Radio 
Only 
The SCAN  and  SEEK function selects station only  in one direction. 
Push 
Buttons 
You 
can  set  the push buttons  to  get  up  to ten favorite. stations (Five 
on 
AM  and five more  on FM). Just: 
Choose  either 
AM 
or 
FM 
Tune in the  station. 
Push the 
SET 
button. 
Within 
5 
seconds,  push 
one 
of 
the five push  buttons. 
Repeat  these  steps  for  each 
of 
the 
five 
push  buttons. 
BASS 
The slide control increases or decreases  the bass response  tone. Moving 
the  control  to  the right increases bass while  moving it to  the 
left 
decreases 
it. 
155 

TREBLE 
The 
slide control  increases or decreases the  treble response  tone. Moving 
the  control  to  the right increases  the  treble 
while 
moving  it to 
the 
left 
decreases  it. 
Your 
Cassette 
Tape 
Player 
Your cassette tape player works best  with tapes  that  are 30 to 
45 
minutes 
long on  each side. Tapes longer  than  that are 
so 
thin that they  may not 
work well  in this player. 
If 
you 
look 
at  the  tape,  or  on its label 
or 
box, 
it should say whether its 
bias, ("equalization"  is 70 microseconds (70 
U 
) 
or 
120 
microseconds (120 
U 
). 
Chrome  and metal tapes 
are 
70 
u 
scc and  standard iron tapes  are 120 
U 
sec. Your tape player will adjust automatically 
for 
either type of 
cassette tape. 
To 
Play 
A 
Cassette Tape 
0 
Turn the radio 
on. 
0 
Insert  the cassette  through 
the 
tapc  door.  (The "TAPE"  indicator 
in 
the display will light.) 
If  you hear nothing 
or 
hear just a garbled sound,  the  cassette may not be 
in 
squarely. Push the 
EJCT 
button 
to 
remove the  tape and  start over. The 
tape equalization is automatically sensed and  set.  Inserting  the  cassette 
also automatically disables 
DNR""'" 
and activates DOLBY"'  noise 
reduction. 
DNR" 
is 
the Dynamic Noise Reduction. It helps remove background hiss 
noise from the radio. 
@ 
Once  the  tape is  playing,  use  the  upper  and lower knobs to adjust the 
volume  and  balance, just as you do 
for 
the radio. Push the  upper  knob 
to 
change tape direction. The arrow 
in 
the display  show  which 
direction the  tape is being played. 
'"DNR" 
is 
a 
registered trademark 
of 
National  Semiconductor 
Corporation. 
156 

FWD 
(Forward) 
Push 
the 
FWD 
button 
to move forward rapidly to another  part of 
the 
tape. 
The 
radio will  play during  fast  forward. 
To 
stop 
the 
tape push the 
same  button  and  the  tape will start  to play again. 
REV 
(Reverse) 
Push the  REV  button 
to 
move the  tape rapidly backward. 
To 
stop 
the 
tape, push the  same  button lightly or any of 
the 
other  buttons.  The  radio 
will  play during this reve.rse function. 
To 
go from one side 
of 
the  tape  to  the  other, push 
in 
the 
upper knob on 
your  radio. 
To 
remove 
the 
tape, push EJCT. The  tape can be  ejected when 
the ignition is turned 
off. 
NEXT 
Push the 
NEXT 
button  up  to  jump quickly to  the next selection. 
If 
the 
selection is at  the  end 
of 
the  tape,  the  tapc 
will 
reverse  directions  and 
begin playing at 
a 
normal speed. 
PREV 
Push 
the 
PREV  button  up  to quickly go  to  the beginning 
of 
the last 
selcction. 
If 
the 
player has played less than 
10 
seconds  into  the  current selection: 
depressing the  PREV  button 
will 
cause  the player to find the beginning 
of 
the previous  selection  and  resume play from  that  point. 
If 
the player is 
more  than 
10 
seconds 
into 
the  current selection, pressing PREV  button 
will 
cause 
the 
player to find the beginning of  the  current selection  and 
resume play from  that  point. 
If 
PREV is issued while the first selection 
on 
the  tape is being played, 
the 
player will return  to  the beginning of  that 
side 
of 
the  tape. 
S 
TIPL 
(Stop-Play) 
Press ST/PL 
to 
switch back 
to 
the  radio  without  ejecting  the  tape. Press it 
a 
second  time  to  start playing 
it 
again. 
157 

EJCT (Eject Tape) 
Press this button 
to 
remove the tape. 
The 
Delco 
Bose 
Gold 
Series 
Music 
System 
This  optional  sound system combines an 
AM/FM 
stereo  radio with a 
cassette  tape player and a compact disc player 
in 
a single unit. 
To 
operate  the  radio  and cassette tape player portion 
of 
this music 
system, please  read the beginning 
of 
this section.  “How 
To 
Operate Your 
Sound System” and “Your Cassette Tape Player.” 
To 
Play 
the 
Disc Player 
Before you  begin, please 
note: 
don’t use the mini-discs that  are called 
“singles” (even with an adapter). They won’t eject. 
Use 
full-size compact 
discs  only. 
Turn the  radio 
on. 
Insert 
a 
disc (label  side up) partway into  the slot. The player will pull 
it in.  Wait a few seconds and  the disc will  play. Then only the time 
of 
day 
and  “CD” will  display. 
If 
the disc comes back 
out, 
check to 
see 
if: 
The disc is upside down. 
The disc 
is 
dirty, scratched, or wet. 
There’s  too much moisture 
in 
the air. (If there is,  wait  about  one  hour 
and try again). 
“Err” 
(Error 
Detection) 
If 
this message is displayed, 
you 
have 
a 
condition 
of 
either  extreme 
temperature, moisture, 
or 
an incorrect disc. The disc  will automatically be 
ejected.  When  conditions  are back to normal, the disc should play again. 
RCLIPROG 
(RecalllProgram) 
0 
Press once 
to 
see what track is being played. 
158 

Within 
5 
seconds  press 
it 
a  second  time 
to 
see how long  the  disc  has 
been playing. 
Press it a  third  time to see 
the 
time of  day. 
Rev  (Reverse) 
Push and hold 
REV 
to  return rapidly  within 
a 
track.  Release it to play the 
passage. 
The 
elapsed  time 
will 
be displayed to show the reverse  progress 
of 
the 
CD. 
FWD 
(Fast 
Forward) 
Press and hold 
FWD 
to advance quickly within  a  track.  Release it to 
resume playing. Elapsed  time will be displayed to show the  forward 
progress 
of 
the 
CD. 
Prev (Previous) 
Push  this button  to 
go 
back  to the beginning 
of 
the track 
or 
push it again 
to 
a 
favorite  track. 
Next 
Push  this button  to  advance  to  the next track. 
STIPL (StopjPlay) 
Press  this  button and  the disc or  tape will stop  without  ejecting it and  the 
radio will start  to play. Press it again and  the  disc or  tape will start  to play 
again. 
E 
JCT 
(Eject) 
Press 
this 
button  to eject the disc 
or 
tape. 
If 
you have 
both 
a 
CD 
and 
a 
tape  in  the player,  then  the other playback media will start  to play. Press 
it again and  the  other  media will eject. 
159 

Comp (Compression) 
Pressing COMP makes  soft  and  loud passages more nearly equal in 
volume. For example, playing  classical or jazz music with  very quiet  and 
very loud  passages 
in 
the 
same  tune.  The  COMP display 
will 
light as long 
as COMP is on. 
Setting 
The 
Clock 
Turn the ignition on.  Then: 
To Set  the  Hour: 
0 
Press 
SET, 
and 
within 
5 
seconds, 
0 
Press  and  hold SEEK. When  the clock gets to  the  correct  hour,  let go. 
To  Set  the Minutes: 
Press SET, and within 
5 
seconds, 
Press  and  hold  SCAN.  When the clock gets  to 
the 
correct  minute,  let 
Your clock 
is 
set. 
go* 
Care 
of 
Your 
Cassette Tape Player 
A 
tape player that is not  cleaned regularly can  cause  reduced  sound 
quality, ruined  cassettes, or  a  damaged mechanism.  Cassette  tapes  should 
be  stored 
in 
their cases away from  contaminants,  direct sunlight, and 
extreme  heat. If  they aren’t, they may not  operate properly or cause 
failure of the  tape player. 
Your tape player should  be  cleaned regularly each month  or  after every 
15 
hours 
of 
use. If  you notice  a  reduction 
in 
sound quality, 
try 
a known 
good  cassette  to  see 
if 
the  tape  or  the  tape player is at  fault. If  this other 
cassette  has 
no 
improvement 
in 
sound quality, clean the  tape player. 
Clean  your tape player with a wiping-action, non-abrasive cleaning 
cassette,  and follow the  directions  provided with it. 
Cassettes  are subject to wear  and  the  sound quality may degrade  over 
time. Always make  sure  that  the  cassette  tape is 
in 
good  condition  before 
you have  your tape player serviced. 
160 

Care 
of 
Your 
Compact 
Discs 
Handle 
discs 
carefully. Store  them in their 
original 
cases 
or  other 
protective 
cases 
and away from  direct  sunlight  and  dust. 
If 
the  surface 
of 
a  disc is soiled, dampen  a clean,  soft  cloth in a mild, neutral  detergent 
solution  and  clean  it, wiping from  the  center  to  the  edge. 
L 
. 
Be sure  never to  touch  the signal  surface  when  handling discs. Pick 
up 
discs by grasping the  outer edges or  the  edge 
of 
the  hole  and  the  outer 
edge. 
Power 
Antenna Mast Care 
Your power antenna will look its best and work well if  it's cleaned  from 
time to  time. 
To 
Clean the  Antenna Mast: 
1. 
Turn on  the ignition and  radio  to raise  the antenna  to 
full 
mast 
2. 
Dampen  a clean  cloth with mineral  spirits 
or 
equivalent  solvent. 
3. 
Wipe  cloth  over  the  mast  sections,  removing any dirt. 
4. 
Wipe 
dry 
with clean  cloth  before  retracting. 
5. 
Make  the  antenna go up  and down by turning  the  radio  or  ignition  on 
6. 
Then  repeat 
if 
necessary. 
extension. 
and off. 
161 

162 

Y 
coi 
YOUR 
DRIVING 
AND 
THE 
ROAD 
Ir 
i 
Here you’ll find  information  about driving on  different kinds 
of 
roads  and 
in varying weather  conditions. We’ve also  included many other useful tips 
on driving. 
ROAD 
SIGNS 
The  road signs  you see  everywhere are  coded by  color,  shape  and 
symbols.  It’s a  good  idea to know these  codes 
so 
that you can quickly 
grasp  the basic meaning  or  intent of the sign even  before you have a 
chance  to  read it. 
163 

Color 
of 
Road 
Signs 
A 
A 
STOP1 
L 
A 
A 
I 
Y 
WRONG 
WAY 
RED 
means STOP. It may also  indicate  that  some  movement is not 
allowed.  Examples are 
DO 
NOT 
ENTER  and  WRONG 
WAY. 
. 
RAILROAD 
ADVANCE 
CROSSING 
NO 
PASSING 
ZONE 
NARROW 
BRIDGE 
YELLOW indicates  a  general  warning. Slow  down and  be  careful when 
you 
see 
a yellow sign. 
It 
may signal  a  railroad crossing ahead, 
a 
no 
passing 
164 

zone, or  some  other potentially  dangerous  situation. Likewise, 
a 
yellow 
solid 
line 
painted  on  the  road  means  “Don’t Cross.” 
LOW 
SHOULDER  WORKERS 
AHEAD  FLAGGER 
AHEAD 
ORANGE 
indicates  road  construction  or  maintenance. You’ll want to 
slow  down when 
you 
see  an  orange sign, 
as 
part 
of 
the  road may be closed 
off or  torn  up.  And  there may be workers  and  maintenance vehicles 
around, 
too. 
WES 
SMAl 
1 
MILE 
GREEN 
is used to guide the driver. Green signs  may indicate  upcoming 
freeway exits or show the  direction you should turn  to reach  a  particular 
place. 
165 

I=!! 
HOSPITAL 
A 
INFORMATION 
BLUE 
signs 
with white letters show 
r 
- 
' 
s' 
services. 
.. 
d 
CANOEING 
/ 
SWIMMING 
BROWN 
signs point out  recreation  areas 
or 
points 
of 
historic or  cultural 
interest. 
Shape 
of 
Road 
Signs 
The 
shape 
of 
the sign will tell you something,  too. 
166 

An  OCTAGONAL  (eight-sided) sign means 
STOP. 
It is  always red with 
white  letters. 
A DIAMOND-shaped sign  is 
a 
warning 
of 
something  ahead 
- 
for 
example,  a  curve, steep hill, soft  shoulder, or a  narrow  bridge. 
A TRIANGLE,  pointed downward,  indicates YIELD.  It assigns the 
right-of-way to traffic on  certain  approaches  to  an  intersection. 
167 

A 
TRIANGULAR 
sign also is  used on two-lane  roads 
to 
indicate  a 
NO 
PASSING 
ZONE. 
This 
sign  will 
be 
on 
the left side 
of 
the roadway. 
KEEP 
RIGHT 
A 
LEFT 
OR 
THROUGH 
ONLY 
I 
RIGHT  TURN 
ONLY 
RECTANGULAR 
(square 
or 
oblong) signs 
show 
speed 
limits, 
parking 
regulations,  give  directions,  and  such  information 
as 
distances to cities. 
168 

Symbols 
on 
Road 
Signs 
There  are many international  road signs 
in 
use 
today. 
The basic  message 
of  many 
of 
these signs is 
in 
pictures  or  graphic 
symbols. 
A 
picture  within  a  circle with a  diagonal  line  across it  shows 
what 
not 
to 
do. 
I 
r 
169 

TRAFFIC 
LIGHTS 
I 
7 
I 
We're all familiar with traffic lights or  stop lights. Often  green  arrows  are 
being  used in the lights for  improved  traffic  control.  On  some  multilane 
roads,  green  arrows light up, indicating that traffic in one  or  more  lanes 
can move or  make  a  turn.  Green arrows  don't  mean "go no  matter what." 
You'll still need  to  proceed with caution, yielding the right of  way to 
pedestrians  and  sometimes  to  other vehicles. 
Some  traffic lights also use  red  arrows to signify that you must 
stop 
before 
turning  on  red. 
1 
REVERSIBLE 
LANE 
ON 
LANE 
ROADWAY 
MULTI- 
€3 
€3 
0 
f3 
n 

Many city roads  and expressways,  and even bridges, use reversible-lane 
traffic  control  during rush hours. A red 
X 
light above 
a 
lane  means  no 
driving  in that  lane  at  that time. 
A 
green  arrow  means you  may drive in 
that  lane. 
Look 
for  the signs posted  to  warn drivers what hours  and days 
these systems are in effect. 
PAWMENT MmNGS 
I 
NU 
PASSING 
ZONE 
Pavement markings add  to traffic signs and signals. They give information 
to 
drivers without  taking  attention  from  the roadway. A solid yellow line 
on your  side of the  road  or  lane  means “don’t cross.’’ 
YOUR 
OW 
SIGNALS 
Drivers signal to  others, 
too. 
It’s not only more polite, it’s safer  to  let 
other drivers know what you are doing. And in some  places the law 
requires  driver signals. 
Turn and  lane  change signals.  Always signal when 
you 
plan to  turn or 
change  lanes. 
If 
necessary, you can  use hand signals out  the window: Left  arm straight 
out  for a left turn, down for slow 
or 
about-to-stop,  and  up  for a right turn. 
Slowing  down. 
If 
time allows, tap  the  brake  pedal  once  or twice in 
advance of  slowing or stopping.  This  warns the driver behind you. 
Disabled. Your  four-way flashers signal that your vehicle is disabled or is 
a hazard. 
See 
“Hazard Warning Flasher” in the Index. 
171 

TRAFFIC 
OFFICER 
The traffic  police  officer is also  a  source of  important  information. The 
officer’s signals  govern,  no matter what the  traffic  lights 
or other signs 
say. 
The next  section discusses some 
of 
the  road  conditions you  may 
encounter. 
DEFENSIVE 
DMNG 
The  best advice anyone  can give about driving 
is: 
Drive defensively. 
Please start with a 
very 
important  safety device in your  Cadillac:  Buckle 
up.  (See  “Safety  Belts” in the Index.) 
Defensive driving really means  “be  ready  for  anything.”  On city streets, 
rural  roads,  or freeways, it means “always expect the unexpected.” 
Assume that  pedestrians  or  other  drivers  are going to  be  careless and 
make  mistakes.  Anticipate what they  might  do. Be ready  for  their 
mistakes. 
Expect  children  to  dash  out  from  behind  parked  cars,  often followed by 
other children.  Expect  occupants in parked  cars  to  open  doors into  traffic. 
Watch for movement  in  parked  cars 
-- 
someone may be  about  to  open a 
door. 
Expect other drivers to run  stop signs when  you are 
on 
a  through  street. 
Be  ready to  brake if  necessary  as 
you 
go  through  intersections. You  may 
not  have to use the  brake,  but if 
you 
do, you  will be  ready. 
If 
you’re driving through  a  shopping  center  parking  lot  where  there  are 
well-marked  lanes,  directional  arrows,  and  designated  parking  areas, 
expect some drivers to ignore all these  markings  and  dash  straight  toward 
one  part 
of 
the lot. 
Pedestrians  can  be  careless. Watch for  them. In general, you must give 
way 
to 
pedestrians  even if  you know  you have the right 
of 
way. 
Rear-end  collisions are  about  the most  preventable of  accidents. Yet they 
are common. Allow enough following distance. It’s the best  defensive 
driving maneuver, 
in 
both city and  rural driving. You never know  wh.en 
the vehicle in front 
of 
you  is going to  brake  or  turn suddenly. 
172 

Here’s  a  final  bit of information  about defensive driving. The  most 
- 
dangerous  time  for driving in the 
U.S. 
is 
very 
early on  Sunday  morning.  In 
I 
fact, 
GM 
Research  studies  show that  the most and  the  least  dangerous 
times  for driving, every week,  fall on  the  same day. That day  is Sunday. 
7 
The  most  dangerous  time is Sunday  from 
3 
a.m. to 4 a.m. The safest  time 
is 
Sunday  from  10 a.m. to 
11 
a.m. Driving the  same  distance  on a  Sunday 
at 3 a.m.  isn’t just  a  little  more  dangerous  than  it 
is 
at 
10 
a.m. It’s about 
7 
134  times  more dangerous! 
That  leads  to  the next section. 
r- 
DRUNKEnT 
DMNG 
! 
Death  and injury associated  with  drinking  and driving is 
a 
national 
tragedy. It’s the  number  one  contributor  to  the highway death toll, 
claiming thousands of victims 
every 
year.  Alcohol  takes away three things 
that  anyone  needs  to drive a vehicle: 
7. 
- 
0 
Judgment 
Muscular  Coordination 
Vision 
alcohol 
- 
a  driver,  a  passenger or  someone else,  such  as  a  pedestrian, 
had  been drinking. In  most cases, these  deaths  are  the  result of someone 
who was drinking  and driving. Over 
25,000 
motor  vehicle-related  deaths 
occur  each  year  because of  alcohol,  and  thousands 
of 
people  are  injured. 
i- 
Police records show that half 
of 
all motor  vehicle-related  deaths involve 
r 
7 
Just how much  alcohol is too much 
if 
a  person  plans  to  drive? Ideally, no 
one  should  drink  alcohol  and  then drive. But 
if 
one  does,  then what’s 
“too 
much”?  It  can  be  a  lot less than many might  think.  Although  it  d,epends 
on  each  person  and  situation,  here is some  general  information  on  the 
The Blood  Alcohol Content 
(BAC) 
of someone who is drinking  depends 
upon  four things: 
r 
c 
problem. 
r 
I. 
How  much  alcohol is in the drink. 
0 
The drinker’s body weight. 
0 
The  amount 
of 
food  that is consumed  before  and  during drinking. 
The  length of time  it  has  taken  the  drinker  to  consume  the alcohol. 
r 
173 

According to  the  American Medical  Association,  a  180-pound  (82 
kg) 
person  who  drinks  three  12-ounce 
(355 
ml)  bottles of  beer 
in 
an  hour will 
end  up with 
a 
BAC 
of 
about 
0.06 
percent.  The  person would reach  the 
same 
BAC 
by drinking three 4-ounce (120 ml) glasses of wine or  three 
mixed drinks if  each  had 
1-1/2 
ounces 
(45 
ml) of a  liquor like whiskey,  gin 
or vodka. 
It’s the  amount 
of 
alcohol  that  counts.  For  example, if  the  same  person 
drank  three  double  martinis 
(3 
ounces  or 
90 
ml 
of 
liquor  each)  within an 
hour,  the person’s 
BAC 
would be  close to 0.12 percent.  A  person  who 
consumes  food  just  before or  during drinking will have a slightly lower 
BAC 
level. 
174 

DRINKING 
THAT 
WILL 
RESULT 
IN 
A 
BAC 
OF 
.O5% 
IN 
THE TIME 
SHOWN 
OF 
DR!NKS 
(as 
In 
picture) 
4 
”+ 
2r 
1 
IOURS 
‘ 
I 
2 
HOURS 
100 
120 
140 
160 
180 
200  220  240 
BODY 
WEIGHT 
IN 
POUNDS 
IOUR 
The law 
in 
most 
U.S. 
states  sets  the  legal limit at  a BAC 
of 
0.10 percent. 
In Canada  the limit 
is 
0.08 percent,  and 
in 
some  other  countries it’s lower 
than  that.  The BAC will be  over 
0.10 
percent  after  three  to 
six 
drinks  (in 
one  hour). Of course,  as we’ve seen, it depends  on 
how 
much  alcohol is in 
the  drinks,  and how quickly the  person  drinks  them. 
But it’s very important  to  keep 
in 
mind that  the ability to drive is affected 
well below a  BAC 
of 
0.10 percent.  Research shows that  the driving 
skills 
of  many people  are  impaired  at  a  BAC  approaching 0.05 percent,  and 
that  the  effects  are  worse  at  night.  All  drivers  are  impaired  at  BAC levels 
above 
0.05 
percent.  Statistics show that  the chance of being in 
an 
accident 
increases  sharply for drivers  who  have  a BAC of 
0.05 
percent  or above. 
A 
driver with a 
BAC 
level 
of  0.06 percent  (three  beers 
in 
one  hour  for  a 
180-pound or  82 
kg 
person)  has  doubled his or  her  chance 
of 
having an 
accident.  At  a  BAC level 
of 
0.10 percent,  the  chance 
of 
that  driver having 
an  accident is  six times  greater;  at  a level of  0.15  percent,  the  chances  are 
twenty-five times  greater!  And,  the body takes  about  an  hour  to rid itself 
of the  alcohol 
in 
one  drink.  No  amount of coffee or  number of cold 
showers 
will 
speed  that 
up. 
“I’ll 
be 
careful” isn’t the right  answer. What if  there’s an emergency,  a 
need  to  take  sudden  action, 
as 
when  a child darts into  the street?  A 
175 

person with 
a 
higher BAC might not  be  able  to  react quickly enough 
to 
avoid the collision. 
There’s  something  else  about  drinking  and driving that many people 
don’t know. Medical  research shows that  alcohol in a person’s system can 
make  crash  injuries  worse.  That’s especially true  for brain,  spinal  cord 
and  heart  injuries.  That  means  that if  anyone who has  been  drinking 
-- 
driver or passenger 
-- 
is 
in 
a  crash, the  chance of  being killed or 
permanently  disabled 
is 
higher  than 
if 
that  person had not  been  drinking. 
And we’ve already  seen  that  the  chance 
of 
a  crash itself 
is 
higher  for 
drinking  drivers. 
I 
A 
CAUTION: 
Drinking  and  then  driving is very dangerous. Your reflexes, 
perceptions,  and  judgment will be affected 
by 
even 
a 
small 
amount of alcohol. 
You 
could have 
a 
serious 
-- 
or even fatal 
-- 
accident if  you drive after  drinking.  Please don’t drink  and  drive 
or 
ride with  a  driver who has been drinking.  Ride home in 
a 
cab; 
or if  you’re with 
a 
group,  designate 
a 
driver who  will not  drink. 
CONTROL 
OF 
A 
WHICLE 
You have three systems that  make  your vehicle go  where 
you 
want it to 
go. They are  the brakes,  the  steering  and the  accelerator. 
All 
three 
systems have 
to 
do  their 
work 
at  the  places  where  the  tires  meet  the  road. 
176 

Sometimes,  as  when  you're driving on snow or ice, it's easy to ask more 
of 
those  control  systems  than  the  tires  and  road  can  provide.  That  means 
you can  lose  control of your  vehicle. 
BRAKING 
Braking  action involves 
p- 
and  reaction  time. 
First, you have to  decide  to push on  the  brake  pedal.  That's  perception 
time. Then you have to  bring  up your  foot and  do it. That's  reaction  time. 
Average  reaction  time 
is 
about 
3/4 
of 
a  second.  But  that's only an 
average. It might be less with one driver and as  long  as 
two 
or  three 
seconds or  more with  another.  Age, physical condition,  alertness, 
coordination,  and  eyesight all play a  part. 
So 
do alcohol,  drugs and 
frustration.  But  even in 3/4 
of 
a 
second,  a  vehicle moving at 
60 
mph 
(100 
km/h)  travels 
66 
feet 
(20 
m). That could  be  a  lot of  distance  in  an 
emergency, 
so 
keeping  enough  space  between  your  vehicle  and  others  is 
important. 
And, 
of 
course,  actual  stopping  distances vary greatly  with the  surface 
of 
the  road  (whether it's pavement  or  gravel);  the  condition 
of 
the  road 
(wet, dry, icy); tire  tread;  and  the  condition 
of 
your  brakes. 
Most  drivers treat  their  brakes  with  care.  Some,  however,  overwork  the 
braking system with poor driving habits. 
Avoid needless heavy braking. Some  people  drive 
in 
spurts 
-- 
heavy 
acceleration followed by heavy braking 
-- 
rather  than keeping  pace 
177 

with traffic. This is a mistake. Your brakes may not  have  time to cool 
between  hard stops. Your brakes will wear out much faster 
if 
you do  a 
lot 
of 
heavy braking. 
a 
0 
Don’t “ride’’ the  brakes 
by 
letting your left foot  rest lightly on the 
brake  pedal while  driving. 
8 
r 
. 
. 
... 
.. 
A 
CAUTION: 
I 
“Riding”  your  brakes  can  cause  them to  overheat  to  the  point 
that they won’t work well. 
You 
might  not be able  to  stop  your 
vehicle in  time to avoid an accident. 
If 
you “ride”  your  brakes, 
they 
will 
get 
so 
hot they will require 
a 
lot of  pedal  force  to slc 
you  down.  Avoid “riding”  the  brakes. 
178 

If 
you keep pace 
with 
the traffic and allow realistic following distances, 
you 
will 
eliminate  a lot 
of 
unnecessary braking. That means  better 
braking and longer brake life. 
If 
your engine ever stops while you’re driving, brake normally but 
don’t pump your brakes. 
If 
you do,  the  pedal may  get  harder  to push 
down. 
If 
your engine. stops, you 
will 
still have some power brake assist. 
But you 
will 
use 
it 
when 
you brake. Once  the power assist is used 
up, 
it 
may take longer 
to 
stop and  the  brake pedal 
will 
be 
harder  to push. 
Anti-Lock 
Brakes 
(ABS) 
Your Cadillac  has  an  advanced  electronic  braking system that 
will 
help 
prevent skidding. 
This light on  the 
instrument  panel 
will 
go on when you start 
your vehicle. 
hear  a Once  the vehicle speed reaches about 
5 
mph 
(8 
km/h), you  may 
momentary  motor  or c1,icking noise and you  may 
even 
notice that your 
brake  pedal moves a  little 
while 
this is going 
on. 
This is the ABS system 
testing itself. 
If 
there’s  a problem with the anti-lock brake system, the 
anti-lock brake system warning light will stay on.  See “Anti-lock Brake 
System Warning Light” in the Index. 
179 

C 
I 
I 
Here’s how anti-lock works. Let’s say the  road is wet. You’re driving 
safely. Suddenly an animal  jumps out in front 
of 
you. 
You slam on  the brakes.  Here’s  what  happens with 
ABS. 
A 
computer senses that wheels are slowing  down. The  computer 
separately  works  the  brakes  at  each  front  wheel  and  at  the  rear  wheels. 
The anti-lock system can  change the  brake  pressure  faster  than any driver 
could. The  computer is programmed  to  make  the most of  available  tire 
and  road  conditions. 
You can steer  around  the  obstacle while braking  hard. 
As 
you 
brake, 
your 
computer  keeps receiving updates  on  wheel  speed  and 
controls  braking  pressure accordingly. 
180 

I 
A 
CAUTION: 
Anti-lock doesn’t change  the  time you need 
to 
get  your  foot up  to 
the  brake pedal. If you get  too close 
to 
the vehicle in  front of 
you,  you  won’t have  time  to  apply  your  brakes 
if 
that vehicle 
suddenly slows or stops. 
Always 
leave enough room up  ahead to 
stop, even though you have  anti-lock  brakes. 
I 
To 
Use 
Anti-Lock: 
Don’t pump  the brakes.  Just  hold the  brake  pedal down  and  let  anti-lock 
work for you. 
You 
may hear  the anti-lock pump  or  motor  operate.  and 
feel the  brake  pedal  pulsate,  but  this is normal. 
Disc 
Brake Wear Indicators 
Your Cadillac  has  four-wheel  disc  brakes. 
Disc  brake  pads have built-in  wear  indicators  that  make  a  high-pitched 
warning sound when the  brake  pads  are worn and new pads  are  needed. 
The  sound may come  and 
go 
or  be  heard all the  time your vehicle is 
moving (except  when you 
are 
pushing  on the  brake  pedal firmly). 
UJTION: 
The  brake wear  warning  sound  means that sooner or  later 
YL-, 
brakes won’t  work well. That could  lead to  an accident. When 
you hear  the  brake wear  warning  sound,  have  your vehicle 
serviced. 
NOTICE: 
181 

Some driving conditions  or  climates may cause  a  brake  squeal  when  the 
brakes  are first  applied or lightly applied.  This  does  not  mean  something 
is 
wrong with your  brakes. 
Brake linings should always be  replaced  as  complete axle sets. 
Brake  Pedal  Travel 
See your  dealer if  the  brake  pedal  does  not  return  to  normal  height, or 
if 
there is a  rapid  increase 
in 
pedal  travel.  This could be  a sign 
of 
brake 
trouble. 
Brake Adjustment 
Every 
time 
you 
make  a  moderate  brake  stop,  your disc brakes  adjust for 
wear. 
If you rarely  make  a  moderate or heavier  stop,  then  your  brakes  might 
not  adjust  correctly. If  you drive 
in 
that way, then 
-- 
very carefully 
-- 
make 
a few moderate  brake  stops  about every 
1000 
miles (1600 km), 
so 
your 
brakes 
will 
adjust  properly. 
Braking in Emergencies 
Use  your  anti-lock  braking system when you need  to. 
With 
anti-lock, you 
can steer  and  brake  at  the  same time.  In many emergencies,  steering  can 
help you more  than even the very best  braking. 
STEERING 
Power  Steering 
If 
you 
lose 
power  steering assist because  the  engine  stops  or  the system 
fails to  function, you can  steer  but it 
will 
take much more  effort. 
182 

Steering 
Tips 
Driving 
on 
Curves 
It’s important 
to 
take  curves at  a  reasonable  speed. 
A 
lot 
of 
the “driver  lost  control”  accidents  mentioned on  the news 
happen  on curves. Here’s why: 
Experienced  driver  or  beginner,  each of us is subject to  the  same laws  of 
physics when  driving on curves. The  traction 
of 
the tires  against the  road 
surface  makes it possible  for the vehicle to change  its  path 
when 
you turn 
the  front wheels. If  there’s 
no 
traction,  inertia will keep  the  vehicle going 
in  the  same  direction. 
If 
you’ve ever  tried to  steer  a vehicle on wet ice, 
you’ll understand  this. 
The  traction you can  get in a  curve  depends on  the  condition 
of 
your  tires 
and  the  road  surface, 
the 
angle at which the  curve 
is 
banked,  and  your 
speed.  While  you’re in a  curve,  speed is the  one  factor you can  control. 
Suppose  you’re  steering  through 
a 
sharp curve. Then you suddenly 
accelerate. 
Those 
two 
control systems 
-- 
steering  and  acceleration 
-- 
can overwhelm 
those  places  where  the  tires  meet  the  road  and  make you lose  control. 
What  should you do if  this  ever  happens?  Let up  on  the  accelerator 
pedal,  steer  the vehicle the way 
you 
want it to 
go, 
and slow down. 
Speed limit signs near curves  warn  that you should  adjust  your  speed. 
Of 
course,  the  posted  speeds  are  based  on  good  weather  and  road 
conditions.  Under less favorable  conditions you’ll want to go slower. 
If  you need  to  reduce  your  speed  as you approach 
a 
curve, do 
it 
before 
you enter  the curve, while your front wheels are straight  ahead. 
Try 
to adjust  your  speed 
so 
you 
can  “drive”  through  the  curve.  Maintain  a 
reasonable,  steady  speed. Wait to  accelerate until you are  out 
of 
the 
curve, and  then  accelerate  gently  into  the  straightaway. 
When you drive  into  a  curve at night, it’s harder  to  see  the  road  ahead of 
you because it bends away from  the straight  beams of your  lights.  This is 
one good  reason 
to 
drive  slower. 
183 

Steering in Emergencies 
There  are times  when  steering  can  be more effective  than  braking.  For 
example, you come  over  a 
hill 
and find  a  truck  stopped 
in 
your  lane, or  a 
car  suddenly pulls out from  nowhere, or  a child darts  out  from  between 
parked  cars  and  stops  right in front of you. You can avoid these  problems 
by  braking 
-- 
if  you can stop in  time.  But  sometimes you can’t; there isn’t 
room.  That’s the time  for evasive action 
-- 
steering  around  the  problem. 
Your Cadillac  can  perform very  well  in emergencies like these.  First  apply 
your  brakes. It is better to remove  as much speed 
as 
you 
can  from  a 
possible collision. Then  steer  around  the  problem, 
to 
the  left or right 
depending  on  the  space  available. 
An 
emergency like this requires close attention  and  a quick decision. If 
you are holding  the  steering  wheel at  the  recommended 
9 
and 
3 
o’clock 
positions, you can  turn it a 
full 
180 
degrees very  quickly without  removing 
either  hand.  But you have to act  fast,  steer quickly, and  just  as quickly 
straighten  the  wheel  once you have  avoided  the  object. You must  then  be 
prepared  to  steer back to your  original  lane  and  then  brake to  a 
controlled  stop. 
Depending  on your  speed,  this  can  be  rather  violent  for  an  unprepared 
driver.  This 
is 
one of the  reasons driving experts  recommend  that 
you 
use 
your safety belts and  keep  both  hands  on  the  steering  wheel. 
The fact  that  such  emergency  situations are always possible 
is 
a  good 
reason to practice  defensive driving at all times. 
184 

OFF-ROAD 
RECOWRY 
You  may find  sometime  that  your  right  wheels  have  dropped off the  edge 
of 
a  road  onto  the  shoulder while you’re driving. 
If 
the level 
of 
the  shoulder 
is 
only slightly below the  pavement,  recovery 
should be fairly easy. Ease off the  accelerator  and  then, if  there is nothing 
in  the way, steer 
so 
that your  vehicle  straddles the  edge of the pavement. 
You can  turn  the  steering wheel up  to 
1/4 
turn until the right front  tire 
contacts  the  pavement edge. Then  turn your  steering  wheel  to  go  straight 
down the roadway. 
If the  shoulder  appears  to  be  about  four  inches 
(100 mm)  or  more below 
the  pavement,  this  difference  can  cause  problems. If there is not  enough 
room  to pull  entirely onto  the  shoulder  and stop, then follow the  same 
procedures.  But if  the  right front  tire  scrubs against the  side 
of 
the 
pavement,  do 
NOT 
steer  more sharply. With too much  steering  angle,  the 
vehicle may jump back onto  the  road with 
so 
much  steering  input  that it 
crosses 
over  into the oncoming  traffic  before you can  bring it back  under 
control. 
Instead,  ease 
off 
again 
on 
the  accelerator  and  steering  input,  straddle  the 
pavement  once  more,  then try again. 
185 

PASSING 
The driver 
of 
a 
vehicle about  to pass another  on a two-lane highway waits 
for  just  the right moment,  accelerates, moves around  the vehicle ahead, 
then  goes back into  the right lane again. 
A 
simple maneuver? 
Not necessarily! Passing another vehicle on a two-lane highway  is  a 
potentially dangerous move, since the passing  vehicle occupies the  same 
lane  as oncoming  traffic 
for 
several seconds. A miscalculation, an  error 
in 
judgment, 
or 
a  brief surrender  to  frustration  or  anger can  suddenly put 
the passing driver  face to face with the worst of  all  traffic  accidents 
-- 
the 
head-on collision. 
So 
here  are  some tips  for passing: 
“Drive  ahead.” Look down the  road,  to  the sides,  and to crossroads 
for  situations  that might affect your passing patterns. 
If 
you have any 
doubt whatsoever about making 
a 
successful pass, wait for a better 
time. 
Watch 
for 
traffic signs, pavement markings, and lines. If  you can 
see 
a 
sign up  ahead  that might indicate a turn  or  an intersection, delay your 
pass. 
A 
broken  center  line usually indicates 
it’s 
all right to pass 
(providing the  road  ahead is clear). Never cross 
a 
solid line on your 
side 
of 
the  lane 
or 
a double solid line,  even 
if 
the  road  seems empty 
of 
approaching traffic. 
If  you  suspect  that the driver of the vehicle  you want to pass isn’t 
Do 
not  get  too close 
to 
the vehicle you want to pass while  you’re 
aware of your  presence, tap  the  horn 
a 
couple 
of 
times before passing. 
awaiting an opportunity.  For one thing, following 
too 
closely reduces 
your area 
of 
vision, especially 
if 
you’re  following  a larger vehicle. Also, 
you  won’t have adequate  space 
if 
the vehicle ahead suddenly 
slows 
or 
stops. Keep back 
a 
reasonable  distance. 
When it looks like a chance  to pass is coming  up, start  to accelerate 
but stay 
in 
the right lane  and don’t get too close. Time  your move 
so 
you will be increasing speed 
as 
the  time  comes  to move into  the  other 
lane. If the way  is clear 
to 
pass, you will have 
a 
“running  start”  that 
more  than makes up  for  the distance you would lose by dropping back. 
And 
if 
something  happens 
to 
cause you to cancel  your pass, you need 
only  slow down and  drop back again and wait 
for 
another opportunity. 
186 

0 
a 
0 
a 
0 
If 
other  cars  are lined up 
to 
pass a slow vehicle, wait your  turn.  But 
take  care  that  someone isn’t  trying to pass you as you  pull out  to pass 
the slow  vehicle. Remember  to glance  over  your  shoulder and check 
the blind  spot. 
Check  your  mirrors 
, 
glance over your shoulder,  and  start  your left 
lane  change signal before moving out 
of 
the right lane 
to 
pass. When 
you are  far  enough  ahead 
of 
the 
passed vehicle to  see its front 
in 
your 
inside mirror,  activate  your right lane  change signal and move back 
into  the right lane.  (Remember  that  your right outside  mirror is 
convex. The vehicle 
you 
just  passed may seem 
to 
be  farther away from 
you than it really  is.) 
Try 
not  to pass more  than  one vehicle at a time on two-lane  roads. 
Reconsider  before passing the 
next 
vehicle. 
Don’t  overtake 
a 
slowly  moving vehicle 
too 
rapidly. 
Even 
though the 
brake lights are  not flashing, it  may be slowing down or starting to 
turn. 
If 
you’re being  passed,  make 
it 
easy for  the following driver to 
get 
ahead 
of 
you. 
Perhaps you can ease a little to  the right. 
LOSS 
OF 
CONTROL 
Let’s review what driving experts say about what  happens when the  three 
control systems (brakes,  steering  and  acceleration)  don’t have enough 
friction  where the  tires  meet  the  road  to  do what 
the 
driver  has  asked. 
In 
any emergency,  don’t give up. Keep trying to  steer  and constantly  seek 
an  escape  route  or  area 
of 
less danger. 
Skidding 
In a skid, a driver 
can 
lose control 
of 
the vehicle. Defensive drivers avoid 
most skids by  taking  reasonable  care  suited to existing conditions, and by 
not “overdriving” those conditions.  But skids are always  possible. 
The  three types 
of 
skids correspond  to your Cadillac’s three  control 
systems. In  the braking skid your wheels aren’t rolling.  In the  steering  or 
cornering skid, too much  speed 
or 
steering in a curve  causes  tires 
to 
slip 
and 
lose 
cornering  force. 
And 
in the  acceleration skid too much throttle 
causes the driving wheels to spin. 

A 
cornering skid and  an  acceleration skid are best  handled by easing  your 
foot 
off 
the  accelerator  pedal. 
If 
your  vehicle  starts to slide  (as  when you turn  a  corner  on  a  wet, snow- 
or 
ice-covered  road),  ease  your  foot off the  accelerator  pedal  as  soon  as 
you 
feel 
the vehicle start  to slide. Quickly steer  the way you want the 
vehicle to go. 
If 
you start  steering quickly enough,  your vehicle will 
straighten  out.  As it does,  straighten  the  front  wheels. 
Of 
course,  traction is reduced  when  water, snow, ice, gravel, 
or 
other 
material is on  the  road.  For  safety, you’ll want to slow  down and  adjust 
your driving to  these  conditions. It is important  to slow  down on  slippery 
surfaces  because  stopping  distance will be  longer  and  vehicle  control 
more limited. 
While driving on  a surface with reduced  traction, try your  best to avoid 
sudden  steering,  acceleration, 
or 
braking  (including  engine  braking by 
shifting to 
a 
lower gear). Any sudden  changes  could  cause the tires to 
slide. You  may not  realize  the  surface is slippery  until  your vehicle is 
skidding. Learn  to recognize  warning  clues 
-- 
such 
as 
enough  water, ice or 
packed snow 
on 
the  road  to make  a  “mirrored  surface” 
-- 
and slow down 
when you have any doubt. 
Remember: Any anti-lock  braking system 
(ABS) 
helps avoid only the 
braking  skid.  Steer  the way you want to go. 
DIWTNG 
AT 
NIGHT 
188 

Night driving 
is 
more  dangerous  than day driving. One reason is that 
some drivers are likely to  be  impaired 
-- 
by  alcohol or drugs, with night 
vision problems,  or by fatigue. 
Here  are  some tips on night driving. 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
Drive defensively. Remember, this is the  most  dangerous  time. 
Don’t  drink  and  drive.  (See “Drunken Driving” in the Index  for more 
on 
this  problem.) 
Adjust  your  inside  rearview  mirror  to  reduce the  glare  from  headlights 
behind  you. 
Since you can’t see  as well,  you  may need  to slow down and  keep  more 
space  between you and  other vehicles. It’s hard  to tell how fast  the 
vehicle ahead is going  just by looking at its taillights. 
Slow down, especially on higher  speed  roads. Your headlights  can light 
up only 
so 
much  road  ahead. 
In  remote  areas,  watch 
for 
animals. 
If 
you’re tired,  pull 
off 
the  road in a  safe  place  and  rest. 
Night 
Vision 
No 
one 
can  see  as well at night 
as 
in 
the  daytime.  But  as we get  older 
these  differences  increase. 
A 
50-year-old  driver may require  at least twice 
as  much  light to  see  the  same thing 
at 
night  as  a  20-year-old. 
What you do in the daytime  can 
also 
affect  your night vision. For 
example, if  you spend  the day 
in 
bright  sunshine 
you 
are wise 
to 
wear 
sunglasses. Your eyes will have 
less 
trouble  adjusting to night. 
But if  you’re driving, don’t  wear  sunglasses  at  night.  They may cut down 
on  glare  from  headlights,  but  they  also  make  a  lot 
of 
things invisible that 
should  remain visible 
- 
such  as  parked  cars,  obstacles,  pedestrians, 
or 
even  trains  blocking railway crossings. You 
may 
want 
to 
put  on 
your 
sunglasses  after you have pulled  into  a  brightly-lighted  service or 
refreshment  area. Eyes shielded  from  that  glare may adjust  more quickly 
to  darkness back on  the  road. But  be sure  to remove  your  sunglasses 
before you leave the service area. 
You 
can  be  temporarily  blinded by approaching  lights.  It  can  take  a 
second  or 
two, 
or even  several  seconds, 
for 
your eyes to  readjust  to  the 
189 

dark.  When you are faced with severe  glare  (as  from  a  driver who doesn’t 
lower the high beams, or a vehicle with misaimed headlights), slow down 
a  little. Avoid staring directly into  the  approaching lights. If  there 
is 
a  line 
of opposing traffic, make occasional glances over the line 
of 
headlights to 
make  certain  that  one 
of 
the vehicles isn’t starting 
to 
move into your lane. 
Once 
you 
are past the bright lights, give your 
eyes 
time 
to 
readjust  before 
resuming  speed. 
High 
Beams 
If  the vehicle approaching you has its high beams on, signal by  flicking 
yours to high and  then back to low beam.  This is the usual signal 
to 
lower 
the headlight beams. If  the  other driver still doesn’t lower the beams, 
resist the  temptation  to  put your high beams on.  This only makes two 
half-blinded drivers. 
On a freeway, use your high beams only  in remote  areas  where you won’t 
impair  approaching drivers. In  some places, like cities, using  high beams 
is illegal. 
When you 
follow 
another vehicle on a freeway or highway, 
use 
low 
beams. True, most vehicles now have day-night mirrors that  enable  the 
driver 
to 
reduce  glare.  But  outside  mirrors are  not 
of 
this type and high 
beams  from behind  can bother  the driver  ahead. 
A 
Few 
More 
Night 
Driving 
Suggestions 
Keep your windshield and all the glass on your vehicle clean 
-- 
inside  and 
out.  Glare  at night 
is 
made much worse by  dirt on  the glass. Even the 
inside 
of 
the glass can build up a film caused by dust. Tobacco smoke also 
makes  inside glass surfaces 
very 
filmy and can  be  a vision hazard 
if 
it’s left 
there. 
Dirty glass makes lights dazzle and flash more  than  clean glass would, 
making the pupils 
of 
your eyes contract  repeatedly. 
You 
might even want 
to  keep a  cloth  and some glass cleaner in your vehicle if  you need  to  clean 
your glass frequently. 
Remember  that your headlights light up  far less of a roadway when you 
are 
in 
a turn  or curve. 
Keep your eyes  moving; that way,  it’s easier to pick out dimly lighted 
objects. 
190 

Just 
as 
your  headlights  should be checked regularly for 
proper 
aim, so 
should  your 
eyes 
be examined regularly. Some drivers  suffer from night 
blindness 
-- 
the inability to  see in dim light 
-- 
and aren’t even  aware of  it. 
DRn/lNG 
IN 
THE 
RAIN 
Rain and wet  roads can mean driving trouble. 
On 
a wet road you can’t 
stop,  accelerate or  turn  as well because  your  tire-to-road  traction isn’t as 
good 
as 
on dry roads. And, 
if 
your  tires don’t have much tread left, you’ll 
get even less traction. 
It’s 
always  wise to  go slower and  be cautious 
if 
rain starts  to fall  while  you 
are driving. The surface may get wet suddenly when  your reflexes are 
tuned  for driving on dry pavement. 
The 
heavier the rain, the  harder it  is 
to 
see. Even 
if 
your 
windshield wiper 
blades are 
in 
good shape, a  heavy rain  can  makc it  harder  to  see  road 
signs and traffic signals, pavement markings, the  edge 
of 
the  road,  and 
even people walking. Road spray can  often  be  worse  for vision than rain, 
especially 
if 
it comes  from a dirty road. 
So 
it 
is 
wise to  keep 
your 
wiping equipment 
in 
good  shape  and  keep your 
windshield washer tank filled.  Replace  your windshield wiper  inserts 
when they show signs of streaking or missing areas  on  the windshield, 
or 
when  strips 
of 
rubber  start  to  separate  from  the inserts. 
191 

I 
Driving 
too 
fast  through  large  water  puddles 
or 
even 
going through some 
car washes can cause  problems,  too. The water may affect your  brakes. 
Try to avoid puddles.  But 
if 
you can’t, try to slow  down before 
you 
hit 
them. 
A 
CAUTION: 
Wet brakes  can cause accidents. They  won’t  work  well  in a quick 
stop and  may cause pulling 
to 
one side. 
You 
could lose control 
of 
the  vehicle. 
After driving  through a large  puddle 
of 
water  or a car  wash, 
apyiX7 your  brake  pedal  lightly  until  yol’p  brakes  work  normally. 
Hydroplaning 
Hydroplaning is dangerous. 
So 
much water can build up  under your tires 
that they can actually ride on the water.  This  can  happen 
if 
the  road is 
wet 
enough  and you’re going fast  enough.  When  your vehicle  is hydroplaning, 
it has  little or  no  contact with the  road. 
You might not  be  aware 
of 
hydroplaning. You could drive along 
for 
some 
time without realizing your  tires aren’t 
in 
constant  contact 
with 
the road. 
192 

You could find out  the  hard way: when you have to slow, turn, move out 
to pass 
-- 
or if you get hit by  a  gust 
of 
wind. 
You 
could  suddenly find 
yourself out 
of 
control. 
Hydroplaning doesn’t happen  often.  But it can 
if 
your  tires haven’t  much 
tread  or if  the  pressure in one  or  more 
is 
low. It can happen 
if 
a lot of 
water is standing on  the  road. 
If 
you can see reflections from trees, 
telephone poles, or  other vehicles, and  raindrops “dimple” the water’s 
surface, there could  be hydroplaning. 
Hydroplaning usually happens  at higher  speeds. There just isn’t  a hard 
and fast  rule about hydroplaning. The best advice is to slow down when it 
is raining, and  be careful. 
Some  Other  Rainy  Weather Tips 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
Turn 
on 
your  headlights 
-- 
not  just  your  parking lights 
-- 
to help  make 
you more visible to  others. 
Look 
for 
hard-to-see vehicles coming from behind. You  may want to 
use your  headlights  even in daytime 
if 
it’s raining hard. 
Besides slowing down, allow some  extra following distance. And  be 
especially careful  when you pass another vehicle. Allow  yourself more 
clear room  ahead,  and  be  prepared  to have your view restricted by 
road spray. 
If 
the  road spray is 
so 
heavy  you are actually blinded, drop 
back. Don’t pass until conditions  improve.  Going more slowly  is better 
than having an accident. 
Use your  defogger if it helps. 
Have 
good  tires with proper  tread  depth. (See  “Tires” in the Index.) 
193 

DMNG IN 
FOG, 
MIST 
AND 
HAZE 
Fog 
can occur with  high humidity or heavy frost.  It can be 
so 
mild that 
you 
can 
see 
through it for  several  hundred 
feet 
(meters). Or it might be 
so 
thick that you can  see only  a  few feet  (meters)  ahead.  It may come 
suddenly to an otherwise clear  road.  And it can 
be 
a major hazard. 
When 
you 
drive  into 
a 
fog patch,  your visibility  will be reduced quickly. 
The biggest dangers are striking 
the 
vehicle ahead or being struck by the 
one behind. 
Try 
to  “read”  the fog density down the  road. 
If 
the 
vehicle 
ahead  starts  to become less clear or,  at night, 
if 
the taillights are  harder  to 
see,  the fog 
is 
probably thickening. Slow down to give traffic behind you  a 
chance 
to 
slow 
down. Everybody then has 
a 
better  chance 
to 
avoid hitting 
the 
vehicle ahead. 
A 
patch of  dense 
fog 
may extend 
only 
for a  few 
feet 
(meters) or for miles 
(kilometers); you  can’t  really  tell  while  you’re  in 
it. 
You 
can only treat  the 
situation with extreme  care. 
une common  fog  condition 
-- 
sometimes called mist 
or 
ground fog 
-- 
can 
happen 
in 
weather  that 
seems 
perfect, especially at night or in 
the 
early 
morning in  valley and low,  marshy areas. 
You 
can 
be 
suddenly enveloped 
in 
thick, wet haze  that may even coat your windshield. 
You 
can  often  spot 
these 
fog 
patches or mist layers with your  headlights. But sometimes they 
can  be waiting for you 
as 
you come  over 
a 
hill 
or  dip  into 
a 
shallow  valley. 
194 

Start  your windshield wipers and washer, to  help  clear  accumulated  road 
dirt. Slow down carefully. 
Tips 
on Driving in 
Fog 
If 
you get  caught in 
fog, 
turn your  headlights 
on 
low beam: 
(en 
In 
daytime. You’ll see 
-- 
and  be  seen 
-- 
better. 
Use 
your  fog lignts 
if 
your 
vehicle has  them. 
Don’t use your high beams. 
The 
light will bounce 
off 
the water  droplets 
that  make  up fog and reflect back at 
you. 
Use 
your  defogger. In  high  humidity, 
even 
a  light buildup 
of 
moisture on 
the inside 
of 
the glass will cut down on your  already limited visibility. Run 
your windshield wipers and washer occasionally. Moisture  can build up 
on 
the  outside glass, and what seems  to 
be 
fog  may actually be moisture 
on 
the  outside 
of 
your windshield. 
Treat dense fog as  an  emergency. Try to find a place to pull  off the  road, 
Of 
course you want to respect  another’s  property,  but you might need  to 
put  something  between you and moving  vehicles 
-- 
space,  trees,  telephone 
poles, 
a 
private driveway, anything that removes you from other traffic. 
If 
visibility is near  zero  and 
you 
must stop but are  unsure  whether 
you 
are. 
away from the  road,  turn your lights 
on, 
start 
your 
hazard warning 
flashers, and  sound  your  horn  at intervals or when you hear  approaching 
traffic. 
Pass other vehicles 
in 
fog 
only 
if 
you 
can 
see 
far enough ahead to pass 
safely. 
Even 
then,  be  preparcd  to delay your pass 
if 
you 
suspect 
the 
fog 
is 
worse up  ahead. If  other vehicles  try to pass you, make it 
easy 
for them. 
195 

CITYDRWTNG 
One 
of 
the biggest problems with  city streets 
is 
the  amount 
of 
traffic 
on 
them. You’ll want to watch out  for  what  the  other drivers are doing and 
pay attention  to traffic signals. 
Here 
are ways to increase  your safety in  city  driving: 
Know 
the best way to get  to  where you are going. 
Try 
not  to drive 
around trying to pick out a familiar street  or landmark. Get a  city map 
and plan your  trip  into  an unknown part of the city just  as you  would 
for 
a 
cross-country trip. 
Try 
to  use  the freeways that rim and crisscross most large cities. You’ll 
save time  and energy. (See the next section, “Freeway Driving.”) 
0 
Treat 
a 
green light as a warning signal. 
A 
traffic light 
is 
there because 
the  corner is  busy enough to need it. When a  light turns  green,  and 
just  before you start  to move, check both ways for vehicles that have 
not  cleared  the intersection or may 
be 
running 
the 
red light. 
196 

Obey all posted  speed  limits. But remember  that they are 
for 
ideal 
road,  weather  and visibility conditions. 
You 
may need  to  drive below 
the posted limit 
in 
bad weather  or when visibility  is especially  poor. 
Pull to  the 
right 
(with care)  and  stop  clear of  intersections when 
you 
see  or  hear emergency vehicles. 
FREEWAYDIWTNG 
Mile for  mile,  freeways  (also  called thruways, parkways, expressways, 
turnpikes, or superhighways) are  the safest 
of 
all 
roads.  But  they have 
their own special  rules. 
The 
most 
important  advice  on freeway driving 
is: 
Keep up with traffic  and 
keep  to  the  right.  Drive  at  the  same  speed most of  the  other drivers are 
driving. Too-fast or  too-slow driving breaks  a 
smooth 
traffic flow. Treat 
the  left  lane 
on 
a freeway as  a  passing  lane. 
Entering  the Freeway 
At the  entrance  there is usually a  ramp  that  leads  to  the freeway. 
If 
you 
have a  clear view 
of 
the freeway as 
you 
drive  along  the entrance  ramp, 
you should  begin to check  traffic. Try to  determine  where you expect to 
blend with the flow. 
If 
traffic is light, you  may have no  problem.  But 
if 
it  is 
heavy, find  a  gap  as you move along the  entering  lane  and  time 
your 
approach. Try to merge  into  the  gap  at  close  to  the  prevailing  speed. 
197 

Switch on your turn signal, check  your rearview mirrors as you move 
along, and glance  over  your  shoulder  as  often  as necessary. 
Try 
to 
blend 
smoothly with the traffic flow. 
Driving on 
the Freeway 
Once you are  on  the freeway, adjust your  speed to  the posted limit or  to 
the prevailing rate 
if 
it’s slower. Stay  in the right lane unless you want to 
pass. 
If 
you are on 
a 
two-lane freeway, treat  the right lane as the slow lane 
and  the left lane  as  the passing lane. 
If you are  on 
a 
three-lane freeway, treat  the right lane  as  the slower-speed 
through  lane,  the  middle  lane  as  the  higher-speed  through  lane,  and  the 
left lane  as  the passing lane. 
Before changing lanes,  check  your rearview mirrors. Then use your turn 
signal. 
Just  before you  leave the lane,  glance quicklyover your  shoulder  to  make 
sure  there isn’t another vehicle  in your “blind”  spot. 
If 
you are moving from  an  outside to a center  lane  on a  freeway having 
more  than two lanes, make  sure  another vehicle  isn’t about  to move into 
the  same  spot.  Look  at  the vehicles  two lanes  over and watch for telltale 
signs: turn signals flashing, an increase 
in 
speed, or moving toward the 
edge 
of 
the lane. Be  prepared 
to 
delay your move. 
Once you are moving on  the freeway, make  certain you  allow 
a 
reasonable following distance. Expect to move  slightly  slower at night. 
Leaving the Freeway 
When you want  to leave the freeway,  move to  the  proper lane well  in 
advance.  Dashing across lanes at  the last minute 
is 
dangerous. 
If 
you 
miss 
your exit do not, under 
any 
circumstances, stop  and back up. Drive 
on 
to 
the next 
exit. 
At each exit point is  a deceleration  lane. Ideally 
it 
should be long enough 
for you to  enter it at freeway speed  (after signaling, 
of 
course) and  then 
do 
your  braking  before moving onto  the exit ramp.  Unfortunately,  not all 
deceleration  lanes 
are 
long  enough 
-- 
some 
are 
too  short  for all the 
braking. Decide  when to  start braking. 
If 
you must brake  on 
the 
through 
lane, 
and 
if 
there 
is 
traffic close behind you, 
you 
can  allow  a little  extra 

time  and flash your brake lights (in  addition to your turn signal) as  extra 
warning that you are  about 
to 
slow 
down and exit. 
The exit ramp can  be  curved,  sometimes  quite sharply. 
The exit speed 
is 
usually posted. Reduce your  speed  according to your 
speedometer,  not 
to 
your  sense 
of 
motion.  After driving for any distance 
at higher  speeds, you  may tend  to think you are going slower than you 
actually are.  For example, 
40 
mph (65 km/h) might seem like  only 
20 
mph 
(30 
kmih). Obviously, this could lead 
to 
serious  trouble  on a ramp 
designed for 
20 
mph 
(30 
kmih)! 
DMNG 
A 
LONG DISTANCE 
Although  most long trips  today are  made on freeways, there  are 
still 
many made  on  regular highways. 
Long-distance driving on freeways and regular highways  is the  same in 
some ways. 
The 
trip  has  to  be  planned  and  the vehicle prepared, 
you 
drive at higher-than-city  speeds, and  there  are longer turns behind the 
wheel. You’ll enjoy your trip  more 
if 
you 
and your vehicle are 
in 
good 
shape.  Here  are  some tips for a successful long trip. 
BEFORE 
LEAVTNG ONA LONG 
TRIP 
Make  sure you’re ready. Try 
to 
be well rested. 
If 
you 
must start when 
you’re not  fresh 
-- 
such as  after a day’s  work 
-- 
don’t plan to make too 
many  miles that first part of 
the 
journey. Wear comfortable clothing and 
shoes 
you 
can easily drive in. 
Is 
your vehicle ready for a long  trip? 
If 
you 
keep it serviced and 
maintained, it’s ready 
to 
go. 
If 
it 
needs service, have  it done  before 
starting  out. 
Of 
course, you’ll find experienced  and  able service experts 
in 
Cadillac dealerships all across  North  America. They’ll be ready  and 
willing 
to 
help 
if 
you 
need 
it. 
Here  are  some things you can  check before 
a 
trip: 
Windshield Washer Fluid: 
Is 
the reservoir full? Are all  windows clean 
inside and  outside? 
Wiper  Blades: Are they 
in 
good shape? 
Fuel. Engine Oil, Other Fluids: Have 
you 
checked all  levels‘? 
199 

0 
0 
0 
0 
Lights: Are they 
all 
working? Are  the lenses clean? 
Tires:  They are vitally important 
to 
a safe,  trouble-free  trip. Is the 
tread good  enough  for  long-distance driving? Are 
the 
tires all inflated 
to  the  recommended pressure‘? 
Weather Forecasts: What’s the  weather  outlook along your route? 
Should you delay your trip a short time to avoid 
a 
major  storm 
system? 
Maps: 
Do 
you  have up-to-date  maps? 
ON 
THE 
ROAD 
Unless you are  the only driver, it is good to  share 
the 
driving task with 
others. Limit turns  behind the wheel 
to 
about 
100 
miles  (160 km) or 
two 
hours at 
a 
sitting. Then,  either change drivers or  stop  for  some 
refreshment like 
coffee, 
tea  or 
soft 
drinks  and  some limbering up. But do 
stop  and move around.  Eat lightly along the way. Heavier  meals tend  to 
make  some  people sleepy. 
On two-lane highways or undivided multilane highways that  do  not have 
controlled access,  you’ll want 
to 
watch for  some  situations  not usually 
found  on freeways. Examples are:  stop signs and signals, shopping centers 
with direct access to  the highway, 
no 
passing zones and school zones, 
vehicles turning left and right 
off 
the  road, pedestrians, cyclists, parked 
vehicles, and even animals. 
HIGWAY 
mPlVOSIS 
Is 
there actually such a condition  as “highway hypnosis”? Or is it just 
plain falling asleep  at  the wheel? Call it  highway  hypnosis,  lack 
of 
awareness, or whatever. 
There is something  about  an easy stretch 
of 
road with the  same scenery, 
along with the hum 
of 
the tires 
on 
the road, the  drone 
of 
the engine,  and 
the rush 
of 
the wind against the vehicle that can  make you sleepy. Don’t 
let 
it happen  to you! 
If 
it does, your vehicle can 
leave 
the road in  less than 
What 
can 
you do  about highway  hypnosis? First, be  aware 
that 
it can 
happen. 
and you could crash and be  injured. 
200 

Then here  are  some tips: 
0 
0 
0 
0 
Make  sure  your vehicle is 
well 
ventilated, with a  comfortably cool 
interior. 
Keep your eyes moving. Scan 
the 
road ahead  and to the sides. Check 
your rearview mirrors  frequently  and  your  instruments  from  time 
to 
time.  This  can  help 
you 
avoid a fixed stare. 
Wear  good sunglasses in bright light. Glare can  cause drowsiness. But 
don’t  wear sunglasses at night. 
They 
will drastically reduce your 
overall vision at  the very time you need all the seeing  power 
you 
have. 
If  you get sleepy, pull 
off 
the 
road 
into 
a 
rest, service, or parking area 
and  take a  nap,  get  some exercise, or  both.  For safety, treat drowsiness 
on  the highway as an  emergency. 
As 
in any driving situation,  keep  pace with traffic and allow adequate 
following 
distances. 
HILL 
AND 
MOUNTMN 
ROADS 
J 
Driving 
on 
steep hills or  mountains is different  from driving 
in 
flat 
or 
rolling terrain. 
201 

If 
you drive regularly in steep country, or 
if 
you’re planning to visit there, 
here  are  some tips that can 
make 
your  trips  safer and  more enjoyable. 
0 
Keep your vehicle  in good shape.  Check all fluid levels and also the 
brakes,  tires, cooling  system and transaxle. These  parts can  work hard 
on  mountain roads. 
Know  how 
to 
go 
down  hills. The most important  thing  to know  is  this: 
let  your  engine do  some 
of 
the slowing down. Don’t  make your brakes 
do 
it all. Shift to a lower gear when  you go down a steep  or long hill. 
That way,  you 
will 
slow 
down without excessive  use 
of 
your  brakes. 
< 
A 
CAUTION: 
.r 
S<*. 
If 
you  don’t  shift down, your brakes could get 
so 
hot that they 
’+--* 
wouldn’t  work  well. 
You 
would then have poor braking  or even 
none going down 
a 
hill. 
You 
could crash.  Shift down to let  your 
engine assist your brakes  on 
a 
stef  downhil’  lope. 
- 
- 
i. 
.*$ 
Coasting downhill in 
“N” 
(Neutral)  or with the ignition 
off 
is 
dangerous. Your brakes will  have to  do  all  the work of slowing 
down.  They could get 
so 
hot that they  wouldn’t work well. 
You 
could crash. Always have your  engine running  and your vehicle 
in  gear when  you 
go 
downhill. 
0 
Know how 
to 
go uphill. You  may  want to shift down to a lower gear. 
The 
lower gears  help cool your engine and transaxle, and you can 
climb the hill better. 
Stay  in your own lane  when driving on two-lane roads 
in 
hills or 
mountains.  Don’t swing wide or  cut across the  center 
of 
the  road. 
Drive at  speeds  that  let you stay 
in 
your own lane. 
That 
way,  you  won’t 
be surprised by  a vehicle coming toward 
you 
in 
the  same lane. 
202 

0 
0 
0 
0 
It  takes  longer  to pass anothcr vehicle when you're going uphill. 
You'll 
want to le.ave extra  room 
to 
pass. 
If 
a 
vehicle 
is 
passing 
you 
and 
doesn't have enough  room, slow down to make 
it 
easier  for  the  other 
vehicle to get 
by. 
As you 
go 
over 
the 
top 
of 
a 
hill, be alert.  There could be something 
in 
your lane, like a  stalled  car or an accident. 
You  may  see highway signs 
on 
mountains  that warn 
of 
special 
problems. Examples are long grades, passing 
or 
no-passing zone.s, 
a 
falling rocks area, or winding roads. Be alert 
to 
these and take 
appropriate action. 
Winter driving can present special problems.  See  "Winter Driving" 
in 
the Index. 
Parking 
on 
Hills 
203 
Hills and  mountains  mean  spectacular  scenery. But please be careful 
where you stop 
if 
you 
decide 
to 
look 
at 
the 
view or  take pictures. 
Look 
for 
pull-offs or parking areas provided for scenic viewing. 

Another  part 
of 
this  manual  tells how to use your  parking  brake  (see 
“Parking  Brake” in the Index).  But 
on 
a mountain  or  steep 
hill, 
you can 
do 
one 
more thing. 
You 
can turn your front wheels to  keep your vehicle 
from rolling downhill or  out  into traffic. 
Here’s how: 
Parking  Downhill 
I 
Turn your wheels to 
the  right. 
You don’t have to  jam 
your  tires against the 
curb, 
if 
there is  a curb. 
A 
gentle  contact is 
all 
you need. 
Parking 
Uphill 
If 
there 
is 
a curb,  turn 
your  wheels to  the left 
if  the  curb is at  the 
right side 
of 
your 
vehicle. 
204 

If 
there is 
no 
curb 
when you’re parking 
uphill, turn  the wheels 
to  the right. 
If there 
is 
no 
curb when you’re parking uphill on  the left side 
of 
a 
one-way street, your  wheels  should be  turned  to  the left. 
Torque 
Lock 
(Automatic Transaxle) 
If 
you are parking 
on 
a  hill and 
you 
don’t shift  your transaxle into 
“P” 
(Park)  properly, the weight 
of 
the vehicle  may put  too much  force  on  the 
parking pawl 
in 
the transaxle. You  may find it difficult to pull the shift 
lever out 
of 
“P” 
(Park).  This 
is 
called “torque lock.” 
To 
prevent  torque 
lock, always be  sure 
to 
shift  into 
“P” 
(Park)  properly  before you 
leave 
the 
driver’s seat. 
To 
find out how, see 
“ 
Shifting Into 
’P’ 
(Park)” 
in 
the Index. 
205 

If 
“torque lock” does occur, you  may need  to have another vehicle push 
yours a  little uphill to  take  some 
of 
the  pressure  from  the transaxle, 
so 
you can pull 
the 
shift lever out 
of 
“P” 
(Park). 
WINTER 
DRZVTNG 
Here  are  some tips for winter driving: 
0 
Have  your Cadillac 
in 
good 
shape  for  winter. 
Be 
sure your engine 
0 
Snow tires can help 
in 
loose snow, but they may  give  you  less traction 
on ice than regular  tires. 
If 
you 
do 
not 
expect 
to 
be 
driving in deep 
snow, but may  have to travel over ice,  you  may not want 
to 
switch to 
snow tires  at all. 
coolant mix  is correct. 
0 
You 
may want 
to 
put  winter emergency supplies 
in 
your  trunk. 

h 
Include  an ice scraper,  a  small  brush  or  broom,  a supply 
of 
windshield 
washer  fluid,  a  rag,  some  winter outer clothing,  a  small  shovel, 
a 
flashlight,  a  red  cloth,  and  a  couple 
of 
reflective  warning  triangles.  And, 
if 
you 
will 
be driving under severe  conditions,  include  a small bag of  sand,  a 
piece of  old  carpet 
or 
a  couple 
of 
burlap bags to help  provide  traction. Be 
sure you properly  secure  these  items in your  vehicle. 
Driving 
on 
Snow 
or 
Ice 
Most 
of 
the  time,  those  places  where  your  tires meet  the road  probably 
have  good  traction. 
However, 
if 
there is snow or ice between  your  tires  and the  road, you can 
have a very slippery  situation. You'll have  a  lot less traction or "grip" and 
will need  to  be very careful. 
207 

What’s  the worst time  for  this? “Wet ice.” Very cold snow or ice can  be 
slick and  hard 
to 
drive on.  But wet  ice can be even more  trouble  because 
it may offer  the  least  traction 
of  all. You  can get  “wet  ice” when  it’s about 
freezing 
(32*F; 
O°C) 
and  freezing  rain begins to fall. Try to avoid driving 
on wet ice until  salt and sand crews can  get there. 
Whatever  the  condition 
-- 
smooth ice, packed, blowing or  loose snow 
-- 
drive with caution.  Accelerate gently. 
Try 
not to break the fragile  traction. 
If 
you 
accelerate  too  fast,  the drive wheels 
will 
spin and polish the surface 
under  the tires even more. 
Your anti-lock  brakes  improve  your ability to make  a  hard  stop  on  a 
slippery  road. Even though you  have the  anti-lock  braking system, you’ll 
want to begm stopping  sooner  than you  would on 
dry 
pavement.  See 
“’Anti-lock” in  the  Index. 
0 
Allow greater following distance  on any slippery road. 
0 
Watch for slippery spots. The road might be fine  until 
you 
hit a  spot 
that’s  covered with  ice. On  an  otherwise  clear  road, ice patches may 
appear in shaded  areas  where  the  sun can’t reach:  around  clumps 
of 
trees,  behind buildings, or  under bridges. Sometimes  the  surface 
of 
a 
curve or 
an 
overpass may remain icy when the  surrounding  roads  are 
clear. 
If 
you 
see  a  patch 
of 
ice ahead 
of 
you, brake  before 
you 
are 
on 
it. 
Try 
not to  brake while you’re actually on  the ice, and avoid sudden 
steering  maneuvers. 
208 

If 
You’re 
Caught in 
a 
Blizzard 
If 
you are  stopped by  heavy snow, you could  be 
in 
a  serious  situation. You 
should  probably stay with your vehicle unless you  know for  sure  that you 
are  near  help  and you can hike  through  the snow. Here  are  some things 
to 
do 
to  summon help and  keep yourself and your  passengers  safe: Turn 
on 
your  hazard  flashers. 
Tie 
a red cloth to your vehicle to  alert police that 
you’ve been  stopped by  the snow. Put 
on 
extra  clothing or  wrap  a  blanket 
around you. 
If 
you 
have no  blankets  or extra  clothing,  make body 
insulators  from  newspapers,  burlap bags, rags, floor mats 
-- 
anything you 
can wrap  around yourself 
or 
tuck under your  clothing to  keep warm. 
You 
can  run  the  engine  to  keep warm, but  be  careful. 
I 
A 
CAUTION: 
I 
l 
IOW can trap exhaust gases under your vehicle. This  can  cause 
deadly 
CO 
(carbon monoxide) gas  to get inside. 
CO 
could 
overcome  you and 
kill 
you.  You  can’t  see it  or smell it, 
so 
you 
might not 
know 
it was  in your vehicle. Clear away  snow from 
around  the base 
of 
your vehicle 
, 
especially any that 
is 
blocking 
your  exhaust pipe. 
And 
check around  again from  time  to time to 
be sure snow  doesn’t  collect there. 
CAUTION: 
(Continued) 
209 

Open 
a 
window just 
a 
little 
on 
the side 
of 
the  vehicle 
that’s 
away 
from 
the  wind.  This 
will 
help 
keep 
GO 
out. 
Run  your  engine only as long as you must.  This saves fuel. When you run 
the  engine,  make it go a  little  faster  than  just idle. That is, push the 
accelerator slightly. This uses less 
fuel 
for  the  heat  that you get and 
it 
keeps the  battery charged. You  will need  a well-charged battery to  restart 
the vehicle, 
and 
possibly for signaling later 
on 
with your headlights. Let 
the  heater  run  for awhile. 
Then,  shut  the engine off and close the window almost all the way to 
preserve the  heat.  Start  the  engine again and  repeat this only when you 
feel really uncomfortable  from  the cold. But do 
it 
as  little  as possible. 
Preserve the fuel  as long 
as 
you 
can. 
To 
help  keep  warm, you can get 
out 
of the vehicle and 
do 
some fairly vigorous exercises every half hour 
or 
so 
until  help comes. 
VYou’re 
Stuck 
in 
Deep 
Snow 
This  manual explains 
how 
to 
get the vehicle out 
of 
deep snow without 
damaging 
it. 
See  “Rocking Your  Vehicle’’  in the Index. 
210 

TOWING 
A 
TMLER 
’ 
A 
CAUTION: 
If 
you  don’t use the  correct  equipment  and  drive  properly, you 
can  lose  control when  you pull 
a 
trailer.  For  example, 
if 
the 
trailer  is too heavy, the  brakes may not  work well 
-- 
or even at 
all. 
You  and  your  passengers  could be seriously  injured. Pull 
a 
trailer  onp7  ;€you have followed all  the  step? 
in 
this  section. 
NOTJCE 
Fulling 
I 
in costly repairs  not covered by your wan  lty. 
To 
pull 
a 
trailer 
correctly, follow the advice 
in 
this secti 
I. 
Load-pulling components such  as  the  engine,  transaxle, 
wheel 
assemblies, 
and  tires are  forced  to 
work 
harder  against  the  drag of the  added weight. 
The  engine is required 
to 
operate  at relatively higher  speeds  and  under 
greater  loads,  generating  extra  heat.  What’s  more,  the  trailer  adds 
considerably to wind resistance,  increasing  the  pulling  requirements. 
All  of that  means  changes in: 
0 
Handling 
0 
Durability 
Fuel  economy 
If 
You 
Do Decide 
To 
Pull 
A 
Trailer 
If 
you do,  here  are  some  important points. 
There  are many different laws having to  do with trailering.  Make  sure 
your rig will be  legal, 
not 
only where you 
live 
but 
also 
where you’ll be 
driving. 
A 
good 
source  for  this  information  can be state  or provincial 
police. 
21 
1 

Consider using 
a 
sway control. 
You 
can ask a hitch dealer  about sway controls. 
0 
Don’t tow a  trailer at all during  the first 500 miles (800 km) your new 
vehicle is driven. Your engine, axle or  other  parts could be damaged. 
Then, during the first 500  miles  (800 km) that you  tow  a  trailer,  don’t 
drive over 50 mph (80 kmih) and  don’t  make  starts  at full throttle. 
This helps your engine  and other  parts 
of 
your vehicle wear in at the 
heavier loads. 
When towing a  trailer, close all  windows and  set the Electronic 
Climate  Control System 
to 
“ECON”, 
“AUTO”, 
“DEFOG”  or 
Defroster  to  assure  that  the fan is running. 
Three  important  considerations have to  do with weight: 
1. 
Weight 
of 
the nailer 
How 
heavy can  a  trailer safely be? 
It 
should never weigh more  than 1,000 pounds (450 kg). But even 
that can be  too heavy. 
It  depends on how  you plan to use your rig. For example, speed, 
altitude,  road  grades,  outside  temperature  and how much your 
vehicle 
is 
used to pull 
a 
trailer  are all important.  And, it can also 
depend  on any special equipment  that you have on your vehicle. 
You 
can ask your dealer  for  our trailering  information or advice, or 
you can write 
us 
at Cadillac. 
In  Canada, write to  General  Motors of  Canada Limited, Customer 
Assistance Center, 
1908 
Colonel 
Sam 
Drive, Oshawa, Ontario 
L1H 
8P7. 
2. 
Weight  of  the  Trailer  Tongue 
When 
a 
trailer 
is 
connected to your vehicle, the trailer  tongue  adds 
to  the weight your  vehicle is carrying. 
So, 
remember  to  subtract  the 
weight of the trailer  tongue from your vehicle’s capacity weight. 
212 

The  trailer  tongue 
(A) 
should weigh 
10% 
of 
the  total loaded  trailer 
weight 
(B). 
After you’ve loaded your trailer, weigh the  trailer  and 
then  the  tongue, separately,  to see 
if 
the weights are  proper. If they 
aren’t, you  may be  able to get them right simply 
by 
moving some 
items around in the  trailer. 
3. 
Total  Weight 
on 
Your  Vehicle’s Tires 
Be sure your vehicle’s tires are inflated to  the limit for cold tires. 
You’ll find  these  numbers  on  the  Certification  label  at  the  rear  edge 
of 
the driver’s door  (or  see Index under  “Tire Loading”). Then be 
sure you don’t go over the 
GVW 
limit for  your vehicle. 
Hitches 
It’s important  to have the  correct hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large 
trucks going by, and rough  roads are a 
few 
reasons why you’ll need  the 
right hitch. Here  are  some rules  to follow: 
0 
Will  you have 
to 
make any holes in the 
body 
of 
your vehicle when you 
install a  trailer  hitch? If  you do,  then  be  sure  to seal the holes  later 
when 
you 
remove the hitch. 
If 
you 
don’t seal them, deadly  carbon 
monoxide 
(CO) 
from your exhaust can get  into  your vehicle (see 
Index under  “Carbon Monoxide”). Dirt  and water  can,  too. 
The 
bumpers  on your vehicle are not intended  for hitches. 
Do 
not 
attach  rental hitches or  other bumper-type  hitches to  them. 
213 

Safety Chains 
You  should always attach  chains  between  your vehicle and  your  trailer. 
Cross  the  safety  chains  under  the  tongue of  the  trailer 
so 
that  the  tongue 
will not  drop  to  the  road 
if 
it 
becomes  separated  from  the  hitch. Follow 
the  manufacturer’s  recommendation  for  attaching  safety  chains. Always 
leave  just  enough slack 
so 
you can  turn with your rig. And,  never allow 
safety  chains 
to 
drag  on  the  ground. 
Trailer Brakes 
Does your  trailer have its own brakes? Be sure  to  read  and follow the 
instructions  for  the  trailer  brakes 
so 
you’ll be  able to install,  adjust  and 
maintain  them  properly. 
Because you have anti-lock  brakes, do  not try to tap into your vehicle’s 
brake  system. If  you do,  both  brake systems won’t work well, or  at all. 
Driving with a Trailer 
Towing a  trailer  requires 
a 
certain  amount of experience.  Before  setting 
out  for  the  open  road, you’ll want 
to 
get  to know your rig. Acquaint 
yourself with the  feel of handling  and  braking with the  added weight 
of 
the trailer.  And always keep in mind that  the vehicle you are driving 
is 
now a  good  deal  longer  and  not  nearly 
so 
responsive  as  your vehicle 
is 
by 
itself. 
Before you start,  check  the  trailer  hitch  and  platform,  safety  chains, 
electrical  connector, lights, tires  and  mirror  adjustment. 
If 
the  trailer  has 
electric  brakes,  start  your vehicle and  trailer moving and  then apply the 
trailer  brake  controller 
by 
hand 
to 
be sure  the brakes  are working. This 
lets you check  your  electrical  connection at  the  same time. 
During  your  trip, check occasionally to  be  sure  that  the  load is secure, 
and  that  the lights and any trailer  brakes  are 
still 
working. 
Following Distance 
Stay at least twice  as far  behind the vehicle ahead  as you would when 
driving your vehicle without  a  trailer.  This  can  help 
you 
avoid situations 
that  require heavy braking  and  sudden  turns. 
214 

Passing 
You’ll need  more passing distance 
up 
ahead when you’re towing 
a 
trailer. 
And,  because you’re a  good  deal  longer, you’ll need 
to 
go 
much farther 
beyond the passed vehicle before you can  return  to your  lane. 
Backing 
Up 
Hold the  bottom of the  steering wheel with one  hand.  Then,  to move the 
trailer  to  the left, just move that  hand  to  the  left. 
To 
move the  trailer  to 
the right, move your hand  to 
the 
right. Always back up slowly and, 
if 
possible, have someone guide you. 
Making Turns 
When  you’re  turning with a  trailer,  make  wider  turns  than  normal. 
Do 
this 
so 
your  trailer won’t strike  soft  shoulders,  curbs,  road signs, trees,  or 
other objects. Avoid jerky or  sudden maneuvers. Signal well 
in 
advance. 
Turn Signals 
When 
Towing a Trailer 
When you tow a  trailer,  your vehicle has  to  have  a  different  turn signal 
flasher  and  extra wiring. The  green arrows on your instrument  panel will 
flash whenever 
you 
signal 
a 
turn  or  lane change.  Properly  hooked  up, the 
trailer lights will also flash, telling other drivers you’re about  to  turn, 
change  lanes  or  stop. 
When towing a  trailer,  the  green  arrows  on  your  instrument  panel will 
flash for  turns 
even 
if 
the bulbs on  the  trailer  are  burned  out.  Thus, you 
may think  drivers  behind you are seeing  your signal when they are not. 
It’s important  to check occasionally to  be  sure  the  trailer bulbs are still 
working. 
Driving 
On 
Grades 
Reduce  speed  and  shift  to  a lower gear 
before 
you start down a long or 
steep  downgrade. 
If 
you don’t shift down, you might have to use your 
brakes 
so 
much that 
they 
would get  hot and  no  longer work well. 
On a  long uphill grade, shift down and  reduce your  speed  to  around 
45 
mph 
(70 
km/h) or less to  reduce  the possibility of engine  and  transaxle 
overheating. 
215 

If 
your  trailer weighs more  than 
1,000 
pounds 
(450 
Kg) 
and you 
have 
an 
automatic  transaxle with Overdrive, you  may want to drive 
in 
“3” 
instead 
of 
Overdrive (or, as you need  to, 
a 
lower gear).  This will help your 
transmission. 
Parking 
on 
Hills 
You really should 
not 
park  your vehicle, with a  trailer  attached, on a hill. 
If 
something  goes wrong, your rig could start 
to 
move. People can be 
injured,  and  both your vehicle and  the  trailer can  be  damaged. 
But 
if 
you ever have to park your rig on  a hill, here’s how to  do it: 
1. 
Apply your regular  brakes,  but  don’t shift into 
“P” 
(Park)  yet. 
2. 
Have  someone place chocks under  the  trailer wheels. 
3. 
When  the wheel chocks 
are 
in place,  release 
the 
regular  brakes until 
4. 
Reapply the regular brakes. Then shift into  “P”  (Park) firmly and 
apply your  parking  brake. 
5. 
Release  the  regular  brakes. 
the chocks absorb  the  load. 
When 
You 
Are Ready 
to 
Leave  Afier  Parking 
on 
a 
Hill 
1. 
Apply your  regular  brakes  and hold the pedal down  while 
you: 
Start your engine; 
Shift into  a  gear;  and 
Be  sure  the parking  brake has released. 
2. 
Let 
up 
on 
the  brake  pedal. 
3. 
Drive slowly until the  trailer is clear of the chocks. 
4. 
Stop  and have someone pick up  and  store  the chocks. 
216 

Maintenance 
When 
Trailer Towing 
Your vehicle will 
need 
scrvice more  often 
when 
you‘re pulling 
a 
trailer. 
See  the  Maintenance Schedule for  more 
on 
this. Things that  are 
especially important in trailer  operation  are  automatic transaxle fluid 
(don’t overfill), engine 
oil, 
axle lubricant,  belts, cooling system, and  brake 
adjustment.  Each 
of  these is covered 
in 
this  manual, 
and 
the Index 
will 
help 
you 
find  them quickly. If you’re trailering, it’s 
a 
good idea to review 
these  sections before you start your  trip. 
Check periodically to  see  that 
all 
hitch nuts  and  bolts  are  tight. 
217 

PROBLEMS 
ON 
THE 
ROAD 
Here you'll  find what to 
do 
about  some  problems  that can occur 
on 
the 
road. 
218 

HAZARD 
WMING 
FLASHERS 
. 
Your hazard  warning  flashers  let you warn others. 
They 
also let police 
know  you 
have 
a  problem. Your front and rear  turn signal lights will flash 
on  and 
off. 
Press 
the 
button 
in 
to 
make  your front  and  rear  turn signal  lights flash on 
and 
off. 
219 

1 
7 
I 
The light on your  instrument  panel will flash indicating  that  the  hazard 
warning  flashers are  on. 
Your hazard  warning  flashers 
work 
no  matter  what  position  your key  is in, 
and  even if  the key isn't in. 
I' 
To turn 
off 
the 
flashers, pull out  on 
the collar.  When the 
hazard  warning 
flashers are  on, your 
turn signals won't 
work. 
OTHER 
'WARNING 
DEWCES 
If 
you 
carry  reflective  triangles, 
you 
can  set one 
up 
at  the side 
of 
the  road 
about 
300 
feet 
(100 
m) 
behind  your vehicle. 
0 

JUMP 
STARTING 
If 
your  battery  has run down, you  may want to use another vehicle and 
some  jumper cables to start 
your 
Cadillac 
. 
But 
please 
follow 
the  steps 
below to 
do 
it safely. 
-- 
c 
CAUTION: 
Batteries  can  hurt you. They can be dangerous because: 
They contain  acid  that  can  burn  you. 
-1 
They contain  th  n exploc  ignite. 
' 
They contain  enough 
c 
ctricitv 
1 
burn you. 
If 
you don't follow these  steps exactly, 
some 
or  all 
of 
these  things 
pnn 
Yurt you. 
.' 
I 
.-. 
; 
q= 
9: 
".  . 
t 
ula 
r( 
111 
In 
vered by your  warranty. 
wing 
to 
start your  Cadillac 
by 
pushing or pulling it won't 
work, and  it could damage your vehicle. 
TO 
JUMP 
START 
YOUR CXDILLAC: 
1. 
Check the  other vehicle. It must have a 12-volt battery 
with 
a negative 
ground system. 
NOTICE: 
If 
the  orner  system 
Isn' 
both vehicles can be damaged. 
22 
1 

2.  Get  the vehicles close enough 
so 
the  jumper cables  can  reach,  but  be 
sure  the vehicles aren’t  touching  each  other. 
If 
they are, it could  cause 
a  ground  connection 
you 
don’t want. You wouldn’t be  able to  start 
your  Cadillac,  and the bad  grounding  could  damage  the  electrical 
systems. 
- 
A 
CAUTION: 
You 
could be injured if the vehicles roll. Set  the  parking  brake 
firmly  on  each vehicle. Put  an automatic  transaxle  in 
“P” 
‘”ark). 
- 
3. 
Turn 
off 
the  ignition 
on 
both vehicles. 
Turn 
off 
all lights that  aren’t 
needed,  and  radios.  This 
will 
avoid sparks  and  help save both 
batteries.  And it could save your  radio! 
4. 
Open  the  hoods and  locate  the  batteries. 
A 
CAUTION: 
An  electric  fan  can start  up even  when the  engine  is  not running 
and can  injure you.  Keep hands,  clothing and tools away from 
any  underhood  elc  ric  fan. 
Find  the positive 
(+) 
and 
negative 
(-) 
terminals  on  each  battery. 
222 

4.9 
Liter 
4.6 
Liter  (Northstar) 
5. 
Start 
by 
removing 
the red 
positive 
(+) 
terminal  cover. 
I 
223 

Be sure  the  batteries have enough water. 
You 
don’t need to 
add 
water  to  the Delco Freedoma  battery  installed in every  new 
GM 
vehicle. But if 
a 
battery  has  filler  caps, be sure  the  right  amount 
of 
fluid is there. If it is low, add  water to  take  care 
of 
that first. 
If 
you don’t, explosive gas could be present. 
Battery  fluid  contains  acid  that  can  burn you.  Don’t get it 
on 
you. 
If 
you accidentally  get it  in  your eyes or on  your  skin,  flush 
the  place  with  water and get  medical  help immediately. 
6. 
Check  that  the  jumper  cables don’t have loose 
or 
missing insulation. 
If 
they do, 
you 
could get  a  shock. The vehicles could be damaged,  too. 
Before 
you 
connect the cables, here  are  some things you should 
know. 
Positive 
(+ 
) 
will 
go 
to positive 
(+) 
and  negative 
(-) 
will 
go to negative 
(-) 
or 
a 
metal  engine  part.  Don’t  connect 
(+) 
to 
(-) 
or you’ll get 
a 
s.hort 
th,g$ 
w.Quld damage  the  battery  and maybe other  parts, 
too. 
A 
CAUTION: 
Fans or other moving engine parts  can  injure you  badly. Keep 
your  hands  a1 
- 
rom moving 
1 
-ts once the  engines  are 
running. 
224 

.. 
*,.. 
c 
4.9 
Liter 
4.6 
Liter  (Northstar) 
7. 
Connect  the  red  positive 
(+) 
cable 
to 
the positive 
(+) 
terminal 
of 
the 
8. 
Don't  let  the  other  end  touch  metal.  Connect it to  the positive 
(+ 
) 
vehicle 
with 
the  dead battery. 
terminal 
of 
the good battery. 
9. 
Now 
connect  the black negative 
(-) 
cable to  the good  battery's 
negative 
(-) 
terminal. 
10. 
Don't  let  the  other  end  touch  anything  until  the next step. The  other 
end 
of 
the negative  cable  doesn't  go to  the  dead  battery.  It  goes  to  a 
225 

neavy 
unpainted  metal  part  on 
the 
engine of  the vehicle with the  dead 
battery. 
Attach the cable at least 
18 
inches (45 cm) away from  the  dead 
battery,  but  not  near  engine  parts  that move. The electrical  connection 
is 
just  as 
good 
there,  but  the  chance 
of 
sparks  getting back to  the 
battery 
is 
much less. 
4.9 
Liter 
4.6 
Liter  (Northstar) 
11. 
Now start  the vehicle with 
the 
good  battery and run the engine for 
12. 
Try 
to 
start  the vehicle with the  dead  battery. 
awhile. 
226 

If 
it 
won’t start  after a 
few 
tries, 
it 
probably 
neeas 
service. 
13. 
Remove 
the 
cables 
in 
reverse order  to  prevent electrical  shorting. 
%ke 
care  that 
they 
don’t touch  each other 
or 
any other  metal. 
GENERATOE 
BRACKET 
GENERATOR 
I 
r 
-+ 
GOOD 
BATTERY 
@ 
- 
+ 
DEAD 
BATTERY 
LMOVE 
CABLES 
IN 
THIS 
ORDER 
TOWING 
YOUR 
VEHICLE 
Try 
to 
have 
a 
GM 
dcalcr  or a professional towing service tow your 
Cadillac. The 
usual 
towing equipment 
is 
a sling-type or 
a 
wheel-lift 
or 
car 
carrier tow truck. 
227 

I 
SLING-TYPE 
WHEEL 
LIFT 
If 
your  vehicle  has been changed or modified  since 
it 
was factory-new by 
adding  aftermarket  items  like  fog  lamps,  aero  skirting,  or  special  tires  and 
wheels,  these  instructions  and  illustrations may not  be  correct. 
Before 
you 
do  anything,  turn on  the  hazard  warning  flashers. 
When 
you 
call, tell  the towing service: 
0 
That your vehicle cannot be towed from the  front 
or 
rear with 
That 
your 
vehicle has  front-wheel  drive. 
The  make, model,  and  year 
of 
your vehicle. 
0 
Whether you can still move the shift  lever. 
sling-type  equipment, 
0 
If 
there was an  accident,  what was damaged. 
When  the towing service arrives,  let  the 
tow 
operator know that  this 
manual  contains  detailed towing instructions  and  illustrations. The 
operator may want 
to 
see  them. 
228 

r 
I 
I 
r- 
1- 
i- 
i- 
1 
A 
CAUTION: 
To help avoid injury  to you or others: 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
Never let  passengers  ride  in 
a 
vehicle that 
is 
being towed. 
Never  tow faster  than safe or posted  speeds. 
Never  tow with  damaged  parts  not fully secured. 
Never get under  your vehicle after  it  has been  lifted by the 
tow truck. 
Always use  separate safety chains on each  side when towing a 
vehicle. 
Never use 
“J” 
hooks. Use  T-hooks instead. 
When your vehicle is being  towed,  have the ignition key off. The  steering 
wheel  should  be  clamped in 
a 
straight-ahead  position, with a  clamping 
device designed  for towing service. 
Do 
not 
use the vehicle’s steering 
column lock for this. The transaxle  should be in Neutral  and  the  parking 
- 
F 
brake  released. 
Don’t  have  your vehicle towed on  the  front wheels, unless you must. 
If 
the vehicle must  be towed on  the  front wheels, don’t 
go 
more  than 
55 
mph 
(88 
km/h) 
or  farther  than 
500 
miles 
(804 
lun) 
or your  transaxle will 
be  damaged. 
If 
these limits must  be  exceeded, then  the  front wheels have 
to. be  supported  on a dolly. 
c 
m 
IC 
229 

A 
CAUTION: 
-. 
.: 
- 
.. 
.- 
. 
A 
vehicle can  fall  from 
a 
car 
carrier if it isn’t prope  secured. 
Lis 
can  cause a collision, serious  personal  injury  and vehicle 
damage. The vehicle should be tightly secured with chains  or 
:.- 
steel ca‘ 
- 
- 
’ 
Iefore it  is 
transported.~~--.l~~~~~:~~:. 
-: 
- 
*i.., 
>..- 
.,;. 
Dodc  auditUtes  (ropes, leather 
s~~~ps’;’~anva~webLll~~-’.- 
, 
~ 
7. 
- 
, 
I 
- 
-L:.) 
that can be cut by  sharp edg--  underneath  the towed 
vehic 
.- 
m. 
- 
.. 
-. 
--. 
.., 
4r*’ 
-&cz&-’;L? 
. 
2- 
- 
-- 
L-...;, 
.  .. 
ir“7r 
.. 
. 
>. 
.. 
- 
,,- 
-. 
. 
. 
..~ 
-:- 
.. 
.. 
-. 
. 
_.. 
., 
. 
.-- 
, 
. 
._ 
. 
.. 
, 
.. 
._. 
, 
. 
-z- 
-. 
.- 
. 
-. 
-. 
--: 
-. 
.. 
s. 
.. 
. 
. 
_, 
._f-- 
- 
:-; 
: 
. 
- 
.. 
.- 
ENGINE OFERHEATING 
You 
will find the warning light about 
a 
hot 
engine 
on 
your Cadillac 
instrument 
panel  (Export 
Only). 
The 
driver  information will display either  “ENGINE COOLANT HOT 
IDLE  ENGINE”  or 
“STOP ENGINE  ENGINE  OVERHEATING.” 
If 
Steam 
Is 
Coming 
From 
Your 
Engine: 
230 

you just open  the hood. Stay away from  the  engine if  you  see or 
'.:, 
hear  steam coming  from it. Just  turn  it 
off 
and get everyone 
'-i::::skT- 
-. 
away from  the vehicle until it cools  down.  Wait  until  there  is no 
;'-? 
& 
. 
f,..: 
c 
<.-+,.<- 
in it  :can  catch  fire. You.0.r otherscould-be badly  burned.  Stop 
your  engine if it  overheats,-an.d  get  out of the vehicle until  the 
&e 
.--a- 
73;:F-;-*g5.e: 
I 
-.=..;*.-- 
-. 
** 
- 
. 
. 
- 
. 
.- 
I 
*+ 
*b'.bT 
.- 
I 
-'; 
. 
.= 
0 
-.*.;-I 
.> 
- 
, 
;L 
=&:?. 
-:;? 
---c--= 
L.' 
.?. 
.. 
.*. 
-- 
%. 
.;> 
~ 
.:,..-::. 
. 
.. 
* 
;-; 
:-?- 
. 
: 
.-% 
. 
- 
' 
- 
. 
&e--? 
A.iJ.- 
.:-,:, 
.. 
. 
.... 
-. 
. 
.: 
-2-, 
1 
NOTICh: 
If 
your  engine  catches 
fire 
because you keep drivmg with 
no 
coolant,  your vehicle can be badly  damaged. The costly repairs 
lwuld  not be covered 
by 
your  warranty. 
I 
- 
,. 
. 
If 
No 
Steam 
Is 
Coming From 
Your 
Engine: 
If  you get  the  overheat warning  but see  or  hear  no  steam,  the  problem 
may not  be  too  serious.  Sometimes  the  engine can  get  a  little too hot 
when 
you: 
e 
Climb a long 
hill 
on 
a 
hot 
day. 
Stop  after 
high 
speed driving. 
e 
Idle  for 
long 
periods 
in 
traffic. 
Tow 
a 
trailer. 
If you get the  overheat warning with no sign 
of 
steam, try this 
for 
a 
minute  or 
so: 
1. 
Turn off your air  conditioner. 
23 
1 

2.  Turn 
on 
your  heater  to full hot  at  the highest fan  speed  and  open  the 
window as necessary. 
3. 
Try to  keep your  engine under load (in a drive gear  where the  engine 
runs slower). 
If 
you 
no 
longer have the  overheat warning,  you can drive. Just  to  be safe, 
drive slower 
for 
about  ten minutes. 
If 
the warning doesn’t come back on, 
you can  drive normally. 
If 
the warning  continues, 
pull 
over, stop,  and  park  your vehicle right 
away. 
If 
there’s still no sign 
of 
steam, you can  idle the engine for two 
or 
three 
minutes while  you’re parked, to  see 
if 
the warning stops.  But  then, 
if 
you 
still have the warning, TURN 
OFF 
THE 
ENGINE AND 
GET 
EVERYONE OUT 
OF 
THE 
VEHICLE until it cools down. 
You  may decide  not to lift the hood  but to get service help right away. 
COOLING 
SYSTEM- 
4.9 
LITER 
When you decide it’s safe  to lift the  hood, here’s what you’ll see: 
Coolant recovery tank 
Radiator  pressure  cap 
Electric  engine fans 
232 

I 
A 
CAUTION: 
An  electric fan  under  the hood can  start  up even when the 
engine  is  not  running  and  can  injure you. Keep hands,  clothing 
and tools 
away 
from  any  underhood  electric  fan. 
If 
the  coolant  inside 
the 
coolant recovery tank is boiling, don’t 
do 
anything else until  it cools down. 
The  coolant level should be at  or above 
“FULL 
COLD.” 
If 
it  isn’t,  you 
may have 
a 
leak 
in 
the  radiator hoses, heater hoses, radiator,  water  pump 
or  somewhere  else 
in 
the cooling system. 
I 
Heater  and  radiator hoses, and  other engine parts,  can be very 
hot. Don’t touch  them. If you do, you can be burned. 
Don’t run  the  engine if there is 
a 
leak. 
If 
you run the  engine, it 
z;:s- 
could  lose 
all 
coolant. That could  cause an engine  fire, and you 
%-?7 
..- 
I 
could be burned.  Get  any  leak fixed before you drive  the vehicle. 
2 
. 
Y 
-- 
I 
- 
- 
.:.- 
.. 
. 
.-I. 
* 
.C, 
. 
-- 
233 

NOTICE: 
Engine  damage  fro  running:  your 
covered 
hv 
vow 
1 
rrant 
wine withc  bolant isn’t 
If 
there  seems  to be no leak, check  to  see 
if 
the  electric  engine  fans are 
running. If  the engine is overheating,  both  fans  should be 
running. 
If 
they 
aren’t,  your vehicle needs service. 
How 
to  Add 
Coolant to 
the 
Coolant 
Recovery 
Tank 
If 
you haven’t found 
a 
problem yet, 
but 
the  coolant level  isn’t at  or  above 
“FULL 
COLD,” 
add 
a 
50/50 
mixture of  clean water  (preferably  distilled) 
and 
a 
proper  antifreeze 
at 
the coolant recovery 
tank. 
(See  “Engine 
Coolant’’ 
in 
the  Index 
for 
more information  about  the  proper  coolant 
mix.) 
,/!1 
CAUTIO 
Adding only plain  water  ur  coomg  syscem can De 
dangerous.  Plain water, or some other  liquid  like  alcohol,  can 
boil before  the proper coolant mix will. Your  vehicle’s coolant 
warning  system 
is set  for  the  proper  coolant mix.  With plain 
water 
or 
the wrong 
mix, 
your 
engine could get too hot  but you 
wouldn’t get  the  overheat  warning. Your engine  could  catch 
fir6 
and you 
or 
others  could 
be 
burned. Use 
a 
50/50 
mix of 
( 
m 
water 
I 
d 
a 
Droner antifreeze 
I 
I 
NOTICE: 
1 
In cold weather,  water  can 
L 
Jeze and  crack  the engine,  radiato,, 
heater core and  other  parts. Use the  recommended  coolant. 
234 

a 
When the  coolant in the  coolant recovery tank 
is 
at 
or 
above 
“FULL 
COLD,” 
start your vehicle. 
If 
the  overheat warning continues,  there’s one  more thing you can try. 
You 
can 
add  the  proper  coolant mix directly to  the  radiator,  but  be  sure 
the cooling system 
is 
cool before you do it. 
235 

Steam  and  scalding  liquids from 
a 
hot cooling system can blow 
out  and  burn you  badly. They are  under  pressure,  and if  you 
turn the  radiator  pressure  cap 
-- 
even a  little 
-- 
they can come 
out  at high speed. Never turn  the  cap when the cooling system, 
including  the  radiator  pressure cap, 
is 
hot. Wait for  the  cooling 
system and  radiator  pressure  cap to cool if  you ever have to turn 
the  pressure  cap. 
I 
236 

R 
How 
to Add Coolant to the Radiator 
- 
1. 
You can  remove 
the  radiator 
pressure  cap when 
the cooling 
-I 
1 
(Don’tt  press down  while turning  the  pressure cap.) 
If 
you hear  a hiss,  wait for  that  to  stop. 
A 
hiss means  there is still  some 
pressure  left. 
2. 
Then  keep  turning 
the  pressure  cap, 
but now push 
down  as  you turn 
it. Remove the 
pressure  cap. 
system, including 
the  radiator 
pressure  cap  and 
upper  radiator 
hose, is no longer 
hot. Turn the 
pressure  cap 
slowly to  the left 
until  it  first  stops. 
237 

3. 
Fill the  radiator 
with  the  proper 
mix, 
up 
to 
the 
base of  the filler 
neck. 
4. 
Then fill the 
coolant  recovery 
tank  to 
“FULL 
COLD.’’ 
238 

5. 
Put 
the  cap  back 
on the  coolant 
recovery tank,  but 
leave the  radiator 
pressure  cap off. 
6.  Start  the engine 
and let it run until 
you can  feel the 
upper  radiator 
hose  getting  hot. 
Watch out  for  the 
engine 
fans. 
7. 
By 
this time 
the 
coolant level inside 
the 
radiator filler neck  may be 
lower. 
If 
the 
level 
is lower, 
add 
more 
of 
the  proper 
mix 
through  the 
filler neck until the level reaches  the base 
of 
the filler neck. 
239 

_. 
. 
.._ 
.. 
- 
I 
*- 
8. 
Then  replace 
the 
pressure  cap. Be 
sure  the arrows on 
the pressure  cap 
line 
up 
like 
this. 
COOLING 
SYSTEM 
- 
4.6 
LITER 
(NORTHSTRR) 
I 
I 
I 
4 
When you decide 
it’s 
safe 
to 
lift 
the 
hood, 
here’s 
what 
you’ll see: 
Coolant 
surge  tank 
with 
pressure  cap 
v 
Electric  engine  fans 
240 

T 
I 
A 
CAUTION: 
An 
electric fan  under  the hood can  start  up even when the 
engine 
is 
not  running  and  can  injure you.  Keep hands,  clothing 
and tools away from  any  underhood  electric fan. 
If 
the  coolant  inside  the  coolant  surge  tank is boiling, don’t do anything 
else  until  it cools down. 
r 
/1 
I 
r 
I- 
= 
The  coolant level 
~  should  be at  or above 
“FULL 
COLD.” 
If 
it 
isn’t,  you  may have a 
leak in the  radiator 
hoses, heater hoses, 
radiator,  water  pump 
or  somewhere else 
in 
the cooling system. 
A 
CAUTION: 
Heater  and  radiator hoses, and  other engine parts,  can be very 
hot. Don’t touch  them. 
If 
you do, you can be burned. 
Don’t run  the engine if there is  a leak. 
If 
you run  the engine, it 
could  lose all coolant. That could  cause an engine  fire, and you 
could be burned.  Get  any  leak fmed before you drive the vehicle. 
241 

If  there  seems 
to 
be 
no 
leak, check 
to 
see 
if 
the electric  engine  fans are 
running. 
If 
the engine is overheating,  both  fans  should  be  running. 
If 
they 
aren’t,  your vehicle needs service. 
How 
to 
Add 
Coolant  to  the  Coolant  Surge Tank 
If you  haven’t found a problem yet, but the coolant 
level 
isn’t at  or above 
“FULL 
COLD,” 
add a 
50/50 
mixture 
of 
clean  water  (preferably distilled) 
and a proper antifreeze at  the  coolant recovery tank.  (See  “Engine 
Coolant” in the Index for  more  information  about the  proper  coolant 
mix.) 
I 
A 
CAUTION: 
Adding only plain  water  to  your cooling system can be 
dangerous.  Plain water, or some other liquid  like  alcohol,  can 
boil before the  proper  coolant mix  will.  Your  vehicle’s coolant 
warning  system  is  set  for  the  proper  coolant mix.  With plain 
water or  the wrong mix, your  engine could get too hot but you 
wouldn’t get  the  overheat  warning. Your engine could catch  fire 
and you 
or 
others could be burned. Use 
a 
50/50 mix of  clean 
water  -nd 
a 
proper  antifreeze. 
242 

- 
A 
CAUTION: 
You  can be burned if 
you 
spill  coolant  on  hot  engine  parts. 
Coolant  contains ethylene glycol and 
it 
will 
burn if the  engine 
parts  are  hot enough. Don’t  spill  coolant  on 
a 
hot engine. 
Should a low coolant  condition 
exist, 
an overheat  protection  “Limp 
Home”  feature of  the 
4.6L 
Northstar allows alternate firing  groups 
of 
four cylinders for  a  predetermined  number 
of 
cycles to  prevent  engine 
damage,  enabling  your vehicle 
to 
be driven 
to 
the 
nearest service center. 
I 
A 
CAUTION 
Steam 
and  scalding  liquids 
from 
a  hot cooling system  can blow 
out  and  burn you  badly. They are  under  pressure,  and 
if 
you 
turn  the  coolant  surge  tank  pressure  cap 
-- 
even 
a 
little 
-- 
they 
can 
come out at high speed. Never turn  the  cap when the cooling 
system, including  the  coolant  surge  tank  pressure 
cap, 
is 
hot. 
Wait 
for 
the cooling system and  coolant 
surge 
tank 
pressure 
cap 
to 
cool 
if  you ever have  to turn  the  pre;.=we cap. 
243 

- 
-i 
i' 
You can  remove 
the coolant  surge 
tank  pressure  cap 
when the cooling 
system, including 
the coolant  surge 
tank  pressure  cap 
and  upper  radiator 
hose, is 
no 
longer 
hot. Turn the 
pressure cap slowly 
to  the 
left 
until it 
first stops. 
(Don't  press down while turning the  pressure cap.) 
244 

c 
the pressure  cap, 
but now push down 
as 
you 
turn  it. 
Remove 
the 
pressure  cap. 
.-m" 
.- 
A 
./ 
. 
3. 
Fill 
the coolant 
surge  tank with the 
proper mix, up 
to 
the base 
of 
the 
filler neck. 
245 

4. 
Put the  cap back on 
the  coolant  surge 
tank. 
5. 
Start  the  engine  and  as  the engine  runs  the  coolant 
will 
circulate 
through  the cooling system.  Any air  that was introduced while adding 
coolant will purge itself and rise to  the  top of the surge  tank. 
If 
the 
“ENGINE 
COOLANT 
LOW” 
message does  not  appear on the 
Driver  Information  Center,  coolant is at  the  proper 
fill 
level. 
If 
an 
“ENGINE  COOLANT  LOW” message does  appear,  repeat  steps 
1 
through 
4 
or see  your  dealer. 
IFA TIRE 
GOES 
FLAT 
It’s unusual for a tire  to “blow out7’ while  you’re driving, especially 
if 
you 
maintain 
your 
tires  properly. If  air  goes out of a tire, it’s much more likely 
to 
leak  out slowly. But 
if 
you should  ever have  a “blowout,” here  are 
a 
few tips about what 
to 
expect and what to do: 
If a front  tire fails, the  flat  tire 
will 
create 
a 
drag  that pulls 
the 
vehicle 
toward that side. Take your  foot off the accelerator  pedal  and  grip the 
steering wheel firmly. Steer  to maintain lane position, then gently brake 
to 
a 
stop well out of the traffic  lane. 
A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts much  like 
a 
skid and may require 
the  same correction you’d  use  in  a  skid. In any rear blowout, remove your 
foot from the accelerator pedal. Get the vehicle under control by  steering the 
way  you want the vehicle 
to 
go. It may 
be 
very 
bumpy and noisy, but you can 
still steer. Gently brake to 
a 
stop, 
well 
off 
the road 
if 
possible. 
If 
your  tire goes flat,  the next section shows  how to 
use 
your jacking 
equipment to change a flat  tire safely. 
246 

CMGING 
A 
FLAT 
TIRE 
If 
a 
tire  goes  flat, 
avoid 
further  tire  and wheel damage by driving  slowly to 
a 
level place. 
Turn 
on 
your  hazard warning flashers. 
I 
A 
CAUTION: 
Changing 
a 
tire  can  cause  an injury.  The vehicle can  slip 
off 
the 
jack  and roll  over you or  other people. 
You 
and they could be 
badly  injured.  Find 
a 
level place  to  change  your  tire. To help 
prevent  the vehicle from moving: 
1. 
Put  the  shift lever in 
"P" 
(Park). 
2. 
Set the  parking  brake 
firmly. 
3. 
Turn 
off 
the engine. 
To be  even more  certain  the vehicle won't  move,  you  can  put 
chocks at the  front  and  rear of  the  tire  farthest 
away 
from  the 
one  being  changed. That would  be the  tire  on  the  other side of 
the vehicle, at  the  opposite end. 
The 
following 
steps will 
tell 
you 
how to  use  the 
jack 
and 
change a tire. 
247 

The  equipment 
you’ll 
need 
is 
in 
the 
trunk 
under  the  spare  tire 
cover. 
I 
Rotate  the  plastic 
wing 
nut 
and remove 
that cover. 
Then remove the 
wing 
nut 
that  secures the 
jack 
and 
wrench and 
remove them  from  the 
trunk. 
248 

Attach  the  wheel 
wrench to 
the 
jack  bolt 
and  rotate it  clockwise 
(to  the right). That 
will 
raise the lift head  a 
k.-....--."- 
-- 
There is a  center  wheel 
*+ 
W 
cover on your 
aluminum  wheel. 
Use 
the  flat  end 
of 
the 
wheel  wrench, prying 
along the  edge 
of 
the 
cover  until 
it 
comes 
off. 
Be careful  not  to 
scratch  the  aluminum 
wheel  edge.  Don't try 
to remove it with 
your 
bare  hands. 
249 

.. 
Using the wheel 
wrench, loosen all the 
wheel  nuts. 
Don't 
remove  them  yet. 
Position 
the 
jack 
under  the vehicle. 
Your vehicle has a 
notch on  the  frame 
near  each 
of 
the 
wheels. Fit the lift 
head 
into 
the notch 
nearest  the wheel 
with the flat  tire. 
250 

A 
CAUTION: 
Getting  under  a  vehicle when 
it 
is 
jacked 
up 
is dangerous., 
If 
the 
vehicle slips 
off 
the  jack,  you  could  be  badly  injured or killed. 
Never  get  under 
a 
vehicle when 
it 
is 
supported  only by  a iack. 
I 
Raise  the vehicle 
by 
rotating 
the 
wheel 
wrench clockwise. 
Raise the vehicle far 
enough 
off 
the 
ground 
so 
there is 
enough  room  for  the 
spare  tire  to fit. 
25 
1 

Remove 
all 
the 
wheel 
nuts 
and 
take 
off 
the 
flat 
tire. 
Rust 
or 
dirt on the  wheel,  or  on  the  parts  to  which 
i’’.=i 
fastened, can  make  the  wheel nuts become loose after  a 
tim-’ 
The  wheel  could  come 
off 
and cause an accident. When  you 
change  a  wheel, 
!’ 
L- 
. 
.-. 
i. 
CAUTION: 
( 
-. 
.. 
.- 
252 

CAUTION: 
(Continucd) 
remove any  rust  or  dirt  from  the places where the wheel 
attaches to the vehicle. In  an emergency, 
you 
can  use 
a 
cloth or 
a 
paper towel to do  this;  but be sure to  use 
a 
scraper  or wire 
brush later, 
if 
you need to, 
fr) 
get all  the  rust  or  dirt 
off. 
Remove any rust or  dirt from the wheel bolts, mounting  surfaces 
or 
spare 
wheel. Place the  spare 
on 
the wheel mounting  surface. 
Never use oil or  grease  on  studs  or  nuts. 
If 
you 
do, 
the  nuts 
might come  loose.  Your  wheel could fall off, causing 
a 
serious 
accident. 
I 
r 
Replace the wheel 
nuts 
with 
the 
rounded  end 
of 
the 
nuts toward the 
wheel. Tighten  each 
nut 
by 
hand  until the 
wheel 
is 
held against 
the hub. 
25 
3 

----a 
Tighten the wheel 
nuts 
firmly 
in 
a 
criss-cross 
sequence 
as 
shown. 
A 
CAUTION: 
Incorrect wheel nuts  or improperly  tightened wheel nuts  can 
cause  the wheel to become loose and even  come 
off. 
This  could 
lead  to an accident. Be sure  to use  the  correct wheel nuts. 
If 
you 
have  to  replace  them, be sure  to get  the  right  kind. 
Stop  somewhere as soon as you can  and have the  nuts  tightened 
with a  torque  wrench  to 
140 
Nom 
(100 
ft.lbs.). 
h3 
254 
. 
~. 

Don’t try 
to 
put  a wheel cover on your  compact 
spare 
tire. 
It 
won’t fit. 
Store 
the 
wheel cover 
in 
the 
trunk 
until 
you  have the flat  tire  repaired or 
replaced. 
NOTICE: 
Wheel covers won’t 
fit 
on  your  compact  spare.  you try  to put 
I 
wheel cover on  your  compact  spare, 
yo11 
Pwld 
damage  the cover 
1,- 
the  spare. 
A 
CAUTION: 
I- 
z 
.. 
Storing  a  jack, 
a 
tire  or  other  equipment in  the  passenger 
compartment 
of 
the vehicle could  cause injury. In 
a 
sudden  stop 
or collision,  loose  equipment  could strike someone. Store 
all 
the 
in  the 
p 
per place. 
~ 
The flat  tire  should  be placed 
in 
the  spare tire well. 
COMPACT 
SPARE 
TIRE 
Although 
the 
compact  spare was 
fully 
inflated  when your vehicle was 
new, 
it 
can lose air  after  a  time. Check the inflation  pressure regularly. 
It 
should  be 
60 
psi 
(420 
kPa).  The  compact  spare is made  to 
go 
up 
to 
3,000 
miles (5000 km), 
so 
you 
can 
finish 
your  trip  and have your full-size tire 
repaired  or  replaced  where you want. Of course, it’s best 
to 
replace your 
spare 
with 
a full-size  tire as soon as you can. Your spare 
will 
last longer 
and  be 
in 
good  shape 
in 
case you need 
it 
again. 
Your anti-lock  brake system warning li.ght 
may 
come  on  when you are 
driving 
with 
a 
compact  spare.  See “Anti-Lock Brake System Warning 
Light” 
in the Index. 
255 

Dog’t;ake 
your  compact  spare  through  an  automatic  car wash 
+th-&&ie  rails. The compact spare  can get  caught  on  the  rails. 
1 
hat  can  damage  the  tire  and wheel, and maybe other  parts 
of 
your vehicle, 
Don’t use your  compact spare on some  other vehicle. 
And  don’t mix your compact spare 
or 
wheel with other wheels or tires. 
They won’t fit.  Keep your spare  and 
its 
wheel together. 
NOTICE: 
Tire  chains won’t 
fit 
your 
cornpal 
spare. 
Using thc 
damage  your  vehicle and destroy 
le 
c 
1ins 
too. 
4ains 
on 
your  compaet sparer 
Storing  a  jack, 
a 
tire, or 
Impartment 
of 
the vehicle could  cause injury. In a  sudden 
stor 
or collision, loose eq 
these  iRfhe  DroD( 
DI 
$2- 
&? 
.F%.,. 
IF 
YOU’RE 
STUCK: 
IN 
SAND, 
MUD, 
ICE 
OR 
SNOW 
What you don’t want to  do when your vehicle 
is 
stuck 
is 
to spin your 
wheels. The  method known 
as 
“rocking”  can  help 
you 
get  out when 
you’re stuck,  but you must  use  caution. 
256 

If 
you let  your  tires  spin at high  speed, they can  explode and 
you 
or  others could be injured. And, the  transaxle  or  other  parts of 
the vehicle can  overheat. That could  cause an engine 
compartment  fire  or  other damage.  When you’re stuck,  spin the 
wheels as little as possible. Don’t spin  the wheels above 
35 
mph 
(55 
km/h) as 
shown 
on  the speedometer. 
-3pannmg  your 
H 
; 
can  destroy  parts  of your 
v( 
cle as well 
I 
as 
the tires. If you spin  the wheels  too fast while  shifting  your 
transaxle  back  and  forth, you can destroy  your  transarj 
. 
Rocking 
your vehicle to  get it 
out: 
First, turn your  steering wheel left and right. That will clear  the  area 
around your front wheels. Then shift back and  forth between 
“R’ 
(Reverse)  and a forward gear, spinning the wheels  as  little  as possible. 
Release  the  accelerator  pedal while  you shift, and press lightly on  the 
accelerator  pedal  when  the  transaxle is  in gear. 
If 
that doesn’t get you out 
after 
a 
few tries, you  may need 
to 
be towed out. 
If 
you 
do need  to  be 
towed out,  see “Towing 
Your 
Vehicle”  in the Index. 
257 

rd 
SERVICE 
AND 
APPEARANCE  CARE 
Here you 
will 
find information about 
the 
care 
of 
your Cadillac. This 
section begins 
with 
service and fuel information,  and  then 
it 
shows  how to 
check important fluid and  lubricant levels. There is also technical 
information  about your vehicle, and  a section devoted  to its appearance 
care. 
SERWCE 
Your Cadillac  dealer knows your vehicle best and wants you to be happy 
with it. Wc hopc you’ll 
go 
to your dealer  for all 
your 
service needs. You’ll 
get  genuine  GM  parts  and  GM-trained  and  supported service people. 
We 
hope you’ll  want to  keep your GM vehicle all GM.  Genuine 
GM 
parts 
have one 
of 
these marks: 
Doing 
Your 
Own 
Service 
Work 
If 
you want to  do some of  your own service work, you’ll want to  get  the 
proper Cadillac Service Manual. It tells you much more  about 
how 
to 
service your Cadillac  than this manual  can. 
To 
order  the  proper service 
manual, see “Service Publications’’ in the Index. 
You should  keep  a  record 
with 
all 
parts receipts  and list the mileage and 
the 
date 
of 
any service work  you perform.  See  “Maintenance  Record” 
in 
the Index. 
258 

r 
P 
A 
CAUTION 
You 
can 
be 
iqjnred 
if 
you 
try 
to 
do 
service 
work 
on 
a 
vehicle 
without 
knowing 
enough 
about 
it. 
Be 
sure 
you 
have 
sdlicient 
knowledge, 
experience, 
and 
the 
proper 
replacement 
parts 
and 
tools 
before 
you 
attempt 
any 
vehicle 
maintenance 
task, 
@ 
Be 
sure 
to 
use 
the 
proper 
nuts, 
bolts 
and 
other 
fasteners. 
“k@sh” 
and 
ccmetricm 
fasteners 
can 
be 
easily 
eonffrsed. 
If 
you 
use 
the 
mng 
fasteners, 
parts 
can 
later 
break 
or 
fall 
off. 
You 
could 
be 
hurt. 
1_ 
FUEL 
!- 
Use  premium  unleaded gasoline rated  at 91 octane 
or 
higher. It should 
meet  specifications 
ASTM 
D4814 in the 
US. 
and 
CGSB 
3.5-92  in 
Canada.  These  fuels  should  have  the  proper  additives, 
so 
you should  not 
have to  add anything to  the fuel. 
In  the U.S. and  Canada, it’s easy to  be  sure you get the right kind of 
only unleaded nozzles will fit into your vehicle’s filler neck. 
T- 
gasoline  (unleaded). You’ll see 
“UNLEADED” 
right on the pump.  And 
Be sure  the  posted  octane is at  least 91. 
If 
the  octane is  less than 91,  you 
may get  a heavy knocking  noise when you drive. (In an  emergency, you 
may be  able  to  use lower octane 
-- 
as low as 
87 
-- 
if 
heavy knocking does 
not  occur.) 
If 
you’re using 91 or higher  octane  unleaded gas and you still 
get heavy knocking,  your  engine  needs service. 
I 
259 

What  about  gasoline with blending  materials  that  contain oxygen, such as 
MTBE 
or alcohol? 
MTBE is “methyl  tertiary-butyl  ether.” Fuel that is no  more  than 
15% 
MTBE is fine for your  car. 
Ethanol is ethyl  or  grain  alcohol.  Properly-blended  fuel  that is no  more 
than 
10% 
ethanol is 
fine 
for your car. 
Methanol 
is 
methyl or wood alcohol. 
r 
1 
NOTICE: 
Fuel that 
is 
more than 
5% 
methanol 
is 
bad  for  your  vehicle. 
Don’t use it. It can corrode  metal  parts in your  fuel  system and 
also damage plastic and rubber parts. That  damage  wouldn’t  be 
covered under your  warranty.  And even at 
5% 
or less, there must 
be 6Ccosolvents” and  corrosion  preventers in this fuel  to help 
avoid these Droblems. 
Gasolines  for  Cleaner  Air 
Your  use 
of 
gasoline 
with 
detergent  additives 
will 
help  prevent  deposits 
from  forming in your  engine  and  fuel  system.  That  helps  keep  your 
engine 
in 
tune  and your  emission  control system working properly.  It’s 
good  for  your vehicle, and you’ll be  doing  your  part  for  cleaner  air. 
Many gasolines are now blended with materials called oxygenates. 
General  Motors  recommends  that you use  gasolines 
with 
these  blending 
materials,  such  as 
MTBE 
and  ethanol. 
By 
doing 
so, 
you can help  clean 
the air,  especially in those  parts 
of 
the  country  that  have high carbon 
monoxide levels. 
In  addition,  some  gasoline  suppliers  are now producing  reformulated 
gasolines. These gasolines are specially designed to  reduce vehicle 
emissions.  General  Motors  recommends  that you use  reformulated 
gasoline. By  doing 
so, 
you 
can  help  clean  the  air, especially in those  parts 
of 
the  country that have high ozone levels. 
You 
should ask your  service  station  operators if  their  gasolines  contain 
detergents  and oxygenates, and 
if 
they have been  reformulated  to  reduce 
vehicle emissions. 
260 

FUELS IN FOREIGN COUNTNES 
If 
you 
plan  on driving in another country  outside the 
U.S. 
or  Canada, 
unleaded  fuel may be  hard  to find. 
Do 
not  use  leaded  gasoline. 
If 
you 
use 
even one tankful,  your  emission  controls  won't work well or  at all. With 
continuous  use,  spark  plugs  can  get  fouled,  the  exhaust system can 
corrode,  and  your  engine 
oil 
can deteriorate quickly.  Your vehicle's 
oxygen sensor will be  damaged. All of that  means costly repairs  that 
wouldn't  be  covered by your  warranty. 
To 
check 
on 
fuel availability, ask  an auto club, or contact  a  major oil 
company that  does  business in the  country  where you'll be driving. 
You  can  also  write us at the following address 
for 
advice. Just 
tell 
us 
where  you're  going  and give your Vehicle Identification  Number  (VIN). 
General  Motors of  Canada Ltd. 
International  Export  Sales 
EO. 
Box 
828 
Oshawa, Ontario 
L1H 
7N1, 
Canada 
FILLING 
YOUR 
TANK 
261 

A 
CAUTION: 
Gasoline  vapor  is  highly  flammable. 
It 
burns  violently,  and  that 
can cause very  bad injuries.  Don't  smoke  if  you're  near  gasoline 
pr refueling  your  vehicle.  Keep  sparks,  flames,  and  smoking 
;materials  away  from  gasoline. 
The 
cap 
is 
behind 
a 
hinged door  on  the left side 
of 
your vehicle. 
The release  button is 
in the glove 
box. 
Or 
you 
can 
use 
the 
manual 
door 
release 
override in the  trunk. 
262 

While refueling, hang 
the  cap inside the fuel 
door. 
To 
take 
off 
the cap, turn it slowly to  the left (counterclockwise). 
I 
A 
CAUTION: 
If 
you get  gasoline  on you and  then  something ignites  it, you 
could be badly  burned.  Gasoline  can  spray  out 
on 
you  if  you 
open  the  fuel  filler cap too quickly. This  spray  can  happen if 
your tank is  nearly  full,  and 
is 
more likely in  hot weather. Open 
the  fuel  filler cap slowly and wait  for  any  “hiss”  noise  to  stop. 
Then unscrew  tht  ap all  the 
1 
y. 
When you put  the  cap back on,  turn it to  the right until 
you 
hear a 
clicking noise. 
263 

CHECKZNG TH%NGS UNDER 
THE 
HOOD 
Hood 
Release 
I 
. 
.. 
I 
To 
open  the  hood, 
first 
pull the lever inside the vehicle located  at the 
lower 
left 
side 
of 
the  instrument  panel. 
.- 
I 
. 
.I 
- 
Then 
go 
the  front 
of 
the vehicle and  release  the  secondary  hood  release 
and 
lift 
the  hood. 
264 

n 
l- 
1 
'i 
R 
q" 
I 
A 
CAUTION: 
An 
electric  fan  under  the hood can  start  up  and  injure you  even 
when the  engine 
is 
not  running.  Keep  hands,  clothing  and tools 
away from  any  underhood  electric  fan. 
I 
A 
CAUTION: 
Things  that  burn  can get on  hot  engine  parts  and  start  a fire. 
These  include  liquids  like  gasoline, oil, coolant, brake fluid, 
windshield  washer and  other  fluids,  and  plastic  or rubber. You 
or  others could  be  burned. Be careful  not  to  drop or spill  things 
that will burn  onto 
a 
hot engine. 
I 
Fluid 
Usage Label 
265 

4.6 
Liter (Northstar) 
Use  the fluid usage label to identify the correct fluid 
you 
want 
to 
check. 
ENGINE 
OIL 
It's a good idea to check your  engine 
oil 
every time 
you 
get  fuel. In  order 
to  get  an  accurate reading, the 
oil 
must be warm and  the vehicle must be 
on 
level 
ground. 
c 
-, 
266 

Turn off the engine and give the oil 
a 
few minutes 
to 
drain  back  into  the 
oil 
pan. 
If 
you don't,  the 
oil 
dipstick might not 
show 
the actual 
level. 
267 

4.6 
Liter  (Northstar) 
To 
Check  Engine  Oil: 
Pull 
out  the dipstick  and  clean 
it 
with 
a 
paper towel 
or cloth, then push it back 
in 
all the 
way. 
Remove 
it 
again,  keeping  the  tip 
lower. 
4.9 
Liter 
268 

4.6 
Liter  (Northstar) 
.. 
- 
... 
. 
. 
- 
- 
. 
.. 
, 
-I 
. 
When 
to 
Add 
Oil: 
If 
the 
oil 
is at  or below the 
ADD 
line,  then you’ll need 
to  add  some 
oil. 
But 
you 
must  use the right kind.  This  section  explains 
what kind 
of 
oil 
to use. 
For 
crankcase  capacity,  see  “Capacities  and 
Specifications” 
in 
the Index. 
269 

To 
remove, turn  the 
oil 
fill 
cap countcrclockwise. 
Just 
fill 
it 
enough 
to 
put 
the 
level somewhere 
in 
thc 
proper  operating 
range. 
Push 
the dipstick 
all 
thc 
way 
back 
in 
when you're through. 
270 

What 
Kind 
of 
Oil 
to 
Use: 
Look 
for  three things: 
SG 
“SG” 
must be 
on 
the oil container,  either by itself or combined with 
other 
quality 
designations, such 
as 
“SG/CC,” 
“SG/CD,” 
“SF,SG,CC,” 
etc. These  letters show American  Petroleum  Institute 
(API) 
levels of 
quality. 
271 

RECOMMENDED  SAE  VISCOSITY  GRADE  ENGIHE 
OILS 
FOR 
BEST  FUEL  Er-m7Y AND  COLD  STARTING,  SELECT  THE  LOWEST 
SAE VISCOSITY GLmwL 
wll 
FOR 
THE  EXPECTED  TEMPERATURE  RANGE. 
vmim 
HOT 
OF 
"C 
+loo 
- 
- 
+38 
+80 
- 
- 
+27 
+60 
- 
- 
+16 
+40 
- 
-+4 
+20 
- 
-7 
0 
3 
--la 
0 
COLD 
WEATHER 
SAE 
5W-30 
-- 
[--I 
-I 
SAE 
low-30 
PREFERRED 
DO 
NOT USE SAE 
1OW-40 
GRADE 
OIL 
OR 
ANY 
OTHER 
GRADE 
NOT 
RECOMMENDED 
SAE 
1OW-30 
As 
shown in  the viscosity chart, 
SAE 
low-30 is best  for  your  vehicle. 
However, you can  use 
SAE 
5W-30 if  it's going 
to 
be colder  than 60°F 
(16" 
C) 
before  your 
next 
oil  change.  When it's very cold, below 
0°F 
(-18OC), 
you 
should  use 
SAE 
5W-30. 
These  numbers  on  an 
oil 
container 
show 
its viscosity, or thickness. 
Do 
not 
use  other viscosity oils such as 
SAE 
1OW-40 or 
SAE 
20W-50. 
Energy  Conserving 
I1 
272 

Oils with these  words on  the  container will help you save  fuel. 
This  doughnut-shaped  logo  (symbol) is used on most oil containers 
to 
help 
you 
select the  correct 
oil. 
You should  look  for  this on  the oil  container,  and  use 
only 
those  oils  that 
display the logo. 
GM Goodwrench@ oil (in  Canada, GM Engine  Oil)  meets all the 
requirements  for  your  vehicle. 
Engine Oil 
Additives: 
Don’t  add  anything  to  your 
oil. 
Your Cadillac 
dealer is ready to advise 
if 
you think  something  should  be  added. 
When 
to 
Change  Engine  Oil: 
Your vehicle is equipped with an  engine oil 
life index (EOLI)  feature as part 
of 
the  Driver  Information  Center 
display (DIC). Oil  change  intervals  are  determined by  the  EOLI and will 
usually fall at,  or between, the 
two 
recommended  alternative  intervals of 
3,000 
miles (5,000 kilometers)  and 
7,500 
miles (12,500 kilometers),  but 
could  be shorter  than 
3,000 miles 
(5,000 
kilometers)  under  some 
very 
severe  driving  conditions shown 
in 
Schedule I. The system will also 
indicate  the  need  for  an  oil  change if 
7,500 
miles (12,500 kilometers)  or 
one year  has  passed. 
Engine 
oil 
life 
remaining is displayed through  engine  data  as  the  ‘OIL 
LIFE  INDEX’  and as  a ‘CHANGE  ENGINE  OIC message.  The 
‘OIL 
LIFE  INDEX’ display includes  a number between 
0 
and 
100. 
This is the 
percentage 
of 
oil 
life 
REMAINING 
based  on driving conditions  and 
mileage  driven  since  the  last  time of  the oil life indicator was reset.  When 
the remaining  oil life is less  than 
lo%, 
a  ‘CHANGE  OIL  SOON’ message 
will 
appear.  This is a  reminder to schedule  an  engine oil change.  When 
the oil life index reaches 
0, 
the  ‘CHANGE  ENGINE 
OIC 
message 
will 
appear.  This  indicates  that  no  oil life remains  and  the  oil  should  be 
changed as soon  as  possible,  but  certainly  within the next  200 miles (320 
km). 
The 
EOLI 
will not  detect excessively dusty  conditions or engine 
malfunctions which  may effect the 
oil. 
If 
you drive 
in 
dusty  areas,  change 
the  engine  oil  after every 
3,000 
miles 
(5,000 
kilometers) or 
3 
months 
(whichever  comes  first),  unless  instructed to  do 
so 
sooner by  the  DIC. 
xu 
- 
On 
Northstar 
4.6 
Liter  engine  equipped  vehicles  a  ‘CHECK  OIL 
LEVEE 
message will appear whenever the oil level’s approximately one  quart low. 
273 

How 
To 
Reset  the 
Oil 
Life Indicator:  After  the oil 
has 
been  changed, 
display the 
‘OIL 
LIFE 
INDEX’ message 
by 
pressing the 
‘INFORMATION’  button.  Then  press  and hold 
the 
‘STORE/RECALL: 
button  until  the display shows ‘100’. This 
will 
reset  the oil life index. The 
message will remain OFF until the next oil change is needed. The 
percentage 
of 
oil  life remaining may be check at any item by pressing the 
INFORMATION  button several times until the 
‘OIL 
LIFE  INDEX’ 
message appears. 
Engine Block Heater: An engine block heater can be 
a 
big help 
if 
you 
have to park  outside in  very cold weather, 0 
F 
(-18 
C) 
or colder. If your 
vehicle has this option,  see  “Engine Block Heater” 
in 
the Index. 
What 
to 
Do 
with  Used 
Oil: 
1 
A 
CAUTION: 
Used engine oil contains  things  that 
have 
caused  skin  cancer  in 
laboratory  animals. Don’t let  used 
oil 
stay  on  your  skin  for very 
- 
‘J; 
long. 
Clean  your 
skin 
and  nails  with soap  and  water, or a good 
- 
hand cleaner. Wash or properly  throw 
away 
clothing or rags 
$1 
containing  used  engine 
oil. 
I. 
, 
e.- 
- 
.: 
- 
e 
4 
Used oil can  be 
a 
real threat  to 
the 
environment. 
If 
you change your own 
oil, be  sure  to  drain all free-flowing 
oil 
from the filter  before disposal. 
Don’t  ever dispose 
of 
oil 
by 
pouring 
it 
on 
the  ground,  into sewers, 
or 
into 
streams  or bodies of water.  Instead, recycle 
it 
by  taking it to 
a 
place that 
collects used 
oil. 
If you  have 
a 
problem properly disposing 
of 
your used 
oil, 
ask 
your dealer, a service station or a local  recycling center 
for 
help. 
274 

AIR 
CLEANER 
I 
.... 
tT 
4.6 
Liter  (Northstar) 
To 
gain access to  the air cleaner  element, loosen the 
four 
screws and 
lift 
the  top half 
of 
the air cleaner assembly. 
Refer 
to 
the  Maintenance  Schedule 
to 
determine when to  replace  the  air 
filter. 
See  "Scheduled  Maintenance Services" 
in 
the Index. 
275 

Operating 
the 
engine  with the  air cleaner 
off 
can 
cause 
you 
or 
others to be burned. The  air cleaner not only cleans the air, 
it 
stops  flame 
if 
the engine backfires. 
If 
it isn’t there, and  the 
engine  backfires, 
you could be burned. 
Don’t 
drive 
with it 
off, 
and be  carefbl  working 
on 
the  engine with the 
air 
cleaner 
off. 
NOTICE: 
__ 
the air cleaner is 
off, 
a  backfire  can  cause  a  damaging  engine 
fire. 
And, dirt  can easily get into  your  engine, which  will damage 
LC. 
Always 
have the  air cleaner  in  place when  you’re driving. 
.., 
*:: 
,:.. 
. 
*->.-* 
. 
. 
~ 
.. 
- 
, 
. 
-  - 
. 
-.. 
>..s.=-7.s..: 
‘<.> 
- 
.. 
. 
-.<.  ~ 
. 
~~ 
. 
.. 
. 
.. 
. 
.... 
. 
-~- 
- 
- 
- 
.-.. 
-.-.ii-.. 
. 
..~.. 
__. 
.= 
. 
. 
-- 
~ 
.. 
AUTOMATIC 
TRANSAXLE 
FLUID 
When to  Check and Change: 
A 
good  time to check your  automatic  transaxle fluid level is when the 
engine  oil is changed.  Refer to  the  Maintenance  Schedule  to  determine 
when to change  your fluid. See  “Scheduled  Maintenance Services” in the 
Index. 
How 
to  Check 
Because  this  operation  can 
be 
a 
little  difficult, 
you 
may 
choose to have 
this done  at  a Cadillac  dealership Service Department. 
If 
you 
do 
it  yourself,  be  sure to follow  all the  instructions  here, or 
you 
could  get 
a 
false  reading 
on 
the dipstick. 
276 

I 
NOTICE: 
1 
Wait at least 
30 
minutes  before  checking  the  transaxle  fluid level if  you 
have been driving: 
0 
When  outside  temperatures  are  above 
90°F 
(32°C). 
At high speed 
for 
quite  a while. 
0 
In heavy traffic 
-- 
especially in hot  weather. 
While  pulling  a  trailer. 
To 
get the right  reading,  the  fluid  should be at normal  operating 
temperature, which  is 
180’F 
to 
200°F 
(82°C 
to 
93OC). 
Get  the vehicle  warmed up by driving about 
15 
miles 
(24 
km) when 
outside  temperatures  are  above 
50°F (10” 
C). 
If 
it’s colder  than 
50’F 
(10 
C), 
you  may  have to drive longer. 
To 
check the fluid level: 
0 
Park  your vehicle on  a level place. 
Place the shift  lever in 
“P” 
(Park) with the parking  brake  applied. 
With your  foot 
on 
the  brake  pedal, move the shift  lever  through  each 
gear  range,  pausing  for  about  three  seconds  in  each  range.  Then, 
position the shift  lever 
in 
“P” 
(Park). 
0 
Let  the  engine  run  at  idle  for  three  to five minutes. 
277 

Then.  without  shuttinp 
off 
the engine, 
follow 
these steps: 
4.9 
Liter 
TLxn 
cap 
counterclockwise to 
unlock cap. 
1. 
Pull out  the dipstick and wipe 
it 
with 
a 
clean rag or  paper towel. 
278 

ip 
il 
2. 
Push  it  back  in all the 
way, 
wait three  seconds  and  then pull 
it 
back  out 
again. 
4.9 
Liter 
3. 
Check both sides of the dipstick,  and  read the lower level. The fluid 
4. 
If  the  fluid level is where  it  should  be,  push  the dipstick back in all the 
level must be in the cross-hatched  area. 
way. 
How 
to 
Add 
Fluid: 
Refer  to  the  Maintenance  Schedule  to  determine  what  kind of transaxle 
fluid to use. See  “Recommended Fluids  and  Lubricants” in the Index. 
If 
the fluid level is low, add only enough 
of 
the  proper fluid to bring the 
level into  the  cross-hatched  area  on  the dipstick. It doesn’t take much 
fluid,  generally less than  a  pint. Don’t overfill. We recommend you use 
only fluid labeled  DEXRON@-IIE, because  fluids with that  label  are 
279 

made especially for  your  automatic  transaxle.  Damage  caused by  fluid 
other  than  DEXRON@-IIE is not  covered by your 
new 
vehicle warranty. 
After  adding  fluid,  recheck  the fluid level as  described  under 
“How 
to 
Check.” 
When  the  correct fluid level is obtained,  push  the dipstick back in all 
How 
To 
Reset Transaxle Fluid Change  Indicator: 
(4.6 
Liter  Northstar) 
Your vehicle is equipped with 
a 
transaxle  fluid  change  indicator.  A 
“CHANGE 
TRANS 
FLUID’’ message will display on  the  Information 
Center when the  power  train  computer  determines  that  the  transaxle 
fluid  needs to  be changed or  at  each 100,000 miles (160,000 
km) 
interval, 
whichever occurs first. When  this message appears,  change  the  transaxle 
fluid  and  reset 
the 
transaxle fluid life indicator  as follows: 
the way. 
0 
Turn the key 
“ON” 
with the  engine  stopped. 
Press  and hold the  “OFF” and “REAR  DEFOG”  buttons  on  the 
climate  control  simultaneously  until  the 
“TRANS 
FLUID  RESET” 
message  appears 
in 
the  Information  Center  (between 
5 
and 
20 
seconds). 
ENGINE 
COOLANT 
The following explains 
your 
cooling system and how to  add  coolant when 
it 
is 
low. 
If  you have a  problem with engine  overheating,  see  “Engine 
Overheating” in the Index. 
The  proper  coolant  for your  Cadillac will: 
Give  freezing  protection down to 
-34” 
F 
(-37” 
C) 
. 
0 
Give  boiling  protection  up 
to 
262OF 
(128O 
C) . 
0 
Protect  against  rust  and  corrosion. 
Help  keep  the  proper  engine  temperature. 
Let  the warning  lights work as they should. 
What 
to 
Use: 
Use 
a 
mixture 
of 
one-half  clean  water  (preferably  distilled) and one-half 
antifreeze  that  meets  “GM  Specification  1825-M,” which  won’t damage 
aluminum  parts. You can  also  use  a recycled coolant  conforming to 
GM 
280 

Specification 
1825-M 
with 
a 
complete  coolant  flush  and refill. Use 
GM 
Engine  Coolant  Supplement  (sealer) with any  complete  coolant  change. 
If 
you use  these, you don’t need  to  add anything  else. 
Adding 
only 
plain 
water 
to 
your 
cooling 
system 
can 
be 
dangerous. 
Plain 
water, 
or 
some 
other 
liquid like 
alcohol, 
can 
boil 
before 
the 
proper 
coolant 
mix 
will. 
Your 
vehicle’s 
cwlant 
warning 
system 
is 
set 
for 
the 
proper 
coolant 
mix 
With 
plain 
water 
or 
the 
wrong 
mix, 
your 
engine 
could 
get 
too 
hot 
but 
you 
wouldn’t  get 
the 
overheat 
warning. 
Your 
engine 
could 
catch 
fire 
and 
you 
or 
others 
could 
be 
burned. 
Use 
a 
50/50 
mix 
of dean 
water 
and 
a 
proper 
anti€reeze, 
I 
281 

Adding 
Coolant 
4.6 Liter  (Northstar) 
TCI 
Check Coolant 
(4.6L  Northstar): 
When your engine 
is 
cold, the  coolant level 
should  be at 
“FULL 
COLD”, 
or 
a 
little 
higher. 
When 
your engine is warm and 
the 
“ENGINE 
COOLANT  LOW” 
message does  not  appear  on 
the 
Driver  Information  Center,  coolant is at 
the  proper 
fill 
level. 
To 
Check 
Coolant: 
When your engine is 
cold,  the  coolant level 
should be at “FULL 
COLD,”  or 
a 
little 
higher.  When your 
engine is warm, the 
level should  be up 
to 
“FULL 
HOT,” 
or 
a 
little higher. 
To 
Add 
Coolant 
4.9L: 
If 
you 
need more  coolant, 
add 
the  proper 
mix 
the  coolant recoverv tank. 
282 

lhming  the  radiator  pressure  cap when the  engine and  radiator 
are hot  can allow steam  and  scalding  liquids 
to 
blow out and 
burn 
you 
badly. With  the  coolant recovery tank, 
you 
will 
almost 
never  have to  add  coolant at the  radiator. Never turn  the 
radiator  pressure  cap 
-- 
even 
a 
little 
-- 
when the engine and- 
Add 
coolant 
mix 
at  the recovery tank,  but  be careful 
not 
to 
spill it. 
I 
. 
You 
can be burned 
if 
you.spil1  coolant  on  hot  engine  parts. 
Coolant  contains  ethylene glycol, and  it 
will 
burn if thi 
engine 
To 
Add 
Coolant 
4.6L 
(Northstar): 
If 
you 
need  more  coolant,  add  the 
proper 
mix 
at the coolant  surge  tank. 
.-.. 
,7-eeT+d:F 
- 
*-.3.5 
, 
.,- 
- 
~ 
..>T 
r 
Irk- 
. 
.’ 
.. 
: 
-- 
. 
I. 
+. 
i 
e 
CAUTION; 
,; 
- 
.* 
‘ 
’ 
- 
Turning  the  surge  tank  pressure 
cap 
when the  engine and. 
+& 
radiator  are 
hot 
can allow steam  and  scalding  liquids  to blow 
out 
and 
burn you 
badly. 
Never turn  the  surge  tank  pressure 
cap 
I. 
-- 
en 
a 
little 
-- 
when the  engine  and  radiator  are hot. 
You 
can 
be 
burned 
if 
you 
spill  coolant  on  hot  engine  parts. 
‘Coolant  contains  ethylene glycol, 
and 
it 
will 
burn 
if the engine 
.parts 
are hot enough. Don’t  spill  coolant  on 
a 
hot engine. 
To 
Check or 
Add 
Coolant:  When the engine is cold, 
the 
coolant level 
should 
be 
at 
“FULL 
COLD,’’ 
or 
a 
little higher. Remove the  pressure  cap 
283 

from  me  surge  ram; use  a  flashlight  as necessary to see  into  the  tank.  The 
coolant level should  be at  or above the  seam  inside  the  tank. 
If 
you 
need  more  coolant,  add 
the 
proper mix. 
RADIXTOR OR SURGE TANK 
PRESSURE 
CAP 
1 
NOTICE: 
Your radiator 
or 
surge  tank  cap is a 
15 
psi 
(105 
kPa) 
pressure-type cap and  must be  tightly installed to  prevent 
coolant loss and  possible  engine  damage  from  overheating. Be 
sure  the  arrows 
on 
the  cap  line  up  with  the  overflow  tube  on  the 
When you replace  your  radiator  or  surge  tank  pressure  cap,  an AC@ cap 
is recommended. 
THERMOSTAT 
Engine  coolant  temperature is controlled by  a  thermostat in the  engine 
coolant system. 
The 
thermostat  stops  the 
flow 
of 
coolant  through the 
radiator  until  the  coolant  reaches  a  preset  temperature. 
When 
you 
replace  your  thermostat, 
an 
AC@ 
thermostat 
is 
recommended. 
284 

POWER 
STEERING 
FLUID 
I 
4.6 
Liter  (Northstar) 
.. 
. 
.. 
.. 
'. 
How 
To 
Check  Power  Steering 
Fluid: 
Unscrew the  cap  and wipe the  dipstick with a  clean rag. Replace  the  cap 
and  completely  tighten  it. Then remove  the  cap  again  and 
look 
at  the 
fluid 
level 
on  the  dipstick. 
285 

0 
0 
When  the  engine 
compartment-is 
hot, the level 
should 
be 
at  the 
“HOT” 
mark. 
When  the engine 
compartment 
is 
cool,  the level 
should  be 
at 
the 
“FULL 
COLD” 
mark. 
What 
to 
Add 
Refer to  the  Maintenance Schedule to  determine what kind 
of 
fluid to 
use. See  “Recommended  Fluids  and  Lubricants” in the Index. 
286 

WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID 
To 
Add: 
Open 
the 
cap 
labeled 
“WASHER 
FLUID 
ONLY.” 
Add 
washer 
fluid 
until the  bottle 
is 
full. 
UTICL: 
When  using  concentrated  washer 
fluid, 
follow the 
manufacturer’s  instructions  for  adding water. 
a 
Don’t  mix water with ready-to-use  washer  fluid.  Water 
ause  the  solution to  freeze and  damage your washer fluid 
ank  and  other  parts of the  washer system. 
Also, 
watel 
oesn’t clean as well as  washer fluid. 
ill your  washer  fluid  tank only 
3/4 
full when  it’s  very cold. 
his allows for  expansion, which could damage  the  tank if 
it 
1s 
completely full. 
I 
0 
Don’t use  radia 
indshield 
was1 
r 
antifreeze  in Your washer  system and 
r. 
I 
mr 
Paint. 
an 
287 

HEADLIGHT WASHER FLUID 
(EXPORT 
ONLY) 
To 
Add: 
Open  the  cap labeled 
“WASHER 
FLUID 
ONLY.” 
Add 
windshield washer 
fluid until the  bottle is 
full. 
0 
0 
e 
When using  concentrated  washer 
fluid, 
follow the 
manufacturer  instructions  for  adding water. 
Don’t 
mix 
water with ready  to  use  washer fluid. 
ater 
em 
cause  the  solution  to  freeze and  damage your  washer 
fll 
tank  and  other  parts 
of 
the  washer system. Also, water 
doesn’t clean 
as 
well 
as 
washer 
fluid, 
Fill  your  washer 
fluid 
tank only 
3/4 
full when  it’s  very  cold. 
This allows for  expansion, which could  damage  the  tank if it 
is 
comnletely full. 
.. 
Don’t 
us? 
radiator 
an1 
, 
*ee: 
cae 
$ahage 
ywr 
paint. 
in 
1 
I 
288 

BRAKE 
M!XSTER 
CYLINDER 
Your brake  master cylinder 
is 
here.  It is filled with 
DOT-3 
brake fluid. 
4.9 
Liter 
4.6 
Liter (Northstar) 
There  are only 
two 
reasons why the  brake fluid level in your  master 
cylinder might go down. The first is that  the  brake fluid goes down to  an 
acceptable level during  normal  brake lining wear.  When new linings 
are 
put in, the fluid 
level 
goes back up. The  other  reason 
is 
that fluid 
is 
leaking out 
of 
the  brake system. 
If 
it 
is, 
you 
should have your  brake 
system  fixed, since a leak  means  that  sooner or  later your  brakes won’t 
work well, or won’t work at all. 
So, 
it 
isn’t 
a 
good 
idea 
to 
“top 
off” 
your 
289 

brake  fluid.  Adding  brake fluid won’t correct  a  leak. 
If 
you add fluid when 
your linings are worn, then you’ll have too much fluid when you get new 
brake linings. You should  add (or remove)  brake  fluid, as necessary, only 
when work is done  on  the  brake hydraulic system. 
A 
If  you 
CAUTION: 
have  too  much  brake fluid, it can spill on  the  engine.  The 
fluid  will  burn  if  the  engine is hot  enough. 
You 
or 
others  could 
be  burned,  and  your  vehicle  could  be  damaged. Add  brake  fluid 
only  when  work 
is 
done  on  the  brake  hydraulic  system. 
When  your  brake fluid falls to a low level, the  “CHECK  BRAKE 
FLUID” message will display on  the Driver  Information  Center  and  your 
brake warning light will come  on. See  “Brake System Warning Light” in 
the Index. 
To 
Check  Brake  Fluid 
- 
4.9 
Liter: 
Remove the cap. 
The fluid level must be 
to  the 
“MAX 
FILE 
line at  the base 
of 
the 
neck as shown. 

To 
Check 
Brake 
Fluid 
- 
4.6 
Liter 
(Northstar): 
You 
can 
check the  brake fluid without  taking 
off 
the cap. Just look at  the 
indicators  on  the  brake fluid reservoir. The fluid levels should  be above 
“MIN.” 
If 
they aren’t, have your brake system checked to  see 
if 
there 
is 
a 
leak. 
After work is done  on  the  brake hydraulic system, make  sure  the level  is 
above 
“MIN” 
and  or slightly  below or 
at 
the 
“MAX” 
indicator. 
What 
to 
Add: 
When you do need  brake  fluid, use only 
DOT-3 
brake fluid 
-- 
such as 
Delco  Supreme 
1 
la 
(GM 
Part 
No.1052535). 
Use 
new brake. fluid from  a 
sealed container only. 
29 
1 

~~~~~~~~~ 
’OTICE: 
- 
DOT-5 silicone brake  fluid  can dam,,e  your  vehicle.  Don’t 
use it. 
0 
Don’t let someone put  in  the  wrong  kind  of  fluid.  For 
example, just a few drops 
of 
mineral-based oil, such 
a 
engine oil, in your  brake  system can damage  brake 
sv, 
r 
~rts 
so 
badly  that  they’ll  have  to be replaced. 
0 
Brake  fluid  can  damage  pai 
so 
be careful  not  to  spill brake 
fluid  on  your  vehicle. 
I 
REPUCING 
BRAKE  SYSTEM 
PARTS 
The braking system 
on 
a 
modern 
vehicle 
is 
complex. Its many parts have 
to  be 
of 
top quality and work well together 
if 
the vehicle 
is 
to have really 
good  braking. Vehicles 
we 
design and test have top-quality GM  brake 
parts in them,  as your  Cadillac does when it is  new. When you replace 
parts 
of 
your braking system 
-- 
for example, when your brake linings wear 
down and you have to have new ones  put in 
-- 
be  sure 
you 
get new 
genuine GM replacement  parts. If you don’t, your brakes may no longer 
work properly. 
For 
example, if  someone  puts in brake linings that  are 
wrong for your vehicle, the balance  between your front  and  rear  brakes 
can  change,  for the worse. The braking  performance you’ve come to 
expect can  change in many other ways 
if 
someone  puts in the wrong 
replacement  brake  parts. 
BATTERY 
Every new Cadillac has a  Delco  Freedom@  battery. You never have to 
add  water  to  one of these. When it’s time for a new battery, we 
recommend  a  Delco  Freedom@  battery.  Get  one  that has the catalog 
number shown on the original battery’s label. 

Vehicle 
Storage 
If 
you’re  not  going to drive  your vehicle for 
25 
days or  more,  take 
off 
the 
black,  negative 
(-) 
cable  from the battery.  This will help  keep  your  battery 
from  running down. 
FYou can be  badly  hurt if you  aren’t  careful. See 
“Juml 
*kin  the  Index  for tips on  working  around a battery 
wit1 
Contact  your  dealer  to  learn how to  prepare your vehicle for longer 
storage  periods. 
Battery 
Power 
Loss 
If 
you lose  battery  power  or  the  battery 
is 
disconnected,  your car’s 
computer must be  programmed.  It  takes  just  over 
20 
minutes  to do it. If 
you want to  do  it yourself,  here’s how: 
Apply the  parking  brake. 
Make  sure  the  front wheels are straight. 
Turn 
off 
the  Electronic  Climate  Control. 
0 
Start  the  engine in 
“P” 
(Park)  and  let it idle 
for 
15 
minutes. Then: 
Put  your 
foot 
on 
the  brake  pedal,  shift  the  transaxle  to 
a 
and  let it 
idle  for 
3 
minutes 
or 
more. 
Do 
not  accelerate  the  engine.  Then: 
0 
With the  car in 
a 
(Drive),  turn  the  Electronic  Climate  Control  to 
“Auto” and 
let 
the  engine idle 
for 
3 
minutes  or  more. 
Turn your  engine 
off. 
293 
Now your computer is programmed. 

HLOGEN 
BULBS 
I 
LAUTION: 
Halogen  bulbs  have  pressurized gas inside and can  burst  if  you 
drop  or  scratch  the  bulb. 
You 
or  others  could be iniured. Take 
handling and disposing 
of 
h 
WP 
HOUSINGS 
Your Cadillac's lamp housings are designed with 
small 
vents 
so 
moisture 
will be  removed  when the lights are  on, 
or 
after driving for a short  time. 
HEADLIGHT 
BULB 
REMOVAL 
The following procedurc tells 
you 
how 
to 
removc  the halogen headlight 
bulb. Follow either  the 
EXPORT 
or 
DOMESTIC 
illustration that best 
describes  your vehicle. 
To 
remove the cover, 
turn lock tabs in  the 
direction 
of 
arrows 
. 
'V 
shown on  the cover. 
Lift 
the 
cover 
up 
to 
gain access. 
294 

7 
* 
n 
n 
r 
DOMESTIC 
- 
Turn the headlight  housing  socket  counterclockwise to 
unlock  socket from lamphousing. 
EXPORT 
- 
Remove the  rubber  plug cover and remove  plug. 
DOMESTIC 
- 
Remove  headlight  housing  socket. 
EXPORT 
- 
Remove both  retaining lock clips securing  bulb assembly 
in 
headlamp housing. 
295 

P- 
DOMESTIC 
- 
Remove the wiring harness  from 
the 
headlight housing 
socket 
EXPORT 
- 
Remove the headlight  bulb and 
socket 
from  the  headlamp 
assembly. 
DOMESTIC 
- 
Replace  the bulb  and socket and connect the wiring 
harness.  Reinstall the headlight housing socket into  the  headlamp 
assembly. 
EXPORT 
- 
Install new headlight  bulb  and  socket  into  headlamp 
assembly. 
TAIILLIGHT 
BULB 
REPLACEMENT 
Taillight bulb  replacement is the  same  for  either  Eldorado  or  Eldorado 
Touring 
Coupe. 
1. 
Open 
the 
trunk 
to 
gain access to  the taillight housing. 
2. 
Remove the plastic  trim retainer screws and pull back the trim 
material. 
296 

!- 
r 
3. 
Remove 
me 
two 
wing nuts. 
4. 
Gently  remove 
the 
taillight housing. 
9. 
297 

CENTER 
HIGH 
MOUNTED 
STOP 
LMP 
BULB  REPLACEMENT 
I 
2. 
Twist the socket 
(counterclockwise) 
and  remove the 
socket 
and 
bulb 
from the housing. 
3. 
Replace  the bulb. 
Reverse 
the 
steps  to  reassemble the  stop  lamp assembly. 
298 

WIPER  BLADE  REPLACEMENT 
Position the windshield wipers on the windshield in the  “mid” wipe 
position. 
To 
do 
this, turn  the ignition 
key 
to 
Accessory and  turn  the wipers 
on.  Then with the  door  open,  turn  the ignition 
key 
to 
off. 
Start with the driver  side wiper blade assembly. 
I 
Using a small 
screwdriver 
or 
your 
finger, gently lift the 
release lever up while 
at  the  same  time 
pulling 
the 
blade 
assembly from  the 
wiper arm. 
Do 
the  same 
with 
the passenger  side wiper blade assembly. 
To 
install the wiper 
blade, align the wiper 
arm pin with the hole 
on  the wiper  blade 
assembly and  snap it 
into 
place. 
The 
arrow 
on 
the 
wiper blade 
is 
to 
point 
toward the  upper  arm. 
299 

-: 
If 
you only want  to  replace  the wiper  inserts follow these steps: 
1. 
Disconnect the 
wiper  insert by 
bending the  end 
of the  insert 
gently using 
plyers. Then pull 
it  from  the  blade 
housing  retaining 
tab. 
2. 
Now pull the  insert  from  the  blade housing. 
3. 
Reinstall the new 
insert by  aligning 
the  blade housing 
tabs  and the  edge 
of the  insert. 
Make  sure  that 
the  insert is 
connected  to all 
the housing  tabs. 
Q 
4. 
Install  the wiper blade assembly to  the wiper  arm. 

Loosen  clamp  at  the 
throttle body and 
disconnect 
air 
duct 
from 
the  throttle body. 
301 

Push the 
two 
tabs  and 
pivot the  top half to 
separate  the air 
302 

Once 
you 
have 
replaced 
the 
air 
cleaner  filter,  reverse 
the  steps  to  reassemble 
and install back into 
your vehicle. 
LOADING 
YOUR 
VEHICLE 
OCCUPANTS  VEHICLE CAP. WT. 
TIRE-LOADING  INFORMATION 
FRT.  CTR. 
RR. 
TOTAL 
LBS. 
KG 
MAX.  LOADING 
& 
GVWR  SAME  AS VEHICLE 
CAPACITY  WEIGHT  XXX  COLD  TIRE 
TIRE 
SIZE 
SPEED  PRESSURE 
RTG 
PS 
VKPa 
FRT. 
RR. 
SPA. 
IF 
TIRES  ARE  HOT. ADD  4PSV28KPa  SEE 
OWNER'S  MANUAL  FOR  ADDITIONAL 
GEN  GME 
\INFORMATION 
Two 
labels on your vehiclc show  how  much weight 
it 
may 
properly carry. 
The  Tire-Loading  Information label found  on  the driver's door tells you 
the 
proper 
size, 
speed  rating and  recommended inflation pressures  for 
the  tires  on  your vehicle. 
It 
also gives  you important  information about 
the 
number of  people  that  can be 
in 
your vehicle 
and 
thc total weight that 
303 

you can carry. This weight  is  called the Vehicle Capacity Weight and 
includes the weight 
of 
all occupants, cargo, and all nonfactory-installed 
options. 
MFD 
BY 
GENERAL MOTORS CORP 
DATE  GVWR  GAWR  FRT  GAWR 
RR 
\ 
THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS  TO  ALL APPLI- 
CABLE 
U.S. 
FEDERAL  MOTOR  VEHICLE 
TION  STANDARDS  IN  EFFECT  ON  THE 
DATE OF MANUFACTURE  SHOWN ABOVE. 
SAFETY,  BUMPER,  AND  THEFT  PREVEN- 
GEN 
GME 
I 
The  other label is the Certification label,  found on  the  rear  edge 
of 
the 
driver’s door.  It tells you the gross weight  capacity of your vehicle, called 
the  GVWR 
(Gross 
Vehicle  Weight Rating). The  GVWR includes the 
weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel and cargo. Never exceed the 
GVWR 
for 
your 
vehicle, or  the  Gross Axle  Weight Rating  (GAWR) for 
either  the  front  or  rear axle. 
And, 
if 
you 
do have  a 
heavy 
load, 
you 
should spread it out. Don’t carry 
more  than 
185 
lbs. 
(84 
kg)  in your trunk. 
A 
CAUTION: 
Do 
not  load  your  vehicle  any  heavier than the 
GVVVR 
or  the 
maximum  front  and  rear  GAWRs.  If 
you 
do, 
parts on your 
vehicle  can  break,  or it can  change  the way  your vehicle handles. 
These could  cause 
you 
to lose control.  Also,  overloading  can 
shorten  the  life  of  your  vehicle. 
304 

If you 
put 
things inside  your vehicle 
-- 
like 
suitcases, tools, packages, or 
anything 
else 
-- 
they will go 
as 
fast  as the vehicle goes. 
If 
you  have to 
stop 
or  turn quickly, 
or 
if 
there is  a crash, they’ll keep going. 
I 
A 
CAUTION: 
Things you put  inside  your vehicle can  strike  and  injure people 
in 
a 
sudden  stop  or  turn, 
or 
in  a  crash. 
Put  things  in  the  trunk 
of 
your vehicle. 
In 
a 
trunk,  put  them  as 
far 
forward 
as 
you can. 
Try 
to  spread 
the weight evenly. 
so 
that some 
of 
them are above the  tops of  the  seats. 
When you carry  something  inside  the  vehic’ 
, 
~  ~  ~  re it 
Never stack  heavier  things,  like  suitcases,  inside  the vehicle 
whenever you can. 
Don’t leave 
a 
seat folded down unless 
you 
need to. 
TIRES 
We don’t make  tires. Your new vehicle comes with  high quality tires  made 
by  a leading  tire  manufacturer. These tires are  warranted by the tire 
manufacturers  and  their  warranties  are delivered with 
every 
new  Cadillac. 
If 
your spare  tire is 
a 
different brand  than your road tires, you  will  have a 
tire  warranty  folder from  each 
of 
these  manufacturers. 

Inflation 
= 
Tire  Pressure 
The Tire-Loading  Information  label which 
is 
located 
on 
the driver’s door 
shows 
the 
correct  inflation  pressures 
for 
your 
tires, 
when they’re cold. 
“Cold” means your 
vehicle 
has  been sitting for  at least  three  hours or 
driven 
no 
more  than a mile. 
If 
you’ll be driving at speeds higher than 
100 
mph 
(160 
km/h) where it 
is 
legal, raise  the “cold”  inflation  pressure 
of 
each  tire to 
35 
psi 
(240 
kPa). 
When you end this very  high speed driving, reduce  the “cold”  inflation 
pressures to those listed 
on 
the Tire-Loading  Information label. Never 
inflate 
the 
tires higher than  the maximum “cold” inflation pressures 
stated on the sidewall 
of 
the tires. 
306 

When 
to 
Check 
Check your tires  once  a  month  or  more. 
The  Eldorado tire  pressures 
are: 
0 
Front 
- 
28 psi 
(200 
kPa) 
Rear 
- 
26 
psi 
( 
179 
kPa) 
Recommended  tire sizes are: 
0 
XGT4 Touring Design Blackwall 
or 
Whitewall 
(P225/60R16) 
The 
ETC 
or (4.6L Sport  Coupe) tire  pressures are: 
Front 
- 
29 
psi 
(200 
kPa) 
Rear 
- 
29 
psi 
(200 
kPa) 
307 


Rust 
or 
dirt 
on 
a 
wheel, 
or 
on 
the 
parts 
to 
which 
it 
is 
fastened, 
can 
make 
wheel 
nuts 
become 
loose 
afkr 
a 
time. 
The 
wheel 
could 
come 
off 
and 
cause 
an 
accident. 
When 
you 
change 
a 
wheel, 
remove 
any 
rust 
or 
dirt 
from 
places 
where  the  wheel 
attaches 
to 
the 
vehicle. 
In 
an 
emergency, 
you 
can 
use 
a 
cloth 
or 
a 
paper 
towel 
to 
do 
this; 
but 
be 
sure 
to 
use 
a 
scraper 
or 
wire 
brush 
later, 
if 
you 
need 
lo, 
to 
get 
all 
the 
rust 
or 
dirt 
off. 
(See 
“Changing 
a 
Flat 
Til 
.’I 
in 
the 
Index.) 
When 
It% 
Time for New Tires 
One way 
to 
tell when 
it’s time  for new tires is 
to check the  treadwear 
indicators, which 
will 
appear when your  tires 
have only 
2/32 
inch 
(1.6 
mm) or less 
of 
tread  remaining. 
You 
need  a new tire 
if: 
0 
You 
can  see the  indicators  at  three  places  around  the  tire. 
0 
You 
can see cord or fabric showing through  the tire’s rubber. 
0 
The 
tread  or sidewall is cracked,  cut  or  snagged  deep  enough  to show 
0 
The tire  has 
a 
bump,  bulge or split. 
cord or fabric. 
The tire  has  a  puncture,  cut, or other  damage  that can’t be  repaired 
well because 
of 
the size or location 
of 
the  damage. 
309 

Buying 
New 
Tires 
To  find out what kind and size of  tires you need,  look  at  the  Tire-Loading 
Information label. 
The  tires  installed  on  your vehicle when it was  new had  a  Tire 
Performance  Criteria Specification (TPC Spec)  number  on  each tire’s 
sidewall. When you 
get 
new tires,  get  ones with that  same  TPC  Spec 
number.  That way, your vehicle will continue  to have tires  that are 
designed to give proper  endurance, handling, speed  rating,  traction,  ride 
and  other things during  normal service on your vehicle. If your  tires have 
an  all-season  tread design, the  TPC  number will be followed by  a 
“MS” 
(for mud and snow). 
If you ever  replace your tires with those  not having a  TPC  Spec  number, 
make  sure they are  the  same size, load  range,  speed  rating  and 
construction type (bias, bias-belted or  radial) as your  original  tires. 
A 
CAUTION: 
Mixing  tires  could  cause you to lose  control while driving. 
If 
you 
mix tires of  different  sizes or types (radial  and bias-belted 
tires),  the vehicle may not  handle properly, and you could  have 
a 
crash. Be sure to  use  the  same  size  and type tires  on  all  four 
wheels. 
It’s all  right  to  drive  with  your  compact  spare,  though. It was 
developed 
for 
use  on  your vehicle. 
Uniform 
Tire Quality Grading 
The following information  relates to  the system developed by  the  United 
States  National Highway  Traffic Safety Administration which grades  tires 
by  treadwear,  traction  and  temperature  performance.  (This  applies only 
to 
vehicles 
sold 
in 
the  United  States.) 

Treadwear 
The  treadwear  grade is a  comparative  rating based on  the wear rate 
of 
the  tire  when  tested  under  controlled  conditions  on  a specified 
government  test  course.  For  example,  a  tire  graded 
150 
would wear  one 
and  a half 
(1 
1/2) 
times 
as 
well 
on the  government  course  as  a  tire  graded 
100. 
The relative  performance 
of 
tires  depends  upon  the  actual 
conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the 
norm  due  to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences 
in road  characteristics and climate. 
Traction 
- 
A, 
B, 
C 
The  traction  grades,  from highest to lowest are: 
A, 
B, 
and 
C. 
They 
represent 
the 
tire’s ability to  stop  on wet pavement  as  measured under 
controlled  conditions 
on 
specified government test surfaces of  asphalt 
and  concrete. 
A 
tire  marked 
C 
may have poor  traction  performance. 
Warning: The traction  grade assigned to this tire is based 
on 
braking 
(straight-ahead)  traction  tests  and  does  not  include  cornering  (turning) 
traction. 
Temperature 
- 
A, 
B, 
C 
The 
temperature  grades  are 
A 
(the highest), 
B, 
and 
C, 
representing 
the 
tire’s resistance 
to 
the  generation of heat and its ability 
to 
dissipate  heat 
when  tested  under  controlled  conditions 
on 
a specified indoor  laboratory 
test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause  the  material of the tire 
to 
degenerate  and  reduce  tire life, and excessive temperature can  lead to 
sudden  tire  failure.  The  grade 
C 
corresponds  to  a level 
of 
performance 
which  all passenger car  tires must meet  under  the Federal  Motor Vehicle 
Safety Standard 
No. 
109. 
Grades 
B 
and 
A 
represent higher levels 
of 
performance  on  the  laboratory  test wheel than  the 
minimum 
required by 
law. 
Warning: The  temperature  grade  for this tire is established  for 
a 
tire  that 
is 
properly  inflated  and  not  overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, 
or excessive loading, either  separately  or 
in 
combination, can cause  heat 
buildup and possible tire  failure. 
Those  grades  are molded 
on 
the 
sidewalls 
of 
passenger car tires. 
31 
I 

While the  tires available 
as 
standard  or optional  equipment  on  General 
Motors vehicles may  vary 
with 
respect  to  these  grades, all  such tires  meet 
General  Motors  performance  standards and have been  approved for use 
on General  Motors vehicles. All passenger type 
(P 
Metric)  tires must 
conform to  Federal safety requirements in addition 
to 
these  grades. 
meel Alignment and Tire  Balance 
The 
wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at  the 
factory to give 
you 
the longest tire life and best overall performance. 
In most cases, you  will not  need  to have your wheels aligned again. 
However, 
if 
you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way 
or  the  other, 
the 
alignment may need  to be reset. If  you notice your 
vehicle vibrating 
when 
driving 
on 
a 
smooth  road, your wheels may need 
to be rebalanced. 
Wheel  Replacement 
Replace any wheel that 
is 
bent,  cracked or badly rusted. If 
wheel 
nuts 
keep 
coming loose, 
the 
wheel, 
wheel 
bolts, and wheel 
nuts 
should be 
replaced. If  the 
wheel 
leaks  air 
out, 
replace it (except some  aluminum 
wheels, which can sometimes be repaired).  See your Cadillac dealer if  any 
of 
these  conditions exist. 
Your dealer 
will 
know the kind 
of 
wheel you need. 
Each new 
wheel 
should have 
the 
same load carrying capacity, diameter, 
width, offset, and be mounted  the  same way  as the  one 
it 
replaces. 
If 
you need  to replace any of your wheels, wheel bolts, 
or 
wheel nuts, 
replace  them only 
with 
new 
GM 
original equipment  parts.  This way,  you 
will 
be  sure  to have the right wheel, 
wheel 
bolts, and 
wheel 
nuts  for  your 
Cadillac  model. 
312 

‘ 
1 
CAUTION: 
Using the wrong  replacement wheels,  wheel bolts, 
or 
wheel nuts 
on 
your vehicle can be dangerous. It could affect the  braking 
and 
handling 
of 
your 
vehicle, make 
your 
tires lose air  and make 
you 
lose control. You 
could 
have 
a 
collision 
in 
which 
you 
or 
others could  be  injured. Always use  the  correct wheel, 
wheel 
bolts, 
and wheel nuts for replacement. 
Used Replacement  Wheels 
I 
A 
CAUTION 
Putting  a 
used 
wheel 
on 
your vehicle 
is 
dangerous. You  can’t 
know  how  it’s been  used 
or 
how many  miles  it’s been  driven. 
It 
I 
could  fail  suddenIy and  cause 
an 
accident. 
If 
you 
haw  ~ 
II 
replace 
a 
wheel 
use 
anew 
GM 
original  equipment  wheel. 
I 
I 
I 
3 
13 

UP 
Tire 
Chains 
APPEARANCE 
CARE 
u 
1 
314 

3 
15 

L 
CLEANING 
THE 
INSIDE 
OF 
YOUR 
Use  a  vacuum  cleaner  often to get rid of  dust  and  loose  dirt. 
wipe 
vinyl 
with a 
clean, 
damp cloth. 
Your Cadillac  dealer 
has 
two 
GM 
cleaners 
-- 
a  solvent-type  spot  lifter and 
a  foam-type  powdered  cleaner.  They will clean  normal  spots  and  stains 
very  well. 
Here  are  some cleaning  tips: 
0 
Always read  the  instructions  on  the  cleaner  label. 
Clean  up stains  as  soon as 
you 
can 
-- 
before they set. 
0 
Use  a clean  cloth  or  sponge,  and  change to  a clean area often. 
A 
soft 
Use 
solvent-type  cleaners 
in 
a  well-ventilated  area only. 
If 
you use 
0 
If 
a 
ring 
forms  after  spot  cleaning,  clean  the  entire area immediately 
brush may 
be 
used 
if 
stains are  stubborn. 
them,  don’t  saturate  the  stained  area. 
or 
it 
will set. 
USING 
FON=WPE 
CLEANER 
ON 
FMRIC 
0 
Vacuum and  brush the  area  to remove any loose  dirt. 
Always clean  a whole trim  panel  or  section. Mask surrounding  trim 
along 
stitch or welt lines. 
316 

Mix Multi-Purpose Powdered Cleaner following the directions  on the 
container  label. 
Use suds only and apply with a clean sponge. 
Don’t saturate  the  material. 
Don’t rub it roughly. 
As soon  as you’ve cleaned the section, use 
a 
sponge to remove the 
Rinse the section 
with 
a  clean, wet sponge. 
0 
Wipe 
off 
what’s left with a slightly damp  paper towel or  cloth. 
Then dry 
it 
immediately with an  air  hose,  a  hair  dryer or a heat lamp. 
suds. 
Wipe with a  clean  cloth. 
USING 
SOLVENT-TYPE 
CLEANER 
ON 
FMRIC 
First, see 
if 
you have to use solvent-type cleaner  at all. Some  spots and 
stains will clean 
off 
better with just water and mild soap. 
If 
you need  to use it,  then: 
0 
Gently  scrape excess 
soil 
from the trim material with a  clean, dull 
knife 
or 
scraper.  Use very little  cleaner, light pressure  and  clean  cloths 
(preferably  cheesecloth).  Cleaning  should  start 
at 
the  outside 
of 
the 
stain,  “feathering” toward the  center.  Keep changing to 
a 
clean 
section 
of 
the cloth. 
0 
When you clean a  stain  from  fabric,  immediately dry the  area with an 
air hose,  hair  dryer, or  heat  lamp 
to 
help  prevent  a  cleaning ring. (See 
the previous 
NOTICE.) 
317 

SPECIL CLEANIIING PROBLEMS 
Greasy  or  Oily  Stains: 
Like grease, oil, butter,  margarine, 
shoe 
polish, 
coffee with cream, chewing gum,  cosmetic  creams, vegetable oils, 
wax 
crayon, tar  and asphalt. 
Carefully scrape off  excess  stain. 
Then follow the solvent-type instructions 
c~ 
b 
ove. 
Shoe polish, wax crayon, tar and  asphalt 
will 
stain 
if 
left on 
a 
vehicle 
seat fabric. They should be removed as soon as possible. Be careful, 
because 
the 
cleaner 
will 
dissolve them and may cause  them to bleed. 
Non-Greasy Stains: 
Like catsup, coffee (black), egg, fruit,  fruit  juice, 
milk, soft  drinks, wine, vomit, urine and blood. 
Carefully scrape off  excess  stain,  then  sponge  the soiled area with cool 
water. 
0 
If 
a  stain  remains, follow 
the 
foam-type  instructions above. 
If  an  odor lingers after cleaning vomit or urine, treat  the  area with a 
waterbaking 
soda 
solution: 
1 
teaspoon 
(5 
ml) 
of 
baking soda  to 
1 
cup 
(250 
ml) 
of 
lukewarm water. 
Finally, 
if 
needed, clean lightly 
with 
solvent-type cleaner. 
Combination Stains: 
Like candy, ice cream, mayonnaise, chili sauce  and 
unknown stains. 
0 
Carefully scrape off  excess  stain,  then clean 
with 
cool water and allow 
to 
dry. 
0 
If 
a 
stain  remains, clean 
it 
with 
solvent-type cleaner. 
CLEANING 
WML 
OR LEATHER 
Just use  warm water  and  a  clean cloth. 
0 
Rub 
with a  clean,  damp cloth to remove dirt. You  may  have 
to 
do 
it 
0 
Things like tar, asphalt  and  shoe polish 
will 
stain 
if 
you 
don’t  get  them 
off  quickly. Use 
a 
clean cloth and  solvent-type vinyl/leather cleaner. 
more  than  once. 
318 

CLEANING  THE  TOP 
OF 
THE 
INSTRUMENT 
PANEL 
Use only  mild soap  and  water  to  clean  the  top  surfaces 
of 
the  instrument 
panel.  Sprays  containing  silicones or waxes  may cause  annoying 
reflections 
in 
the windshield  and  even  make it difficult to  see  through  the 
windshield under  certain  conditions. 
Care 
of 
Wood 
Panels 
Use  a  clean 
cloth 
moistened 
in 
warm soapy  water  (use mild dish 
washing soap). 
Dry 
the wood immediately with a  clean  cloth. 
Wood surfaces  can  be  polished using ordinaryhousehold  furniture 
polishes.  Apply the polish to  a clean  cloth,  then  rub  the  cloth 
on 
the 
wood panel. 
CARE 
OF 
SAFETYBELTS 
Keep belts  clean  and dry. 
A 
CAUTION: 
Do 
not  bleach  or dye safety belts. If  you 
do, 
it 
may  severely 
weaken  them. 
In 
a crash they  might  not be able to  provide 
adequate protection.  Clean  safety belts only  with  mild soap and 
luE  varm  water. 
GLASS 
Glass  should be cleaned  often. GM Glass  Cleaner (GM Part 
No. 
1050427) or  a  liquid  household glass cleaner 
will 
remove  normal  tobacco 
smoke  and  dust films. 
Don’t  use  abrasive  cleaners on glass, because  they may cause  scratches. 
Avoid placing  decals 
on 
the  inside rear window, since they may have to  be 
scraped 
off 
later. 
If 
abrasive  cleaners are used 
on 
the inside 
of 
the  rear 
window, an  electric  defogger  element may be damaged. Any temporary 
license  should  not  be  attached  across 
the 
defogger  grid. 
319 

CLEANING THE OUTSIDE 
OF 
THE 
WINDSHIELD 
AND 
WIPER 
BLADES 
If  the windshield is not  clear  after using the windshield washer, or 
if 
the 
wiper blade  chatters when running, wax or  other  material may be  on  the 
blade 
or 
windshield. 
Clean  the  outside 
of 
the windshield with 
GM 
Windshield Cleaner, 
Bon-Ami  Powder@ 
(GM 
Part 
No. 
105001 
I). 
The windshield 
is 
clean 
if 
beads 
do 
not  form when 
you 
rinse it  with water. 
Clean  the  blade by  wiping  vigorously  with 
a 
cloth 
soaked 
in 
full strength 
windshield washer  solvent. 
Then 
rinse  the  blade 
with 
water. 
Wiper  blades  should  be  checked 
on 
a  regular basis and replaced when 
worn. 
CLEANING  THE  OUTSIDE 
OF 
YOUR 
CADILLAC 
The  paint finish on your vehicle provides  beauty,  depth 
of 
color, gloss 
retention  and  durability. 
Washing 
Your 
Hhicle 
The  best way 
to 
preserve  your vehicle’s finish is to  keep 
it 
clean by 
washing it often with lukewarm or cold water. 
Don’t wash your vehicle 
in 
the  direct rays 
of 
the sun.  Don’t  use  strong 
soaps  or chemical  detergents.  Use liquid hand, dish or car washing 
(non-detergent)  soaps.  Don’t use cleaning  agents  that  contain acid or 
abrasives. 
All 
cleaning  agents  should  be  flushed  promptly  and  not allowed 
to dry 
on 
the surface, or they  could  stain. 
Dry 
the finish with a  soft,  clean 
chamois or  a 
100% 
cotton towel to avoid surface  scratches  and  water 
spotting. 
High  pressure vehicle washes may cause  water to  enter your vehicle. 
320 

Finish 
Care 
Occasional waxing or mild polishing 
of 
your  Cadillac may be  necessary to 
remove  residue  from  the  paint  finish. You can  get 
GM approved  cleaning 
products  from  your  dealer.  (See  “Appearance  Care  and  Materials”  in  the 
Index.) 
Your Cadillac  has  a  “basecoatlclearcoat”  paint finish. The  clearcoat gives 
more  depth  and gloss to  the  colored  basecoat. 
I 
1. 
-achine compounding  or  aggressive  poli 
ALUMINUM 
WmELS 
Don’t  use chrome polish on your  aluminum  wheels. Use wax after 
you 
clean  them. 
Also, 
don’t  use  abrasive  cleaners  or  cleaning  brushes 
on 
them 
-- 
you 
could  damage  the  protective  coating. 
WEATHERSTRIPS 
‘These are places  where glass or metal  meets  rubber.  Silicone  grease there 
will make  them  last  longer,  seal  better,  and  not  squeak. Apply silicone 
grease with a  clean  cloth  at  least every six months. 
321 

SHEETMETL DAIMAGE 
If your vehicle is damaged and requires  sheet  metal  repair  or 
replacement,  make  sure  the body repair  shop  applies  anti-corrosion 
material 
to 
the  parts  repaired  or  replaced  to  restore  corrosion  protection. 
FOREIGNMATERIAL 
Calcium chloride  and  other  salts, ice melting  agents,  road oil and  tar,  tree 
sap,  bird  droppings,  chemicals  from  industrial chimneys, and  other 
foreign  matter  can  damage  your vehicle’s finish 
if 
they remain on  painted 
surfaces. Use cleaners  that are marked  safe  for  painted  surfaces  for  these 
stains. 
FINISH DAiUAGE 
Any stone  chips,  fractures or  deep scratches in the finish should  be 
repaired  right away. Bare  metal will corrode quickly and may develop 
into  a  major  repair  expense. 
Minor  chips  and  scratches  can  be  repaired with touch-up  materials 
available  from  your  dealer  or other service outlets.  Larger  areas 
of 
finish 
damage  can be corrected in your  dealer’s body and  paint  shop. 
UNDERBODYMMNTENANCE 
Chemicals  used  for ice and snow removal  and  dust  control  can  collect on 
the  underbody. 
If 
these  are not  removed,  accelerated  corrosion  (rust)  can 
occur on  the underbody  parts such as  fuel  lines,  frame,  floor  pan,  and 
exhaust system even though they have corrosion  protection. 
At  least 
every 
spring, flush these  materials  from  the  underbody with  plain 
water.  Clean  any  areas  where  mud  and other  debris  can collect. Dirt 
packed in closed  areas 
of 
the  frame  should  be  loosened  before  being 
flushed. Your dealer  or  an  underbody vehicle washing  system can  do  this 
for 
you. 
322 

CHEMICAL 
PMNT 
SPOTTING 
Some  weather  and  atmospheric  conditions  can  create 
a 
chemical  fallout. 
Airborne  pollutants  can fall upon  and  attack  painted  surfaces  on  your 
vehicle.  This  damage  can  take 
two 
forms: blotchy, ringlet-shaped 
discolorations,  and  small  irregular  dark  spots  etched  into  the  paint 
surface. 
Although  no  defect  in  the  paint  job  causes  this,  Cadillac will repair, at  no 
charge  to  the owner, the surfaces 
of 
new vehicles damaged by this  fallout 
condition  within 
12 
months  or 
12,000 
miles 
(20 
000 
km) of purchase, 
whichever 
comes 
first. 
323 

GM PART 
NUMBER 
SIZE 
I 
DESCRIPTION 
USAGE 
1051516 
WINDSHIELD  WASHING  SYSTEM 
AND  GAS  LINE 
32 
OZ. 
(0.946 
L)  WASHER  SOLVENT  AND  GAS 
105001 
7 
POWER  STEERING 
WEATHER  STRIPS-STOPS  SQUEAKS 
ON METAL-TO-METAL  AND 
METAL-TO-RUBBER  CONTACT 
1052277 
I 
1050172 
I 
16 
OZ. 
(0.473 
L) 
I 
TAR  AND ROAD OIL REMOVER 
I 
REMOVES  OLD  WAXES,  POLISHES, 
TAR  AND  ROAD  OIL 
I 
CHROME  CLEANER  AND 
POLISH 
' 
REMOVES  RUST  AND  CORROSION 
ON CHROME  AND  STAINLESS 
STEEL 
CLEANS  WHITE  AND  BLACK  TIRES 
WHITE  SIDEWALL  TIRE 
SPOT  AND  STAIN  REMOVAL ON 
LEATHER 
OR 
VINYL 
SPOT  AND  STAIN  REMOVAL ON 
CLOTH  AND  FABRIC 
I 
1050427 
I 
I 
GLASS 
CLEANER 
I 
23 
OZ. 
(0.680 
L) 
GLASS  CLEANING  AND  SPOT 
CLEANING ON VINYLS 
I 
1050429  6 
LB. 
(2.72 
KG) 
I 
MULTI-PURPOSE  POWDERED 
CLEANER  CLEANS  VINYL  AND  CLOTH ON 
DOOR  TRIM,  SEATS,  AND 
CARPET-ALSO.  TIRES  AND  MATS 
1052349  12 
Of. 
(0.354 
L)  LUBRICATE  (WHITE  GREASE) 
1050729  8 
OZ. 
(0.237 
L)  VINYL  TOP  CLEANER 
1052870  16 
OZ. 
(0.473 
L)  WASH-WAX  (CONC.) 
GREASE  FOR  HOOD,  TRUNK AND 
DOOR 
HINGES AND  LATCHES 
CLEANING 
OF 
VINYL  TOPS 
EXTERIOR 
WASH 
SPOT  AND  STAIN  REMOVAL ON 
CLOTH AND  FABRIC 
WINDSHIELD  WASHER  SOLVENT 
AND  ANTI-FREEZE 
1051  398  8 
OZ. 
(0.237 
L)  SPOT  LIFTER 
1051515  32  OZ. (0.946 
L)  GM OPTIKLEEN 
EXTERIOR  CLEANER  AND POLISH 
16 
OZ. 
(0.473 
L)  MAGIC MIRROR  CLEANER 
POLISH 
32 
OZ. 
(0.946 
L)  DEXRONQ IIE 
I 
9985286 
AUTOMATIC  TRANSMISSION 
SEE  YOUR  DEALER 
FOR 
SPECIFIC 
USAGE 
1 
1052367 
I 
SUPPLEMENT  (E.0.S.I 
I 
16 
OZ. 
(0.473 
L)  GM ENGINE OIL 
I 
YEAR  ROUND  COOLANT  AND 
ANTI-FREEZE 
1 
GAL. 
(3.785 
L)  PERMANENT  TYPE 
ANTI-FREEZE  COOLANT 
16 
OZ. 
(0.473 
L)  DELCO-SUPREME 
II 
BRAKE 
1052753 
REAR  AXLE 
REAR 
AXLE 
BRAKE  FLUID 
I 
I 
I 
FLUID 
1 
324 

VEHICLE 
IDENTIFICATION 
NUMBER 
ll11111 
I1111111111 
I 
I 
II 
II 
1111 
I 
Im"l 
lG6EL12BXPU600001 
A 
1 
G 
6 
EL 
12 
BX 
P 
U600001 
NATION 
OF 
ORIGIN 
1 
= 
USA 
MANUFACTURER 
G 
= 
GENERAL 
MOTORS 
MAKE 
- 
6 
= 
CADILIA 
CARLINEEERIE! 
EL 
= 
ELDORADO 
VIN BODY CODE 
= 
BODY 
TYPE 
1 
= 
57 COUPE  2 
DOOR 
T1 
PRODUCTION 
SEQUENCE 
NUMBER 
ASSEMBLY  PLANT 
U 
= 
HAMTRAMCK,  MICH. 
MODEL YEAR 
P 
= 
1993 
- 
CHECK DIGIT 
- 
ENGINE  CODE 
B 
= 
4.9 
LITER  (200  HP) 
Y 
= 
4.6 
LITER 
(270 
HP) 
9 
= 
4.6 
LITER  (295  HP) 
- 
RESTRAINT  SYSTEM: 
2 
- 
ACTIVE  (MANUAL)  BELTS  WITH  DRIVER  AND 
PASSENGERS  INFLATABLE  RESTRAINT  SYSTEM 
325 

This is the legal identifier  for  your Cadillac. It  appears  on  a  plate 
in 
the 
front  corner of  the  instrument  panel, 
on 
the driver’s side. You  can  see it 
if 
you look  through  the windshield from  outside  your vehicle. The VIN also 
appears  on  the Vehicle Certification  and Service Parts labels and  the 
certificates of  title  and  registration. 
Engine 
Identificution 
The  eighth  character 
in 
your  VIN is the engine  code  for  your 
GM 
engine. 
This  code will help you  identify your  engine,  specifications,  and 
replacement  parts in this section. 
SERWCE PARTS IDENTIFICATION LABEL 
You’ll find this label on  the  spare  tire cover. It’s very helpful 
if 
you ever 
need  to  order  parts.  On 
this 
label is: 
Your VIN. 
Its  model  designation. 
A 
list of  all production  options  and special equipment. 
Be sure  that this  label is not removed from  the vehicle. 
ADD-ON 
ELECTRICAL  EQUIPMENT 
- 
NOT1 
Don’t add  ythlllg  electrical  to  your  Cadillac unless you  chec’- 
with 
your 
aealer first.  Some  electrical  equipment  can  damage 
your  vehicle and the  damage  wouldn’t  be  covered by  your 
warranty.  Some  of it can just keep other things from  working as 
they should. 
326 

r 
T 
ri 
‘I 
I- 
!- 
!- 
Retained 
Accessory 
Power 
When you stop  your  Cadillac  and turn  the key to Off, you can  use  these 
accessories  for 
10 
more minutes: 
0 
Radio 
0 
Power Windows 
0 
Astroroof 
0 
Windshield  Wipers 
If you open  a  door, everything will  go  off. And,  after 
10 
minutes 
everything will go off, also. 
If you want  power  for another 
10 
minutes,  just  turn the key to  Run  and 
then back to Off. 
FUSES 
AND 
CIRCUIT BREDRS 
The wiring circuits in your vehicle are  protected  from  short circuits by 
a 
combination of  Mini Fuses, Circuit  Breakers,  and Maxi Fuses. This 
greatly  reduces the  chance 
of 
fires  caused by  electrical  problems. 
If you have  a  problem on  the  road  and don’t have  a  spare  fuse, you can 
“borrow”  one of the  same value.  Select  a feature  that you can  get  along 
without that is the  same value you need 
-- 
like the  radio  or  cigarette 
lighter 
-- 
and  use  its  fuse.  Be sure  to use  a  fuse with the  same  amperage 
rating  number  on  it  (ie. 
lOA, 
20A, etc.)  Replace 
it 
as  soon  as you can. 
1 
There is a  fuse 
removal  tool  and  some 
spare mini fuses in the 
glove  box door,  just lift 
the cover up. 
327 

Engine Compartment 
Fuse 
Block 
I 
To 
gain  access,  lift the 
cover. 
Maxi FuseslRelay  Center 
The maxi fuse  and relays are located next to the engine  compartment  fuse 
block. 
If 
a 
maxi fuse  should blow,  have  your  vehicle serviced by  your 
Cadillac  dealer  immediately. 
328 

1nrVc-I 
SENSE 
I 
I 
BIII 
mc 
1 
m 
DRL 
SUSPENSION  RTD  (BAT) 
L  HDLP  LO 
R 
HDLP  LO  L  HDLP  HI 
R 
HDLP  HI 
-1 
COOL FAN  TRANS/ECS 
FUSE 
CENTER IDENTIFICATION 
I 
ENGINE  COMPARTMENT  FUSE  BLOCK 
COIL  20A 
- 
4.9L  DISTRIBUTOR 
- 
4.6L  IGNITION  CONTROL  MODULE 
SIR 
20A 
- 
DIAGNOSTIC  ENERGY  RESERVE  MODULE 
- 
ARMING  SENSOR 
- 
POWERTRAIN  CONTROL  MODULE  (PCM) 
(DERM)  SIR  (AIR  BAG) 
PCM (IGN)  10A 
- 
PASSKeyB  DECODER  MODULE 
INJ  10A 
INJ  10A 
IGN  10A 
- 
FUEL  INJECTORS 1,4,6,7 
- 
FUEL  INJECTORS 2,3,5,8 
- 
A/C  COMPRESSOR 
- 
ELECTROCHROMIC  MIRROR 
- 
INSTRUMENT  PANEL  CLUSTER 
- 
DIAGNOSTIC  ENERGY  RESERVE  MODULE 
- 
KEYLESS  ENTRY  MODULE 
- 
CORNERING  LIGHTS 
- 
CHIME  MODULE 
- 
TWILIGHT  SENTINEVDRL  MODULE 
- 
BACKUP  LIGHTS 
- 
BRAKE  TRANSMISSION  SHIFT  INTERLOCK 
(DERM) 
SIR 
(AIR  BAG) 
FUEL 20A 
- 
FUELPUMP 
- 
POWERTRAIN  CONTROL  MODULE 
PCM (BAT) 10A 
A/C 1OA 
HTD 
W/S 
10A 
STOP LP  20A 
TURN/HAZ  20A 
- 
POWERTRAIN  CONTROL  MODULE  (PCM) 
- 
A/C  COMPRESSOR 
- 
HEATED  WINDSHIELD 
- 
STOP  LIGHTS 
- 
HAZARD  LIGHTS 
- 
TURN  SIGNAL  LIGHTS 
DRL 1OA (CANADA) 
DRL 1OA  (CANADA) 
SUSPENSION 10A 
- 
DAYTIME  RUNNING  LIGHTS 
- 
DAYTIME  RUNNING  LIGHTS 
- 
ROAD  SENSING  SUSPENSION 
- 
SPEED  SENSITIVE  SUSPENSION  (4.9L) 
- 
ROAD  SENSING  SUSPENSION 
(NORTHSTAR) 
RTD (BAT) 20A 
L  HDLP LO 
1 
OA  (EXPORT) 
R 
HDLP LO  1OA  (EXPORT) 
L  HDLP HI 10A (EXPORT) 
R 
HDLP HI (EXPORT) 
IGN 
3 
10A 
- 
LEFT  HEADLAMP  LOW  BEAM 
- 
RT HEADLAMP  LOW  BEAM 
- 
LEFT  HEADLAMP  HIGH  BEAM 
- 
RIGHT  HEADLAMP  HIGH  BEAM 
- 
HEATED  WINDSHIELD 
- 
HEATER  AND A/C  PROGRAMMER 
- 
ELECT.  LEVEL  CONTROL  (ELC) 
- 
DEFOGGER RELAY “D” 
- 
CRUISE  CONTROL 
- 
POWERTRAIN  CONTROL  MODULE 
- 
COOLING  FANS 
- 
POWERTRAIN  CONTROL  MODULE  (4.6L) 
- 
FRONT  AND  REAR  HEATED  OXYGEN 
COOLING FAN 10A 
SENSOR  (4.6L) 
TRANS/ECS 
1 
OA 
SOLENOID 
- 
EXHAUST  GAS  RECIRCULATION  (EGR) 
- 
POWERTRAIN  CONTROL  MODULE  (PCM) 
- 
AUTOMATIC  TRANSAXLE 
- 
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION  CONTROL 
SOLENOID 
- 
OVERSPEED  ALERT  MODULE  (EXPORT) 
- 
POWER  STEERING  PRESSURE  SWITCH 
329 

5 
LH 
MAXI8 
FUSE 
BLOCK 
FUSE 
1 
(50 
AMP) 
- 
RETAINED  ACCESSORY  POWER 
(RADIO/WIPERS) 
- 
STARTER 
- 
TRUNK  COMR  FUSE  Ai 1 
- 
ENGINE COMF!  FUSES  Ai, A3,  A5,  A7,  A9, 
All,A13 
FUSE 
2 
(60 
AMP) 
U.S.A./CANADA  Z49/SAUDI 
- 
TRUNK  COMP  FUSES 
C1, 
C3,  C5, C7, C9, Cil 
- 
ROAD  SENSING  SUSPENSION 
FUSE 
2 
EXPORT  EXCEPT  SAUDI 
(60 
AMP) 
- 
ROAD  SENSING  SUSPENSION 
- 
REAR FOG  LIGHT  (EXPORT) 
- 
TRUNK COMP  FUSES  C1, 
C3, 
C5, C7,  C9, 
C11,  C13 
CIRCUIT BREAKER 
3 
(30 
AMP) 
- 
FUEL  DOOR  RELEASE 
- 
TRUNK  RELEASE 
- 
LEFT  AND  RIGHT  POWER  SEAT 
- 
LEFT  AND  RIGHT  LUMBAR  CONTROL 
- 
KEYLESS  ENTRY  MODULE 
- 
POWER  DOOR  LOCKS 
- 
HORNS 
FUSE 
4 
(30 
AMP) 
- 
POWERTRAIN  CONTROL  MODULE  (PCM) 
- 
ELECTRONIC  CLIMATE  CONTROL 
- 
RAP/ILLUMINATED  ENTRY  MODULE 
- 
INSTRUMENT  PANEL  CLUSTER 
- 
PASSKeyB  DECODER  MODULE 
- 
THEFT DETERRENT 
I 
50A 
I 
m 
5 
FUSE 
5 
(60 
AMP) 
- 
LEFT  AND  RIGHT  HEATED  SEATS 
- 
ELECTRONIC  LEVEL  CONTROL  (ELC) 
- 
TRUNK  LID  PULL  DOWN 
- 
POWER  ANTENNA 
- 
REAR  DEFOGGER 
- 
LEFT  AND  RIGHT  MIRROR  DEFOGGERS 
FUSE 
6 
(60 
AMP) 
- 
RETAINED  ACCESSORY  POWER 
(SUNROOF/POWER  WINDOWS) 
- 
ENGINE COMF!  FUSES  C7, Dl, D3, D5 
- 
TRUNK  COMF!  FUSES  Al, A3,  A5,  A7 
RH 
MAXIB 
FUSE  BLOCK 
FUSE 
1 
(40 
AMP) 
- 
TURN/HAZ STOP  LP 
- 
PARK  LIGHTS 
FUSE 
2 
(30 
AMP) 
- 
DELCO-BOSEG SPEAKERS 
- 
RADIO  CONTROL  HEAD 
- 
REMOTE  RADIO  RECEIVER 
CIRCUIT BREAKER 
3 
(30 
AMP) 
- 
FLASH TO  PASS  FEATURE 
- 
DAYTIME  RUNNING  LIGHT  (DRL) 
- 
HEADLIGHTS 
FUSE 
4 
(40 
AMP)  HAVAC  BLOWER 
- 
HVAC  POWER  MODULE 
- 
AJC  COMPRESSOR 
FUSE 
5 
(50 
AMP)  ABS 
FUSE 
6 
(50 
AMP)  COOLING FANS 
- 
ANTILOCK  BRAKE  PRESSURE  VALVE 
- 
COOLING FANS 
330 

Rear 
Compartment 
Fuse 
Block 
Pull 
gain 
the 
cover 
access. 
off 
to 
33 
1 

L 
WIPER  RAD  (IGN) 
R 
DEFOG  HTD  MlRR  IPC  IBATT)  THEFT 
, 
1-1 
BI 
BI 
REAR FOG  FOG  LP  CNSL  FAN  CIGAR 
- 
L PRK  LP 
R 
PRK  LP  RAD  (BAT) 
7' 
.I 
m  m 
TRUNK 
COMPARTMENT 
FUSE 
BLOCK 
CRANK  10A 
- 
RAPhLLUMINATED  ENTRY  MODULE 
- 
DIAGNOSTIC ENERGY  RESERVE  MODULE 
(DERM) 
- 
STARTER 
- 
CATALYTIC  CONVERTER  ALARM  MODULE 
ION 
1 
10A 
(EXPORTI 
- 
FUEL-LEVEL 
SENSOR 
- 
ELECTROCHROMIC  MIRROR 
- 
THEFT  DETERRENT  MODULE 
- 
KEYLESS  ENTRY  MODULE 
- 
TURN  SIGNAL  LIGHTS 
- 
RAP/ILLUMINATED  ENTRY  MODULE 
HDLP WASH 30A (EXPORT) 
IPC (IGN) 10A 
CNSL 
SW 
10A 
- 
HEADLIGHT WASHER MODULE 
- 
INSTRUMENT PANEL  CLUSTER 
- 
REAR 
BLOWER  MOTOR 
- 
CONSOLE  SWITCH 
ABS 
1OA 
- 
ELECTRONIC  BRAKE  CONTROL  MODULE  (4.9L) 
- 
ELECTRONIC  BRAKE  AND  TRACTION  CONTROL 
MODULE (NORTHSTAR) 
WIPER 30A 
RAD (IGN) 1OA 
R 
DEFOG 30A 
HTD  MlRR  10A 
IPC (BATT) 1 OA 
- 
INSTRUMENT  PANEL  CLUSTER 
THEFT 10A 
- 
PASS-Key@ DECODER  MODULE 
- 
THEFT  DETERRENT  RELAY 
HVACIDABIE  10A 
- 
HEATER  AND  A/C PROGRAMMER 
REAR FOG 10A (EXPORT) 
FOG LP 1OA  (4.6L) 
CNSL FAN 1OA 
- 
REAR  BLOWER  MOTOR 
- 
WIPERhVASHER  SWITCH 
- 
REMOTE  RADIO  RECEIVER 
- 
REAR  DEFOGGER 
- 
RIGHT  AND  LEFT POWER  MIRROR-DEFOGGER 
- 
THEFT  DETERRENT  MODULE 
- 
RAP/ILLUMINATED  ENTRY  MODULE 
- 
REAR FOG  LIGHTS 
- 
FOG  LIGHTS 
- 
REAR 
CIGAR  LIGHTERS-SEVILLE  ONLY 
- 
CHIME  MODULE 
CIGAR 20A 
- 
FRONT  CIGAR  LIGHTER 
BODY 2  10A 
- 
POWER  MIRROR  SWITCH 
- 
RETAINED  ACCESSORY  POWER 
- 
CONSOLE  SWITCH 
- 
PANEL LIGHTS  INHIBIT (EXPORT) 
- 
COURTESY  LIGHTS 
- 
KEYLESS  ENTRY  MODULE 
BODY 
1 
10A 
- 
POWER  DOOR  LOCKS 
- 
DOOR  LOCK  CYLINDER  ILLUMINATION 
- 
TRUNK  LIGHT 
- 
GLOVE  BOX  LIGHT 
- 
FOOTWELL  LIGHTS 
- 
TWILIGHT  SENTINEUDRL  MODULE 
- 
HEADLIGHT  SWITCH 
READ LP 10A 
- 
LEFT  AND  RIGHT VANITY  MIRRORS 
- 
GARAGEDOOROPENER 
- 
FRONT  AND  REAR  HEADER  LIGHTS 
L 
PRK  LP 1OA 
- 
RADIO  DIMMING 
- 
HEADLIGHT  SWITCH 
- 
INSTRUMENT  PANEL  CLUSTER 
- 
LEFT  MARKER  LIGHT 
R 
PRK LP 10A 
- 
LEFT  TAIL/STOP/TURN  LIGHTS 
- 
LEFT  PARWTURN  LIGHT 
- 
RIGHT  MARKER  LIGHTS 
- 
LICENSE  LIGHTS 
- 
RIGHT PARWURN LIGHT 
- 
ENGINE  COMPARTMENT  LIGHT 
- 
RIGHT  TAlL/STOP/TURN  LIGHTS 
RAD (BAT) 
1 
OA 
- 
REMOTE  RADIO  RECEIVER 
- 
RADIO  CONTROL  HEAD 
ANTDRUNK 20A 
- 
TRUNK  PULL  DOWN 
ELC 20A 
R 
HTD  SEAT  10A 
L 
HTD  SEAT 10A 
- 
DRIVERS  HEATED  SEAT 
- 
POWER  ANTENNA 
- 
ELECTRONIC  LEVEL  CONTROL 
- 
PASSENGERS  HEATED  SEAT 
332 

Headlights 
The headlight wiring is protected 
by 
a  circuit  breaker in the light switch. 
An 
electrical  overload 
will 
cause 
the 
lights to 
go 
on  and off,  or 
in 
some 
cases to  remain 
off. 
If 
this  happens, have your  headlight wiring checked 
right away. 
Windshield Wipers 
The windshield  wiper  motor 
is 
protected by  a  circuit  breaker  and 
a 
fuse. 
If 
the  motor  overheats  due  to heavy snow, etc.,  the  wiper 
will 
stop  until 
the  motor cools. If  the  overload 
is 
caused by  some  electrical  problem  and 
not 
snow, etc.,  be  sure to get 
it 
fixed. 
Power Windows 
and 
Other  Power Options 
Circuit  breakers 
in 
the  fuse  panel  protect the power windows and other 
power  accessories.  When  the current load 
is 
too heavy, the  circuit  breaker 
opens  and  closes,  protecting  the  circuit  until  the  problem is  fixed or goes 
away. 
BULB 
CHMT 
DESCRIPTION 
BULB 
NO. 
Ash Tray Illumination 
.................................. 
1445 
Backup Lights. 
........................................ 
2057 
Courtesy  Reading  Light  ................................. 
168 
FogLight 
.............................................. 
886 
Glove Compartment Light 
............................... 
194 
Headlights  Composite 
-Inner  High  Beam 
................................ 
9005 HB3 
-Outer 
Low 
Beam 
................................ 
9006 HB4 
-ExportBulb...........................................  H4 
Illumination  Entry 
Lock 
Lamp 
............................ 
192 
Instrument  Panel  Illumination 
............................ 
194 
Instrument 
Panel 
Telltales 
................................ 
194 
Cornering  Light  ...................................  1156 DC7 
333 

License  Plate  Light 
..................................... 
194 
Park and Turn Signal 
................................ 
2357 NA 
Rear Fog/Back-Up  Light  (Export) 
...................... 
P21/5W 
Side Marker Lights 
..................................... 
194 
Stop/Tail/Turn Signal 
................................ 
2057 NA 
Stop/Tail/Turn Signal (Export) 
......................... 
P21/5 
W 
Trunk  Light  ...........................................  1003 
Vanity Mirror  Illumination 
............................... 
124 
Underhood Light 
....................................... 
561 
NOR2MAL MUNTENmCE REPLACEMENT 
PMTS 
(4.9 
LITER  ENGINE) 
Air  Cleaner  Element 
........................ 
AC Type A1096C2 
................................................ 25096932 
Battery ............................................. 78A-72 
Fuel  Filter  Element 
.......................... 
AC Type 
GF-581 
................................................ 
25121468 
Engine Oil Filter 
............................. 
AC Type PF-45 
................................................ 
25010324 
PCV Valve 
................................ 
AC Type  CV-774C 
................................................. 
6487779 
Spark Plugs 
.................................. 
AC Type  41-902 
................................................. 
5614235 
Serpentine  Drive  Belt 
............................... 
3528110 
Radiator  Cap 
................................ 
AC 
Type RC 27 
................................................. 
6410427 
Thermostat 
........................................ 
3528974 
Upper  Radiator  Hose  ...............................  1640746 
Lower  Radiator  Hose 
............................... 
1641712 
TransFilter 
........................................ 
865  1909 
TransPanGasket 
................................... 
8668028 
334 

NORMAL 2MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT 
PARTS 
(4.6 
LITER NORTHSTAR) 
Air Cleaner  Element 
......................... 
AC Type Sl096C 
................................................ 
25096932 
Battery 
............................................. 
78A-72 
................................................. 
1981590 
Fuel 
Filter  Element 
.......................... 
AC 
Type GF-580 
................................................ 
25121468 
Engine Oil Filter 
............................. 
AC 
Type 
PF-58 
................................................ 
25014377 
PCV 
Valve  .................................  AC Type  CV-774C 
................................................ 
06487779 
Spark Plugs 
.................................. 
AC 
Type  41-900 
Serpentine Drive 
Belt 
............................... 
3530814 
Surge Tank Cap  .............................. AC  Type  RC  33 
................................................. 
6410665 
Thermostat  .................................. AC Type 131-66 
................................................. 
3531407 
Upper  Radiator  Hose 
............................... 
3521504 
Lower Radiator 
Hose 
............................... 
3521505 
Trans Screen  Rt 
. 
Scavenger  .......................... 8679416 
Trans Screen  Lt 
. Scavenger 
........................... 
8680700 
Trans 
Pan 
Screws 
(16) 
............................... 
8682650 
TransPanGasket 
................................... 
8681197 
................................................. 
5614236 
335 

SPECIFICATIONS 
4.6L 
32 
Valve 
(DOHC) 
Northstar  Engine 
The  engine is  a 4.6 liter 
(27Y 
cu.in.) 
903 
V-8 
featuring  Dual  Overhead 
Cam 
(DOHC), 
32 
valve, and sequential  port 
fuel 
injection. 
This 
design 
results in 
a 
powerful, refined engine which 
is 
well 
suited to even the most 
demanding driving conditions. 
Engine weight is  minimized by the use 
of 
low 
mass alloy materials. 
The 
crankcase, cylinder heads  and  oil  pan  are  made  from cast aluminum. The 
induction system housing, cam  covers and 
oil 
filter adapter  are cast 
magnesium. The  reduced engine mass enhances vehicle handling and 
responsiveness. 
336 

The 
Northstar  engine 
is 
designed to require less maintenance  than many 
other 
DOHC 
V-8 
engines.  Engine systems are designed to remind 
the 
driver  when service 
is 
required.  An 
oil 
life 
index indicator  monitors 
ongoing operating  conditions  and  reminds  the  driver when 
an 
oil  change 
is needed. A low coolant  warning message keeps  track 
of 
the level 
of 
this 
vital fluid.  Direct  acting hydraulic tappets provide  maintenance  free  zero 
lash operation 
of 
the 
32 
valves from idle 
to 
the 
6500 
rpm  redline. The 
camshafts are driven by  a 
two 
stage  roller  chain assembly which  is 
designed to provide quiet  maintenance  free  operation.  Platinum tipped 
spark plugs increase the  replacement interval to 
100,000 
miles. 
The  four valve per cylinder design provides more 
efficient 
engine 
breathing which results 
in 
higher power than  comparable 
two 
valve 
engines. The  central location 
of 
each  spark plug ensures a fast and 
complete  burning 
of 
the fuel/air  mixture. The induction system uses 
smooth  thermoplastic  tubes  to  channel  air  into  the cylinders. The 
smoothness 
of 
the 
tubes is equivalent to  the  elaborate  port polishing 
methods used for  race  car  engines.  Careful design using the  shape  and 
length 
of 
the  tubes boosts  horsepower by using sonic  pressure waves 
created by  the  motion 
of 
the inlet valves 
to 
increase the  amount 
of 
air 
entering  each cylinder. 
The  Northstar  engine 
is 
also designed 
to 
be 
very 
durable.  The aluminum 
block has cast-in-place iron cylinder liners  for greater  wear resistance. 
High strength  forged  steel  connecting  rods  support  the  free  floating 
piston pins 
in 
bronze bushings for  superior high speed  performance.  The 
fillits 
of 
the  nodular iron  crankshaft  undergo a high pressure  compression 
rolling operation  to improve  their  resistance to fatigue. 
Quiet operation 
is 
enhanced by the use 
of 
special materials  and designs. 
The 
front cover 
of 
the  engine is stamped  from  laminated 
steel 
which 
damps 
out 
noise. 
Special cam cover gasket  seals  isolate valve train 
operation. The 
fuel 
injectors are placed inside 
the 
induction system 
housing 
to 
eliminate  the clicking noise which  is common  to  other fuel 
injected  engines. 
The  Northstar  engine is designed 
to 
provide years 
of 
efficient, reliable, 
satisfying operation. We think 
it 
is also  just plain fun 
to 
drive. 
337 

4.9 
LITER  ENGINE 
- 
I 
. 
.. 
. 
A 
The 
4.9 
Liter transverse engine is 
an 
overhead valve, 
90 
degree V-8 
design. 
The 
cylinder bore  diameter  and  the piston stroke provide a piston 
displacement 
of 
4.9 
liters 
(300 
cubic inches). 
This  engine utilizes an  aluminum crankcase with a  separate  aluminum 
lifter  carrier  and removable cast iron cylinder liners. The cylinder heads 
are  made 
of 
cast iron  and feature integral valve seats  and guides. The cast 
nodular  iron  crankshaft 
is 
supported  at 
five 
main bearing  journals by cast 
iron main bearing caps and shell type steel-backed aluminum inserts. The 
center main bearing is the thrust  bearing. 
335 

The cast  aluminum  pistons  use 
two 
compression rings and  one oil  control 
ring. The pistons are tin  plated  to provide  a  non-scuffing  surface  when 
the  engine is new. 
A 
steel  camshaft is supported by  five steel  backed  babbit  bearings. It 
is 
driven by the  crankshaft  through  a  chain  at  the  front 
of 
the  engine.  The 
drive  gear is keyed to  the  crankshaft  and  the driven  sprocket is bolted  to 
the camshaft.  Both the  crankshaft  gear  and camshaft  sprocket have 
locating  marks to provide the  correct valve timing  and  timing  chain 
installation. The valve lifters are roller  hydraulic  type  and are positioned 
in the  aluminum  lifter  carrier. 
4T80-E 
Transaxle 
(ETC) 
& 
4.6 
L 
Sport 
Coupe 
(270 
hp) 
The 
4T80-E 
transaxle  has  been  designed  to  complement  the  output 
characteristics 
of 
the  Northstar  engine.  The innovative  design 
incorporates  several  features which enhance its overall  operation. 
339 

This  transaxle is the first of a new generation of 
“SMART” 
transmissions. 
The  computer which controls  the  electronic  shift  solenoids  adapts  to 
changing  environments while you drive.  This  provides  consistent high 
quality  shifts  under all conditions.  Communication  between  the  engine 
and  transaxle  through  this  computer  controls  engine  output  during 
activation 
of 
torque  management  or  traction  control.  Smooth  shifting is 
ensured by design. Hydraulic  accumulators  control  shift  pressures  and all 
shifts are  made  to  free wheeling  elements. 
The 4T80E  uses  a dry sump lubrication system with a  scavenger  pump. 
This  unique  feature  enables  the  transaxle  to  maintain  adequate 
pressurized oil supply during 
all 
maneuvers. 
Spirited  performance with 
very 
efficient  cruising  operation are provided 
by  the  combination 
of 
4 
speed  overdrive  gearing,  a torque  converter 
clutch,  and  a 
3.71:l 
or 
3.11:l 
final  drive  ratio. 
4T60-E 
Transaxle 
(4.9 
L 
Eldoradu) 
340 

The Hydra-matic 
4T60-E 
4-speed  overdrive,  electronic  transaxle consists 
primarily 
of 
a 
five 
element  torque  converter: two planetary  gear  sets, 
various  clutches, final drive assembly, differential assembly, and a  control 
valve  body. 
The  torque  converter houses  a  pump,  turbine,  pressure  plate which is 
splined to  the  turbine,  and  a  stator assembly, serving as  a fluid coupling, it 
smoothly  transmits  power  from  the  engine  to  the transaxle. 
It 
also 
hydraulically provides  additional  torque when required.  When  applied, 
the  pressure  plate provides a  mechanical  direct drive coupling 
of 
the 
engine  to  the transaxle. 
The two planetary  gear  sets provide the  four  forward  gear  ratios  and 
reverse. Changing 
of 
the  gear  ratios is  fully automatic  and 
is 
accomplished through  the use 
of 
various  electronic and mechanical 
requirements.  Four  multiple disc clutches, two roller  clutches,  a  sprag 
clutch,  and three  bands  provide  the friction elements  required  to  obtain 
the various  ratios with the planetary  gear  sets. 
A 
hydraulic system (the  control valve body), pressurized by  a vein type 
pump provides the working pressure  needed  to  operate  the friction 
elements  and  automatic controls. 
341 

Front 
Suspension 
Your  fully independent  front suspension is a combination  strut  and  spring 
design. 
The 
frame is isolated from  the body with six rubber  mounts. 
Rubber bushings are used at 
the 
lower control  arm pivots. Thc  upper  end 
of 
the 
strut is isolated 
by 
a  rubber  mount which contains 
a 
bearing to 
allow 
for 
wheel turning. The Road Sensing Suspension on the 
4.6 
Liter 
(Northstar) and the Speed Sensing Suspension on 
4.9 
Liter 
will 
automatically  controls the damping rate 
of 
the  struts. 
The 
lower end 
of 
the  steering knuckle pivots on a ball joint riveted to  the 
control  arm. The ball joint is connected  to the  steering knuckle 
with 
a 
castellated 
nut 
and  cotter pin. 
342 

ShortlLong 
Arm 
Suspension 
(SLA) 
I' 
Your vehicle uses an  independent short/long  arm rear suspension. 
All 
the 
rear suspension components  are  mounted 
on 
a  suspension  support which 
is attached 
to 
the body at  four points  and is 
fully 
isolated with bushings 
and  insulators to minimize road noise. Each rear wheel 
is 
connected to 
the suspension support  through  the  suspension knuckle using an  upper 
and lower control  arm  and  toe 
link. 
The control arms  and 
toe 
link are  attached  to  the suspension support 
on 
the 
inboard  side,  and to 
a 
suspension  knuckle on the  outboard side. The 
hub  and  bearing assembly is mounted 
to 
the knuckle and is 
a 
single, 
non- 
serviceable unit which eliminates the  need  for wheel bearing  adjustment. 
The load leveling 
(ELC) 
shock absorbers 
are 
attached  to  the lower 
control  arm, with the  upper  end 
of 
the shock attached 
to 
the suspension 
support. 
The 
springs are held in position  between the lower control  arms 
and 
a 
pocket 
in 
the 
suspension support. 
The suspension system also  incorporates 
a 
new damping system  now 
as 
Road  Sensing  Suspension 
on 
the 
ETC 
or  (Sport  Coupe) 
and 
Speed 
343 

Sensing  suspension on  the  Eldorado.  These systems control  the  damping 
forces in the shock  absorbers  and  struts, in response to various  road  and 
driving conditions. The systems are capable 
of 
making these  damping 
changes  extremely  fast. 
A 
computer receives inputs  from vertical acceleration  sensors, 
wheel 
to 
body 
position  sensors, vehicle speed  sensor, lift and dive  signals. This 
computer evaluates  the  inputs  from  these  sensors,  to  control  the  damping 
of 
each 
of 
the  struts  and  shocks  independently  to provide varied levels of 
suspension  control. 
The system also  has  the  capability 
of 
providing Speed Sensitive Steering 
control. 
This 
system changes  your  steering  effort  based  on your vehicle 
speed. 
Speed  Sensitive  Steering 
This system varies  the  amount of  steering  effort  proportionate  to  your 
vehicle speed.  Steering is easier at 
a 
lower speed  for  increased 
maneuverability  and  parking  ease. 
As 
your vehicle speed  increases, 
the 
steering  effort is also  increased to provide  a  manual  like  steering  feel  for 
maximum control  and  enhanced vehicle stability. 
344 

n 
r 
L 
I 
r 
r 
r 
T 
F-l 
The power  rack and pinion steering system,has  a rotary spool valve  which 
directs hydraulic  fluid  coming from the power steering pump 
to 
one side 
or  the  other side 
of 
the rack  piston. The integral rack piston is attached to 
the rack. The rack piston converts hydraulic pressure 
to 
a linear force 
which  moves the rack left or right. The force 
is 
then transmitted through 
the  inner  and  outer tie rods to  the steering knuckles,  which turn  the 
wheels 
If 
hydraulic  assist  is not available, manual control is maintained. However 
under  these conditions more steering effort 
is 
required. 
4.6 
LITER  NORTHSTAR 
ENGINE 
Displacement 
............................... 
.4.6L (279  cu.in.) 
No. 
of 
Cylinders 
................ 
32-valve DOHC 
8 
- 
90 Degree 
V 
Power  (ACC. to 
SAE 
51349) 
............... 
295 (bhp 
@ 
6000 rpm 
Torque 
(ACC. 
to 
SAE 
51349) 
............ 
290  (lbs.  ft. 
@ 
4400 rpm 
..................................... 
393 (Nm 
@ 
4400  rpm 
Power  (ACC. 
to 
SAE 
51349) 
............... 
270 (bhp 
@ 
6000 rpm 
Torque  (ACC. 
to 
SAE 
51349) 
............ 
207  (lbs. 
ft. 
@ 
4400  rpm 
Bore 
........................................ 
93mm  (3.66  in.) 
Stroke 
...................................... 
.84mm (3.31in.) 
Compression Ratio 
................................... 
10.3:l 
Cylinder Heads 
............................... 
Cast  Aluminum 
Intake Manifold 
........................ 
Die 
Cast Magnesium 
/ 
.......................... 
Thermoplastic Air Induction Tubes 
Valve  System 
................... 
Direct Acting  Hydraulic  Tappets 
Exhaust Valve 
................................ 
29mm  (1.14  in.) 
Firing Order 
.................................. 
1-2-7-3-4-5-6-8 
Engine  Code 
9 
..................................... 
220 (kW 
1 
@ 
6000 rpm 
..................................... 
204(kW 
1 
@ 
6000rpm 
..................................... 
300 (N-m 
1 
@ 
4400 rpm 
1 
Engine  Code 
Y: 
Cylinder  Block 
...... 
Die Cast Aluminum  with Iron Cylinder Bores 
Intake Valve 
.................................. 
33mm  (1.29  in.) 
Pistons 
...................................... 
Cast Aluminum 
Left Bank 
.......................................... 
2-4-6-8 
345 

Right  Bank 
......................................... 
1-3-5-7 
Camshaft 
................... 
Induction Hardened Cast  Grey Iron 
Drive 5pe 
........ 
Single  Row 
/ 
Staged  Drive 
S 
mm Roller  Chain 
Main  Bearings 
......................................... 
Five 
4.9 
LITER 
ENGINE 
Displacement 
............................... 
.4.9L (300  cu.in.) 
No. 
of 
Cylinders 
.............................. 
8 
- 
90 Degree V 
Power  (Acc. 
to 
SAE  51349) 
............... 
200 (bhp) 
@ 
4100  rpm 
Torque  (ACC. to SAE  51349) 
............ 
275  (lbs. 
ft. 
@ 
3000  rpm 
Bore 
....................................... 
92mm  (3.623  in.) 
Stroke 
..................................... 
92mm  (3.623  in.) 
Compression Ratio 
.................................... 
951 
Cylinder  Block 
........................... 
Die Cast  Aluminum 
Cylinder  Block  Bore  Liners 
......................... 
Cast Iron 
Cylinder Head 
.................................... 
Cast Iron 
Intake Manifold 
.............................. 
Cast  Aluminum 
Valve  System 
.......................... 
Roller  Hydraulic  Lifters 
Intake Valve 
................................ 
45mm  (1.772 in.) 
Exhaust Valve 
............................... 
3Smm  (1.496 in.) 
Pistons 
...................................... 
Cast  Aluminum 
Firing Order 
.................................. 
1-8-4-3-6-5-7-2 
Left  Bank 
.......................................... 
1-3-5-7 
Right  Bank 
......................................... 
2-4-6-8 
Camshaft 
............................................. 
Steel 
Width.. 
.................................... 
16.2mm  (0.64  in.) 
Pitch 
...................................... 
12.7mm 
(0.50 
in.) 
Drive Type 
.......................................... 
Chain 
Crankshaft 
............................. 
Pearlitic  Nodular Iron 
MainBearings 
........................................... 
5 
..................................... 
250  (kW) 
@ 
4100  rpm 
..................................... 
375 (N-m 
@ 
3000  rpm 
1 
346 
- 
.. 
- 
C. 

ENGINE LUBRICATION  SYSTEM 
Type 
of 
Intake 
..................................... 
Stationary 
Filter System 
...................................... 
Full-Flow 
1 
j 
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM 
ir 
Surge Tank 
/ 
Radiator  Cap Relief Pressure 
...... 
15.0  psi  (103 Pa) 
Thermostat Starts To  Open 
................ 
192-199' 
F 
(89-93  C) 
Water Pump Type 
................................. 
Centrifugal 
Drive  Belt 
....................................... 
Serpentine 
Radiator  Core 
................................... 
Aluminum 
Radiator Cooling  Fans  (2) 
............................ 
Electric 
!- 
FUEL SYSTEM 
r 
r 
I' 
Induction Type 
............ 
Sequential Port Fuel Injection '(SPFI) 
System Pressure 
.................... 
.33.4-43.5  psi  (230-300  kPa) 
Idle Speed 
.................................. 
ECM Controlled 
Filter Type 
............................... 
Paper Type Element 
Fuel Pump 
................................ 
Electric (In Tank) 
Fuel Required 
................. 
Premium Unleaded (91 Octane) 
I 
AUTOMATIC WSAXl,E 
1 
r? 
n 
Trade Name (4.9 
L) 
............. 
Turbohydramatic (THM) 4T60E 
Type 
..................................... 
4-Speed Automatic 
................................... 
Viscous Converter Clutch 
Trade Name 
(4.6 
L) 
............. 
Turbohydramatic (THM) 4T80E 
Type 
..................................... 
4-Speed Automatic 
................................... 
Torque Converter Clutch 
Fluid Required 
.............................. 
DEXRON 
IIE@ 
Axle Ratio (4.9 
L 
Engine Code B) 
....................... 
2.97: 
1 
Axle Ratio 
(4.6 
L 
Engine Code 9)) 
...................... 
3.71:l 
Axle Ratio 
(4.6 
L 
Engine CodeY) 
....................... 
3.11:l 
-1 
347 

EMISSION  CONTROL  SYSTEMS 
Exhaust Gas Recirculation 
.................... 
Controlled 
Flow 
Catalytic Converter 
......................... 
Ceramic  Monolith 
Evaporative Emission Control 
................ 
Charcoal Canister 
Crankcase Emission Control 
....................... 
PCV Valve 
Electronic System 
..................... 
Open and  Closed Loop 
- 
L. 
EmUST SYSTEM 
Type 
............................... 
Single  with  Crossover  Pipe 
Muffler 
.................................. 
One-Reverse 
Flow 
Resonator 
............................................ 
None 
Exhaust  Pipe 
.................................. 
Stainless Steel 
Intermediate Pipe 
............................. 
Stainless Steel 
Tail Pipe 
..................................... 
Stainless Steel 
ELECTMCXL,  SYSTEM 
Voltage 
................................................ 
12 
Ground 
........................................... 
Negative 
Generator (4.9 
L) 
................................... 
140  Amp 
Generator (4.6 
L) 
................................... 
144 
Amp 
AIR 
CONDITIONING  SYSTEM 
Refrigerant-12 
(R-12) 
...................... 
.2.375 
lbs. 
(1.08 
kg) 
Not all air conditioning refrigerants are  the 
same. 
If 
the air conditioning 
system  in  your  vehicle needs refrigerant, be sure the proper refrigerant is 
used. 
If 
you’re not sure ask  your  Cadillac Dealership. 
c1 
I. 
348 

FLUID CAPACITIES 
r 
Transaxle  (4T60E) 
............................. 
.20 pts.  (9.5 
L) 
Transaxle  (4T80E) 
.............................. 
30  pts.  (14 
L) 
Engine Oil (4.9 
L) 
............................ 
5 
quarts (4.7 
L) 
With Filter Change 
.......................... 
.5.5 
qts (5.2 L) 
Engine Oil (4.6 
L) 
.............................. 
6.5  qts (6.2 L) 
With Filter Change 
............................ 
7 qts (6.6 
L) 
Engine Cooling  System 
........................ 
12.3 qts (1 1.7 
L) 
Fuel Tank 
................................ 
19.8  gallons  (75 L) 
Power Steering 
.............................. 
1.3 quarts (1.2 
L) 
Windshield  Washer  Reservoir 
.................. 
4.2 quarts (4.1 
L) 
i 
TIGHTEN  TORQUE 
i 
r 
KEHICLE  DIMENSIONS 
F 
EldoradoETC 
Spark Plugs  (4.9 
L) 
........................ 
.20 
N-m (15  lbs.  ft.) 
Spark Plugs  (4.6 
L) 
......................... 
15 Nom 
(1 1 
lbs. 
ft.) 
Oil  Pan Drain Plug (4.9 
L) 
.................. 
.30 N-m (22  lbs.  ft.) 
Oil Pan Drain Plug (4.6 
L) 
.................. 
.20 N-m (15  lbs. ft.) 
f,: 
Shipping  Weight 
.......................... 
3516  lbs.  (1594.7  kg) 
Shipping  Weight (ETC) 
..................... 
.3695 lbs.  (1679  kg) 
Wheel Base 
................................ 
108  in.  (2743  mm) 
Length 
.................................. 
,202.2 in.  (5135  mm) 
Height 
................................... 
.54.0 
in. 
(1371  mm) 
Width. 
................................... 
.74.3 in.  (1887  mm) 
Front Tread 
............................... 
.60.9 in. 
(1547 
mm) 
Rear Tread 
............................... 
.60.9  in.  (1547  mm) 
T 
! 
! 
rl 
349 

I!_ 
CERT'F'EDJ 
A 
L 
I 
We 
employ 
technicians  certified 
by 
the 
National 
Institute 
for 
AUTOMOTIVE 
SERVICE 
EXCELLENCE 
Let 
us 
show 
you 
their  credentials 
Catalog  Number 
H-3028 
Part  Number 
3532633 


f 
.. . 

r- 
!OWNER 
ASSTSTANCE 
This 
section 
will 
explain  how 
to 
contact  Cadillac 
if 
you  need 
assistance. 
It 
also 
tells 
you 
how 
to 
obtain  service  publications  and  how 
to 
report 
any  safety  defects. 
This 
section  includes  the  following: 
r 
‘r 
i 
Customer  Satisfaction  Procedure 
Zone  and  Central  Office  Addresses 
Customer  Assistance  for  HearindSpeech  Impaired 
MediatiodArbitration  Program 
Reporting  Safety  Defects 
Product  Service  Publications 
(PSPs) 
Owner’s  Manuals  and  Service  Manuals 
CUSTOMER  SATISFACTION PROCEDURE 
li 
Your  satisfaction  and  goodwill  are  important 
to 
your  dealer  and 
to 
Cadillac.  Normally, 
. 
my problems  with  the  sales  transaction 
or 
the  operation 
of 
your 
vehicle  will 
be 
resolved 
by  your  dealer’s  Sales  or  Service  Departments.  Sometimes,  however,  despite  the 
best 
intentions  of 
all 
concerned,  misunderstandings  can 
occur. 
If 
your  concern 
has 
not  been 
resolved  to 
your 
satisfaction,  the  following  steps  should  be  taken: 
STEP 
ONE- 
Discuss 
your 
problem 
with 
a  member 
of 
dealership  management. 
Satisfaction  can  often 
be 
quickly 
obtained 
at 
that  level. 
If 
the  matter 
has 
already  been 
reviewed  with 
the 
Sales,  Service  or 
Parts 
Manager,  contact  the  General  Manager  or 
owner 
of 
the  dealership. 
r 
STEP  TWO 
-If 
after 
contacting  a  member  of  Dealership  Management, it 
appears 
your  problem  cannot 
be 
resolved  by  the  dealership  without  further  help, 
contact  the 
Cadillac  Consumer  Relations  Center 
24 
hours 
per 
day 
by  calling 1-800458-8006  or 
In 
Canada,  contact 
GM 
of 
Canada  Customer  Assistance  Center  in  Oshawa  by  calling 
1 
1-800-263-3777  (ENGLISH).  In  Quebec,  the  French  language  mhumber 
is 
In 
Mexico,  call  1-900-254-1746, 
In 
Puerto  Rico, 
U.S. 
virgin 
Islands, 
call 
1-809-763-1315. 
In 
all  other  overseas  locations,  contact  GM  International  Export 
Sales 
in 
Canada 
by  calling 14164444112. 
r 
if 
you  have  an  Allant6  call  1-800-ALLANT& 
i 
1-800-263-7854. 
b 
r 
6 
1 

For  prompt  assistance,  please  have  the  following  information  available 
to 
give 
the 
Consumer  Relations  Representative: 
- 
Your  name,  address  and  telephone  number 
- 
Vehicle  Identification  Number  (This  is available  from  the  vehicle  registration  or 
. 
. 
title,  or  the  plate  attached 
to 
the  left  top of  the  instrument  panel  and  visible  through 
the  windshield.) 
- 
Dealership  name  and  location 
- 
Vehicle  delivery  date  and  present  mileage 
- 
Nature of  problem 
- 
- 
In order 
to 
give  your  inquiry  prompt  attention,  please  call  the  appropriate  toll  free 
number  listed.  However, if  you  wish 
to 
write  Cadillac,  please  send 
all 
correspon&nce 
to 
the  respective  United  States,  Canada 
or 
GM 
Overseas  Central 
Office 
address  listed 
on 
the  following  page. 
- 
When  contacting  Cadillac,  please  remember  that 
your 
problem  will  likely 
be 
resolved 
in 
the  dealership,  using  dealership  facilities,  equipment  and  personnel.  That  is 
why 
we 
suggest 
you 
follow  Step  One  first. 
b. 
c--. 
CUSTOMER 
ASSISTANCE 
FOR 
THE 
HEARING  OR 
SPEECH IMPAIRED 
To  assist  owners  who  have  hearing  difficulties,  Cadillac 
has 
installed  special 
TDD 
(Telecommunication  Devices  for  the 
Deaf) 
equipment  in  its 
 consume!^ 
Relations 
Center.  Any  hearing  or  speech  impaired  customer  who  has  access 
to 
a 
TDD 
or 
a 
conventional  teletypewriter 
('TTY) 
can  communicate  with  Cadillac  by  dialing: 
1-800-TDD-CMCC.  (TDD 
users  in  Canada  can  dial 
1-800-263-3830). 
- 
r 
1 
2 

ZONE  AND  CENTRAL  OFFICE  ADDRESSES 
r 
n 
CENTRAL 
OFFICES 
UNITED  STATES 
Consumer  Relations  Center 
Cadillac 
Motor  Car  Division 
2860 
Clark 
Detroit,  Michigan 
48232 
1-800-458-8006  (24  Hours) 
1-8OO-ALm 
(Allant&  only) 
INTERNATIONAL  EXPORT 
SALES 
P.O.  Box 
828 
Oshawa, 
Ontario 
L1H  7N1 
Fax: 
416444866 
Telex: 
8214981215 
r 
CADILLAC 
ZONE 
OFFICES 
CENTRAL  ZONE 
Post 
Office 
Box 
33109 
Detroit,  Michigan 
48232 
i 
1 
i. 
; 
r 
FLORIDA  ZONE 
Barrette  Bank  Centre 
Fifth 
Floor 
625 
North  Flagler 
West  Palm  Beach, 
Florida 
33401 
MID-ATLANTIC  ZONE 
r 
Post 
Office  Box 
9010 
! 
Wayne,  Pennsylvania 
19087 
- 
EASTERN  ZONE 
Post 
Office 
Box 
3003 
Parsippany,  New  Jersey 
07054 
CANADA 
Consumer  Relations 
Department 
General  Motors  of  Canada 
Limited 
Oshawa, 
Ontario 
L1 
J 
526 
1-800-263-3777 
(ENGLISH) 
1-800-263-7854 
(FRENCH) 
LOS  ANGELES  ZONE 
Post 
Office 
Box 
5018 
Thousand 
Oaks, 
California 
91  359-501 8 
MIDWEST  ZONE 
Post 
Office 
Box 
3002 
Naperville, 
Illinois 
60566 
NORTHWEST  ZONE 
Post  Office  Box 
23850 
Oakland, 
California 
94623 
SOUTHWEST  ZONE 
Post 
Office 
Box 
6601  18 
Dallas, 
Texas 
75266-01  18 
*NOTE:  The  state 
of 
SOUTHEAST  ZONE 
Alaska 
is 
serviced 
by 
the  Northwest 
Zone. 
Post 
Office 
Box 
50256 
The 
state 
of  Hawaii 
is 
serviced 
Atlanta,  Georgia 
30302 
by  the 
Los 
Angeles  Zone. 
P 
3 

GENERAL 
MOTORS 
OF 
CANADA 
REGIONAL 
OFFICES 
CALGARY,  AB T2P 
3W7 
4220  Blackfoot  Trail 
P.O.  Box  2510 
1-800-263-3777 
MONTREAL,  QUEBEC 
H9R  4R2 
5000 
Trans-Canada 
Hwy. 
Pointe  Claire,  Quebec 
1-800-263-7854 
TORONTO, ONTARIO 
M3C 
lJ1 
1200  Eglinton 
Ave. 
E. 
416-359-0588 
1-800-263-3777 
GENERAL 
MOTORS 
OFFICES 
OVERSEAS 
FAR EAST 
GM  Overseas 
Distribution Cop. 
Roppongi  Fuji  Building 
2-6  Nishiazabu  3-Chome 
Minato-Ku 
Tokyo, 
Japan  106 
Telephone:  03-470-346 1 
Telex:  JAPAUTO  522776 
DUBAI 
GMODCDES  Middle  East 
Dubai 
International  Trade  Centre 
Level  30 
P.O. 
Box  9233 
Dubai, 
United  Arab  Emirates 
Telex:  46542 
GMGX 
EM 
Regional  Marketing  Office 
SAUDI ARABIA 
GM  Overseas 
Distribution  Corp. 
P.O.  Box  5784 
Jeddah,  21432  Saudi  Arabia 
Telephone:  02-665-3380 
Telex:  401748  GMOT  SJ 
EUROPE 
GMODCDES  Europe  RMO 
C/O 
GM 
Service  GMBH 
Postfach  1710 
D-6090  Ruesselsheim 
Federal  Republic  of Gennmy 
Telephone:  6142-602319  or  312 
Telex:  4182841  GMO 
D 
Fax:  6142-82632  or 
Code 
(02) 
PUERTO RICO 
U.S. 
VIRGIN 
ISLANDS 
GM  Overseas  Distribution 
Corp. 
Centro  Commercial 
Rio  Piedras, 
Puerto 
Rim 
Mail:  G.P.O.  Box  G4382 
San 
Juan, 
Puerto 
Rim  00936 
Telephone:  809-763-1315 
Telex:  3450394 
San 
Francisco 
MEXICO 
General 
Motors  de  Mexico 
Consumer  Relations  Supervisor 
Service  Department 
Mexico  1, 
D.F. 
Telephone:  905-245-17-86 
Telex:  1763  185 
Apartado  Postal  107-BIS 
-- 
4 

1 
GM PARTICIPATION IN BETTER BUSINESS BUREAU 
MEDIATION/ARBITRATION  PROGRAM* 
t 
Our 
experience  has  shown  that  the  Customer  Satisfaction  Procedure  described  earlier  in 
this 
section  has  been  very  successful  in  achieving  customer  satisfaction. 
If 
you 
have 
discussed  a  concern  with  your  Dealership  management  and  have  not 
been 
able 
to 
resolve 
it, 
let 
us 
know.  Questions  and  concerns 
are 
resolved  most  efficiently  if  you 
telephone  or  write  directly 
to 
our 
offices 
as 
described.  However,  if 
you 
have  not  been 
substantially  satisfied,  Caddlac  wants  you 
to 
be  aware  of 
GM's 
voluntary  participation 
in  ano-charge  mediation/arbitration  program  called  BBB 
AUTO 
LINE. 
This 
prograrn 
is  administered  by  the  Council  of  Better  Business  Bureaus 
through 
local  Better  Business 
r 
Bureaus. 
It 
can  resolve  individual  disputes  involving  vehicle  repairs  and  the 
interpretation  of  your  New  Vehicle  Limited  Warranty. 
We  prefer  that  you  not  resort  to  BBB 
AUTO 
LINE 
until  after  a 
final 
decision  is  made 
. 
i 
under  the  Customer  Satisfaction  Procedure.  However,  you  may  fide  a  claim  at  any  time 
by  contacting  your  local  Better  Business  Bureau  (BBB) 
or 
calling  the  following 
24 
hour 
toll-free  number 
to 
obtain 
the 
telephone  number  of 
your 
nearest  BBB  office: 
I- 
r 
I 
1-800-955-5 
100. 
For  further  information  about 
filling 
a  claim,  you  may 
also 
write 
to: 
i 
BBB 
AUTO 
LINE 
Council  of  Better  Business  Bureaus 
Suite 
800 
Arlington,  Virginia 
22203 
'r 
4200 
Wilson  Boulevard 
I-- 
In 
order 
to 
file  a  claim,  you  will  have  to  provide  your  name  and  address,  the  vehicle 
identification  number  (VIN)  of  your  vehicle,  and  a  statement  of  the  nature  of  your 
complaint.  BBB 
staff 
may 
try 
to 
help  resolve  your  dispute 
through 
mediation. 
If 
mediation 
is 
not  successful,  or  if  you  do  not  wish 
to 
participate 
in 
mediation,  eligible 
' 
customers  may  present  their  case 
to 
an  impartial  third  party  arbitrator 
at 
an  informal 
hearing.  The  arbitrator  will  render  a  decision  in 
your 
case,  which  you  may  accept  or 
f 
reject. 
If 
you  accept  a  valid  arbitrator  decision,  Cadillac  will  be  bound  by  that  decision 
( 
The  entire  dispute  settlement  process  should  ordinarily  take  about40  days  from  the  time 
you 
file 
your  complaint  to  the  time  a  decision  is  rendered  (or 
47 
days  if  you  did  not  first 
contact  your  dealership  or  Cadillac). 
believe 
it 
offers  advantages  over 
courts 
in  most  jurisdictions  because  it 
is 
fast, 
free 
of 
charge,  and  informal  (lawyers 
are 
not  usually  present,  although  you  may  retain  one  at 
your  expense 
if 
you  choose).  Arbitrators  make  decisions  based  on  the  principles  of 
' 
fairness  and  equity.  They arenotrequired to  duplicate 
the 
functions  of  courts  by  strictly 
applying  state  or  federal  law. 
If 
you  wish  to 
go 
to 
court  however,  we 
do 
not  require 
that 
you first  file  a  claim  with  BBB 
AUTO 
LINE 
** 
unless  state  law  provides  otherwise. 
i 
Whatever  your  preference  may 
be, 
remember  that  if  you 
are 
unhappy  with  the  results  of 
BBB 
AUTO 
LINE, 
you  can  still 
go 
to  court  because  an  arbitrator's  decision  is  binding 
on  Cadillac  but  not  on  you  unless  you  accept  it. 
r- 
1, 
' 
We 
encourage  you  to  use 
this 
program  before  or  instead  of  resorting 
to 
the 
courts. 
We 
f 
II 
5 

Eligibility 
is 
limited  by  vehicle  age/mileage, 
on 
the  component  involved  and  other 
factors.  For  further  information  concerning  the  program, call your  local 
BBB 
or  call 
1-800-955-5100 
for  the  toll-free  number of  your  nearest 
BBB. 
You  may also call 
the 
Cadillac  Consumer  Assistance  Center. 
"This 
program 
may 
not 
be 
available  in  all  states,  depending 
on 
state 
law. 
(Canadian 
owners 
should 
refer 
to the  Canadian  Warranty  Booklet).  General  Motors  reserves  the 
right  to  change  eligibility  limitations 
andlor 
to discontinue  its  participation  in  this 
program. 
* 
* 
Some 
states may  require 
that 
you  first file a  claim  with 
BBB 
AUTO 
LINE 
before 
resorting to state  ogerated  procedures 
(including 
court). 
REPORTING  SAFETY  DEFECTS  TO THE UNITED 
STATES 
GOVERNMENT 
If 
you  believe  that  your  vehicle  has a defect  which  could  cause a crash 
or 
could  cause 
injury  or  death,  you  should  immediately  inform  the  National  Highway  Traffic  Safety 
Administration  (NHTSA),  in  addition  to  notifying  General  Motors. 
If 
NHTSAreceives  similar  complaints,  it may 
open 
an  investigation,  and  if 
it 
finds  that a 
safety 
defect  exists  in a group 
of 
vehicles,  it  may  order a recall  and  remedy  campaign, 
However,  NHTSA  cannot  become  involved  in  individual  problems  between  you,  your 
dealer,  or  General  Motors. 
To  contact  NHTSA,  you  may  either  call  the  Auto  Safety  Hotline  toll-Free  at 
1-800424-9393 
(or 
366-0123 
in 
the  Washington,  D.C.  area)  or  write  to  NHTSA, 
U.S. 
Department of  Transportation,  Washington,  D.C. 
20590. 
You  can  also  obtain  other 
information  about  motor  vehicle  safety  from  the  Hotline. 
REPORTING  SAFETY  DEFECTS TO THE CANADIAN 
GOVERNMENT 
If 
you  live  in  Canada, 
and 
you  believe  that  your  vehicle  has a safety  defect,  you  should 
immediately  notify  Transport  Canada, 
in 
addition  to  notifying  General  Motors  of 
Canada  Ltd.  You  may  write  to  Transport  Canada  at 
Box 
8880, 
Ottawa,  Ontario 
K1G 
352. 
REPORTING  SAFETY  DEFECTS 
TO 
GENERAL 
MOTORS 
In addition  to  notifying 
NHTSA 
(or  Transport  Canada)  in  a situation  like 
this, 
we 
certainly  hope  you'll  notify  us.  Please  call  us 
at 
our  Consumer  Relations  Center, 
1-800-458-8006, 
or 
in  Canada  call, 
1-800-263-3777, 
(English) 
or 
1-800-263-7854 
(French),  or  write:  Cadillac  Motor 
Car 
Division,  Consumer  Relations  Center, 
2860 
Clark  Avenue  Detroit, 
MI 
48232. 
7 
d 
c- 
6 

r- 
i 
I4 
r 
I- 
r 
SERVICE  PUBLICATIONS 
Informationonhow 
to 
obtain  Produet  Service 
Publ&iti~, 
subscriptions,  Indexes 
and 
summaries 
as 
describedbelow 
is 
applicable  only in  the 
fifty 
US. 
states 
(and  the  District 
fo Columbia)  and  only  for  cars 
and 
light  lrucks  with 
GVWR 
less 
than 
10,OOO 
pounds 
(4 
536 
kg). 
In 
Canada,  information 
pertaining 
to 
Product  Service  Bulletins  and  Indexes  can 
be 
obtained  by  writing 
to: 
General  Motors  of  Canada 
Limited, 
Service  Publications 
Department, 
1908 
Colonel 
Sam 
Drive  Oshawa, 
Ontario 
L1H 
8P7. 
Cadillac  regularly 
sends 
its 
dealers  useful  service  bulletins  about  Cadillac  products. 
Cadillac  monitors  product  performance  in  the  field.  We 
then 
prepare  bulletins 
for 
servicing  our  products 
better, 
Now,  you  can  get  these  bulletins 
too. 
Bulletins  cover  various  subjects.  Some 
pertain 
to 
the 
proper 
use 
and 
care 
of  your 
vehicle.  Some  describe  costly  repairs.  Others  describe  inexpensive  repairs  which, 
if 
done 
on 
time  with  the  latest  parts,  may  avoid 
future 
costly  repairs.  Some  bulletins  tell  a 
technician  how 
to 
repair  a  new 
or 
unexpected  condition.  Others  describe 
a 
quicker 
way 
to 
fix 
your 
vehicle. 
They  can  help  a  technician 
service 
your 
vehicle 
better. 
Most  bulletins  apply 
to 
conditions  affecting  a  small  number  of  vehicles  Your  Cadillac 
dealership 
or 
a 
qualified 
technician  may  have 
to 
determine 
if 
a  specific  bulletin  applies 
to  your  vehicle. 
You  can  subscribe 
to 
all  Cadillac  bulletins. 
This 
way  you’ll  get  them 
as 
they  come  out. 
You  can  wait  a  while  and  get  an  index  to 
the 
bulletins.  You 
can 
also 
get  individual 
bulletins.  However,  you’ll  need  the  index  to  identify 
them. 
Subscriptions 
You  can  subscribe  to 
all 
Cadillac  Product  Service  Publications  (PSPs). 
This 
will  include 
bulletins  for 
dl 
cars  sold  by  Cadillac  and 
will 
not 
be 
limited 
to 
PSPs  applicable 
to 
any 
particular  model. 
When 
you  buy  a  subscription,  you 
will 
receive  the  PSPs  in 
periodic 
mailings  shortly 
aftex 
they  come  out. 
A 
subscription 
costs 
$100.00 
U.S. 
($110.00 
including  a  special  binder)  and 
it 
entitles  you 
to 
all 
PSPs  published  by  Cadillac  during 
that  model  year.  You  can  purchases  a  subscription  by  sending  acheck  or  money  order 
to 
Cadillac  Service  Publications,  Post  Office  Box 
07130, 
Detroit,  Michigan 
48027, 
along 
with 
the 
order  form  located  on  page 
15. 
Your  may  get  additions  subscription  ordering 
forms 
by  calling  the  toll-free  number  shown  in 
this 
section 
or 
your 
can  find  them at 
participating  dealerships. 
Individual 
PSPs 
If 
you  don’t  want 
to 
buy  all  the  PSPs  issued  by  Cadillac  for  all  models  in  the  model  year, 
you  can  buy  individual  PSPs  such 
as 
those  which  may  pertain 
to 
a  particular  model. 
To 
do 
this, 
you 
will 
fit 
need 
to 
see 
our 
index  of  PSPs. 
It 
provides  a  variety  of  information. 
Here’s  what  you’ll 
find 
in 
the  index  and  how  you 
can 
get 
one. 

What You’ll  find 
in 
the 
Index: 
4 
A 
list 
of 
all 
PSPs 
published  by  Cadillac  in  a model  year 
(1990 
or  later). 
PSPs 
covering  all  models  of  Cadillac  cars  are  listed  in  the 
same 
index. 
4 
Ordering  information 
so 
you  can  buy 
the 
specific 
PSPs 
you  may  want. 
+ 
Price  information  for 
PSPs 
you  may  want  to  buy. 
How 
You 
Can  Get an Index: 
Indexes  are  published  periodically.  Most of  the 
PSPs 
which  could  potentially  apply 
to 
the  most  recent  Cadillac  models  will by listed  in  the  last  quarterly  publication  for  that 
model  year. 
This 
means  you  may  want 
to 
wait  until  the  end 
of 
the  model  year  before 
ordering  an  index, if  you are  interested  in  buying 
PSPs 
pertaining  to a current  model  year 
vehicle. 
Some 
PSPs 
pertaining  to 
a 
particular  model  year  vehicle may 
be 
published  on  later 
years,  and  these  would 
be 
listed  in  the  later  year’s  index.  When  you  order 
an 
index  for a 
model  year  that is not  over  yet,  we’ll  send  you  the  most  recently  published  quarterly 
issue.  You  can  specify  an  index  for 
an 
earlier  model  year,  but  not  before 
1990. 
Cut  out  the  order  form,  fill it out, and  mail  it.  We  will  see 
to 
it  that  an  index 
is 
mailed 
to 
you.  There  is  no  charge  for  indexes  for  the 
1990-1993 
model  years. 
Toll-Free  Telephone  Number 
If  you  want  an  additional  ordering  form  for  an  index  or a subscription, just call  toll-free 
and  we’ll 
be 
happy  to  send  you  one.  Automated  recording  equipment  will  take  your 
name 
and 
mailing  address.  The  number  to  call  is 
1-800-5514123. 
Copies at Participating  Dealers 
Copies of Indexes and  individual 
PSPs 
are 
at 
your  Cadillac  dealership. You  can  ask 
to 
see 
them. 
A 
VERY 
IMPORTANT  REMINDER: These 
PSPs 
are  meant  for  technicians.  They are 
not  meant  for 
the 
‘do-it-yourselfer’.  Technicians  have  the  equipment,  tools,  safety 
instructions,  and  training 
to 
do 
a 
job quickly  and  safely. 
Cadillac  reserves  the  right  to  change  these  procedures  without  notice  after  November, 
1991. 
Cadillac Owner’s  Manuals  and  Service  Publications 
You  can  get  these by  using  the  order  form.  Additionally,  past  model  Owner’s  Manuals 
and  Service  Information  Manuals  are  available  for a minium of  ten  model  years  and 
frequently  much  longer.  Credit  card  orders  may 
be 
placed  using  the  toll-free  number 
1-800-7824356. 
High  quality  copies  of  out  of  print  older  model  manuals  ar  available, 
also.  You  may  receive 
a 
free  listing of either by  using  the  order  form. 
- 
8 

SERVICE  MANUALS 
(AVAILABLE  AFTER SEITEM-BER, 
1m)) 
- 
PRICE 
EACH 
$SQ.Oo.; 
45.00 
45.00 
55.00 
7.00 
FREE 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
MODEL 
YEAR  FORM 
NO. 
H-3012 
H-3014 
H-3016 
H-3008 
H-3046 
CPCH-092 
DESCRIPTION 
r 
C. 
I 
1993 
Brougham  Service  Information  Manual 
1993 
DeVille/Fleetwood  Service  Information  Manual 
1993 
Eldorado,  Seville  Service  Information  Manual 
1993 
Allant6  Service  Information  Manual 
1993 
Quick  Reference  Specifications 
Guide 
(All  Models) 
Order  Form  for  Past  Model 
service 
Manuals 
I 
r 
1992 
and 
Prior 
- 
I- 
i 
OWNER’S  LITERATURE 
MODEL 
YEAR  FORM 
NO. 
PRICE 
EACH 
15.00 
15.00 
15.00 
15.00 
15.00 
25.00 
4.00 
2.00 
2.00 
1 
FREE 
- 
- 
- 
r 
DESCRIPTION 
1993  H-3024 
DeVille  Owner  Information 
Fleetwood  Owner  Information 
H-3025 
1993 
H-3026 
Seville 
Owner 
Information 
1993 
~ 
1993  H-3028 
Eldorado  Owner  Information 
H-3022 
~~ 
Brougham  Owner  Information 
1993 
r 
H-3020 
Alland Owner  Information 
1993 
1993  3532657 
Maintenance  Coupon  Booklet 
T 
bi 
3532627 
Warranty Booklet  (All 
Models 
except  Allant6) 
1993 
1993  3532628 
Alland Assurance  Plan  (Warranty) 
r 
1992 
and 
Prior 
I 
Order  Form  for  Past  Model  Owner’s  Literature 
NOTE 
Owner 
Literature 
Portfolios, 
Vehicle 
and 
Owner 
Information 
labels 
and 
Gold 
Keys 
are 
available  by  contacting  your  Cadillac 
dealership 
9 

I 
PRODUCT  SERVICE  PUBLICATIONS  INDEXES 
PRICE 
EACH 
FORM 
NO. 
H-2655 
H-2755 
H-2855 
H-2955 
H-2652B 
H-2752B 
H-2852B 
H-2952B 
MODEL 
YEAR 
1990 
1991 
1992 
1993 
1990 
1991 
I 
1992 
1993 
DESCRIPTION 
Index  (Includes  applicable  bulletin 
summaries) 
Toreview all  product 
service 
publications  (PSPs) 
for a  specific  model  year  vehicle, it 
is 
necessary 
to  order  the  index  for 
that 
model  year 
and 
all 
subsequent  model  year  indexes. 
FREE 
FREE 
FREE 
FREE 
- 
- 
20.00 
Bound  PSP  Edition 
- 
includes 
index 
plus 
complete 
PSPs 
- 
Bound  PSP  Edition 
- 
includes 
index  plus  complete  PSPs 
Bound  PSP  Edition 
- 
includes 
index  plus  complete  PSPs  (available 
10-91) 
Bound  PSP  Edition 
- 
includes 
index 
plus 
complete  PSPs  (available 
10-92) 
zu. 
w 
20.00 
20.00 
I 
INDIVIDUAL  PRODUCT  SERVICE  PUBLICATIONS 
I 
?fer 
to 
PSP  Index  for  Form  Number) 
DESCRIPTION 
- 
PRICE 
EACH 
$4.00 
First  Individual  PSP Per  Order 
1990 
See details 
thru 
on 
1993 
PSP 
Index 
- 
Each  Additional  PSP 
In 
Same  Order 
2.00 
ANNUAL  PRODUCT  SERVICE  PUBLICATION  SUBSCRIPTION 
PRICE 
EACH 
MODEL 
YEAR  FORM 
NO.  DESCRIPTION 
Subscription 
to 
all  Product  Service  Publications 
released by Cadillac  throughout  the  Model Year 
(September 
1 
through  August 
31). 
PSPs  mailed 
quarterly. 
$100.0( 
1993  H-3058 
I 
H-2134 
I 
3-Ring  Binder 
for 
Product  Service  Publications. 
Includes 
set 
of 
Index 
Tabs. 
$10.00 

c 
NOTE: 
Please 
fill 
in 
order 
form- 
and  MAIL 
TO: 
Cadillac  Service  Publications 
Post 
Office 
Box 
07130, 
Detroit,  Michigan 
48207 
ORDER 
TOLL 
FREE: 
1-800-782-4356 
(NOTE: 
For 
Credit  Card 
Holder 
Orders 
Only) 
Monday-Friday 
8:30 
A.M. 
-6:OO 
P.M. 
EST 
*Minimum Credit  Card  Order 
$10.00 
If 
funher 
information is 
needed, 
write 
to 
the 
address 
shown  above 
or 
call 
(313) 
863-1430. 
Material 
cannot  be  returned for  credit  without  receiving  advance  authorization  within 
14 
days of  delivery. 
On 
returns,  a  re-stocking fee  may be  applied  against  the  original  order. 
PUBLICATION  FORM  NUMBER'  VEHICLE 
MODEL 
PRICE' 
NAME 
I 
YEAR 
QTY. 
EACH  TOTAL  PRICE 
.:Prices  are  subject  to  change  without notice and without incurring obligation. 
appropriate bulletin numbers. Thew numbers  may 
be 
found in the PSP  Index. 
Your 
Orders for Individual Product  Service Publicalions cannot be lilled without the 
first  Product  Service Publication costs 
$3.0000; 
each additional PSP  costs  $1.00. 
Orders will 
be 
rnalled within 
10 
days 
ol 
receipt. Please allow adequate time  lor 
postal 
service. 
r 
i 
r 
!- 
f- 
NOTE:  Dealers  and  Companies  please  provide  dealer  or  company  name,  and  also  the  name  of  the  person 
to whose  attention  the  shipment  should  be  sent.  For  purchases  outside  U.S.A.  please  write  to  the  above 
address  for  quotation. 
(CUSTOMER  NAME)  (ATTENTION) 
(STREET  ADDRESS-NO  P.O.  BOX  NUMBERS)  (APT.  NO.) 
(CITY)  (STATE)  (ZIP  CODE) 
DAYTIME  TELEPHONE 
NO.  CODE 
F 
Check 
or 
Money  Order  payable  to  Helm,  Inc.  (USA  funds  only 
- 
do  not  send 
cash.) 
[7 
Mastercard 
0 
VISA 
Account 
Number: 
Expiration 
m 
m 
0 
Check  here 
if 
your billing address is diflerent 
Date  molyr: 
from  your shipping address  shown. 
(CUSTOMER  SIGNATURE) 
r 
11 

E 
m 

I. 
h 


n 
. 
. 
b. 
... 
. 
I 
I 
SUBJECT 
INDEX 
r 
r 
r 
r 
k 
A 
Acc (Ignition Key Position) 
........................... 
76 
Accessory  Power.  Retained 
.......................... 
327 
Electrical  Equipment 
............................. 
326 
Engine  Coolant 
.......................... 
234.242.282, 
Engine  Oil 
...................................... 
269 
Power Steering  Fluid 
............................. 
286 
Transaxle  Fluid 
.................................. 
279 
Additives.  Engine  Oil 
............................... 
273 
Adjustment.  Brake 
................................. 
182 
Adult  Safety  Belt  Usage 
.............................. 
19 
Air  Bag 
............................................ 
27 
Air  Cleaner 
....................................... 
275 
Air 
Cleaner  Replace 
................ 
See  Maint 
. 
Book. 
p.22 
Air 
Cleaner  Filter  Replacement 
...................... 
301 
Air 
Conditioner 
.................................... 
144 
Air 
Outlets 
........................................ 
143 
Air 
System 
........................................ 
143 
Alarm.  How 
To 
Turn 
Off 
Theft 
........................ 
73 
Alcohol.  Driving Under The Influence 
Of 
.............. 
173 
AlcoholinGasoline 
................................. 
260 
Aluminum  Wheels.  Cleaning 
......................... 
321 
AMAX@ 
.......................................... 
151 
AM 
Radio  Reception 
............................... 
151 
AM 
Stereo Radio  Reception 
......................... 
151 
Antenna.  Cleaning  Radio 
............................ 
161 
Antifreeze 
..................................... 
234.  242 
Anti-Lock  Brakes 
.................................. 
179 
Anti-Lock  Brake System  Warning  Light 
................ 
125 
Anti-Theft  Tips 
..................................... 
72 
Appearance Care 
................................... 
314 
Adding 
Brake  Fluid 
..................................... 
291 
Arm. 
Wearing A Safety  Belt Under Your 
................ 
25 
Ashtrays 
................... 
i 
...................... 
117 
Astroroof 
......................................... 
115 
Automatic  Air  Conditioning System 
................... 
144 
Automatic Door Lock 
................................ 
66 
Automatic  Overdrive 
................................ 
82 
r" 
b 
. 
I 
1 
.. 
~ 

.. 
Automatic Transaxle 
................................. 
80 
Automatic Transaxle  Fluid 
........................... 
276 
B 
Baby Restraint 
...................................... 
44 
Battery 
........................................... 
292 
Battery  Cables.  Starting  With 
......................... 
221 
Battery  Charge  Light 
............................... 
127 
Battery Power  Loss 
................................. 
293 
Beam.  Headlight.  High-Low  Switch 
.................... 
97 
Belt 
Lap 
............................................ 
39 
Lap-Shoulder 
.................................... 
20 
Rear Seat 
....................................... 
35 
Blizzard. 
If 
You’re  Caught  In 
A 
....................... 
209 
Block Heater.  Engine 
................................ 
78 
Blood  Alcohol  Level 
................................ 
173 
“Blowout. 
.. 
Tire 
.................................... 
247 
Boat.  Towing 
A 
.................................... 
211 
Bose  Sound  Systems 
................................ 
158 
Brake 
Adjustment 
..................................... 
182 
Fluid 
.......................................... 
291 
Master  Cylinder 
................................. 
289 
Parking 
......................................... 
84 
Brake System  Warning  Light 
......................... 
124 
Pedal Travel 
.................................... 
182 
Brake System.  Anti.Lock.  Warning  Light 
............... 
125 
Brake Wear  Indicators.  Disc 
......................... 
181 
Brakes.  Anti-Lock 
.................................. 
179 
Brakes.  Trailer 
..................................... 
214 
Braking 
........................................... 
177 
Braking  in  Emergencies 
............................. 
182 
Braking If  Your  Engine  Stops 
........................ 
179 
“Break.1n”.  New  Vehicle 
............................. 
75 
Break-In  Schedule.  When Towing  A  Trailer 
............. 
212 
Bucklingup 
........................................ 
19 
BulbChart 
........................................ 
333 
Bulbs.  Halogen.  Removal 
............................ 
294 
Bulbs.  Taillight  Replacement 
......................... 
296 
Bulbs.  Turn  Signal 
.................................. 
334 
C 
. 
. 
. 
. 
L_ 
c,. 
A 
. 
b- 
. 
’ 
. 
a 
. 
. 
.. 
Cables.  Battery.  Starting  With 
........................ 
221 
2 

I 
r 
r 
. 
r 
i- 
E 
I 
Camper.  %wing  A 
.................................. 
211 
Capacities.  Fluid 
................................... 
349 
Carbon  Monoxide  In  Exhaust 
...................... 
91.  209 
Cassette  ’Iiipe  Player.  Care 
Of 
Your 
................... 
160 
Cassette  %pe  Systems 
.............................. 
156 
Cautions.  Safety 
...................................... 
1 
CB  Radio.  Adding 
A 
............................. 
152.  326 
Cellular  Telephone.  Adding 
A 
..................... 
152.  326 
Center  Console 
..................................... 
70 
Center  Mounted  High  Stop  Lamp  Bulb.  Replace 
........ 
298 
Central  Door  Unlocking  System 
....................... 
66 
Chains.  Tire 
....................................... 
314 
Change  The  Oil.  When  To 
........................... 
273 
Changing 
A 
Flat  Tire 
............................... 
247 
Charge  Light.  Battery 
............................... 
127 
Chassis  Lubrication 
................. 
See  Maint 
. 
Book. 
p.18 
Checking 
The  Brake  Fluid 
.............................. 
290.  291 
The  Engine  Oil  Level 
............................ 
268 
The  Power  Steering  Fluid 
......................... 
285 
The  ’Ransaxle  Huid 
.............................. 
277 
Things  Under  The  Hood 
.......................... 
264 
Your  Restraint  Systems 
............................ 
60 
Your  Safety  Belt  Systems 
........................... 
60 
Checks.  Service  Station 
............... 
See  Maint 
. 
Book. 
p.8 
Chemical  Paint  Spotting 
............................. 
323 
Child  Restraint.  Securing 
............................. 
47 
Child  Restraints 
..................................... 
44 
Children  And  Safety  Belts 
............................ 
41 
Cigarette  Lighter 
................................... 
118 
CircuitBreakers 
................................... 
327 
City  Driving 
....................................... 
196 
Cleaner. 
Air 
....................................... 
275 
Cleaning 
Aluminum  Wheels 
............................... 
321 
Fabric 
.......................................... 
316 
Glass 
.......................................... 
319 
Viiyl 
or 
Leather 
................................. 
318 
Safety  Belts 
..................................... 
319 
The  Inside 
Of 
Your  Cadillac 
....................... 
316 
The  Outside 
Of 
Your  Cadillac 
..................... 
320 
The  Power  Antenna 
.............................. 
161 
The  Top 
of 
the  Instrument  Panel 
................... 
319 
The  Underbody 
Of 
Your 
Car 
...................... 
322 
The  Windshield  and  Wiper  Blades 
.................. 
320 
Weatherstrips 
................................... 
321 
Clock.  Setting 
The 
.................................. 
160 

. 
-. 
Climate  Control.  Electronic 
.......................... 
144 
Closed-In  Places.  Don’t  Idle  In 
........................ 
92 
CO In Your  Exhaust 
.............................. 
91.  209 
Compact  Disc  Player.  Care  Of  Your 
................... 
161 
Compact  Disc  Sound  Systems 
........................ 
158 
Compact  Spare  Tire 
................................ 
255 
Computer  That Shows  Fuel  Economy 
.................. 
131 
Console.  Center 
..................................... 
70 
Contents.  Table 
Of 
........ 
See  Front of  Owner  Info 
. 
Manual 
Control Of  A  Vehicle 
............................... 
176 
Control.  Loss  Of 
................................... 
187 
Controls.  Features  And 
............................... 
62 
Convex  Outside  Mirror 
.............................. 
114 
Coolant.  Engine:  Proper  Solution 
To 
Use 
............ 
234.  242 
Coolant.  Safety  Warnings  About 
................... 
233.  241 
Cooling  System 
................................. 
232.  240 
Cruise  Control 
..................................... 
101 
Cruise  Control.  Get  Out Of 
.......................... 
105 
Cruise  Control 
On 
Hills 
............................. 
104 
Curves.  Driving  On 
................................. 
183 
Comfort  Controls  and  Audio Systems 
.................. 
143 
Cooling  System  Service 
.............. 
See  Maint 
. 
Book.  p.20 
Cruise  Control.  Change  Speed  With 
................... 
103 
Cruise  Control.  Turning 
Off 
.......................... 
105 
Damage To  Finish 
.................................. 
322 
Damage Warnings 
.................................... 
2 
Daytime  Running  Lights  (Canada  Only) 
............... 
109 
Defensive  Driving 
.................................. 
172 
Defogger.  Rear  Window 
............................. 
148 
Defrost 
........................................... 
147 
Delco-Bose  Gold  Series  Compact  Disc  Music Sys 
........ 
158 
Delco  Sound  Systems 
............................... 
153 
DEXRON IIE@ 
................................... 
279 
Dimensions.  Vehicle 
................................ 
349 
Disc  Brake  Wear  Indicators 
.......................... 
181 
Disposal.  Used  Oil 
................................. 
274 
DoorLocks 
........................................ 
64 
Downhill.  Parking 
.................................. 
204 
Downshifting 
....................................... 
83 
Driver  Information  Center 
........................... 
132 
Driver  Information  Center Messages 
.................. 
133 
Damage To  Sheet  Metal 
............................. 
322 
Dead  Battery.  What 
To 
Do 
If  You  Have 
A 
.............. 
221 
. 
.. 
. 
-1 
. 
. 
.. 
. 
. 
. 
.. 
. 
.. 
. 
4 
... 

r 
f7 
t1 
r 
. 
r 
r 
P; 
Driver’s  Side  S.I.R. 
(“Air 
Bag”) 
........................ 
27 
Driving 
And the Road. 
Your 
.............................. 
163 
At  Night 
....................................... 
188 
Defensive 
...................................... 
172 
HillandMountain 
............................... 
201 
In  A Foreign  Country 
............................ 
261 
In Cities 
........................................ 
196 
In Fog.  Mist  And  Haze 
........................... 
194 
On 
Snow Or 
Ice 
................................. 
207 
In The Rain 
..................................... 
191 
In Winter 
....................................... 
206 
On A Long  Trip 
................................. 
199 
On The Freeway 
................................. 
197 
OnTheRoad 
................................... 
200 
On 
Curves 
...................................... 
183 
Through 
Deep Standing  Water 
...................... 
79 
Winter 
......................................... 
206 
Drunken Driving 
................................... 
173 
Dual  Braking  System 
................................ 
124 
Electric  Outside  Mirror  Control 
...................... 
114 
Electrical  Equipment.  Adding 
..................... 
152.  326 
Electronic Climate  Control 
.......................... 
144 
Electronic Level Control 
............................ 
142 
Electronic  Solar  Sensor 
............................. 
148 
Emergencies.  Braking  In 
............................ 
182 
Emergencies.  Steering  In 
............................ 
184 
Emergency  Towing 
................................. 
227 
Engine 
Block Heater 
.................................... 
78 
Change 
Oil 
Indicator 
............................. 
140 
Coolant 
........................................ 
280 
Exhaust 
......................................... 
91 
Oil 
............................................ 
266 
Oil  Additives 
.................................... 
273 
OilLight 
....................................... 
128 
Oil.  When  To  Change 
............................ 
273 
Overheating 
.................................... 
230 
Speed  Limiter  (Northstar) 
........................ 
129 
Ethanol 
In 
Gasoline 
................................ 
260 
Emergency  Starting.  Discharged  Battery 
............... 
221 
Coolant  Temperature  Warning  Lights 
............... 
126 
Warning  Light  About  Need  For  Service 
............. 
126 
5 

Exhaust.  Caution 
................................. 
91.  209 
Exhaust.  Dangerous  Gas  In 
........................ 
91.  209 
Expectant  Mothers.  Use Of  Safety  Belts By 
.............. 
33 
Explanation of  Maint 
. 
Service 
........ 
See  Maint 
. 
Book. 
p.18 
Express 
Down 
Window  (Driver’s  Side) 
.................. 
93 
Expressway  Driving 
................................. 
197 
Extender.  Safety  Belt 
................................ 
60 
Exterior  Appearance 
................................ 
314 
Fabric.  Foam-Type  Cleaner  On 
....................... 
316 
Fabric.  Solvent-Type Cleaner 
On 
...................... 
317 
Features  And  Controls 
............................... 
62 
Filling  Your  Fuel  Tank 
.............................. 
261 
Filter.  Oil 
......................................... 
335 
Finish  Damage 
..................................... 
322 
First  Gear.  When 
To 
Use 
............................. 
84 
Flash-To-Pass Feature 
................................ 
97 
Flat  Tire 
.......................................... 
246 
Flat Tire.  Changing A 
............................... 
247 
FloorMats 
........................................ 
119 
Fluid 
Brake 
.......................................... 
291 
Headlight Washer 
................................ 
288 
Power  Steering 
.................................. 
285 
Transaxle 
....................................... 
276 
Windshield  Washer 
.............................. 
287 
Fluid  Capacities 
.................................... 
349 
Fluids 
& 
Lubricants.  Recommended 
... 
See  Maint 
. 
Book. 
p.38 
Fluid  Usage  Label 
.................................. 
265 
FM 
Stereo Radio  Reception 
......................... 
151 
Foam-Type Cleaner 
On 
Fabric 
........................ 
316 
Fog  Lights  (ETC) 
.................................. 
108 
Fog.  Driving  In 
..................................... 
194 
Francais.  Guide  En 
...................... 
See  Introduction 
Freeway  Driving 
................................... 
197 
French  Language  Manual 
................. 
See  Introduction 
Front  Seatbacks.  Reclining 
............................ 
798 
Fuel 
.............................................. 
259 
FuelDataPanel 
.................................... 
131 
Fasteners.  Replacement 
............................. 
259 
Fetus. 
Risk 
To 
.. 
From  Safety  Belt  Use 
.................. 
34 
Flooded  Engine.  Starting  A 
........................... 
77 
Fog: Getting It 
Off 
the Windshield 
.................... 
147 
Freeing 
Car 
From  Sand. 
Mud. 
Ice 
or Snow 
............. 
256 
. 
. 
1. 
rz 
.* 
I.. 
. 
. 
r 
7- 
. 
. 
. 


I 
How 
The 
Air 
Bag  System  Works 
....................... 
29 
How 
To 
Operate Your 
Sound 
System 
.................. 
153 
Hydroplaning 
...................................... 
192 
How 
To 
Obtain  Roadside  Service 
........ 
See  Roadside  Serv 
. 
How 
To 
Use  This  Manual 
.............................. 
1 
How 
To 
Wear  Safety  Belts  Properly 
..................... 
19 
I 
Ice. 
If 
You’re  Stuck In 
............................... 
256 
Identification  Label.  Service  Parts 
..................... 
326 
Identification  Number.  Vehicle 
....................... 
325 
Idling Your Engine 
.................................. 
92 
If 
A 
Tire 
Goes  Flat 
................................. 
246 
Ignition Key  Positions 
................................ 
75 
Illuminated  Entry System 
............................. 
66 
Indicator.  Bulbs  For  Turn  Signal 
...................... 
334 
Indicators.  Warning.  On  Instrument  Panel 
.............. 
123 
Infant  Restraint 
..................................... 
44 
Inflatable  Restraint  Light 
............................. 
28 
Inflation.  Tire  Pressure 
.............................. 
306 
Information  Center.  Driver 
.......................... 
132 
Information System On Instrument  Panel 
.............. 
123 
Inside  Mirrors  (Manual) 
............................. 
111 
Inspection.  Tire 
.................................... 
308 
Instrument  Panel 
................................... 
120 
Instrument  Panel Warning  Lights 
..................... 
123 
Interior Cleaning 
................................... 
316 
Interior Lights 
..................................... 
108 
Introduction 
.............. 
See  Front 
of 
Owner  Info 
. 
Manual 
1 
J 
i 
Jacking  And  Removing  Flat  Tire 
...................... 
247 
Jump  Starting 
...................................... 
221 
K 
Keys 
.............................................. 
62 
Keys. Ignition 
....................................... 
75 
Keyless  Entry.  Remote 
............................... 
66 
Kilometer  Indicator 
................................ 
122 
c 
i 
i 

L 
n 
r 
I' 
' 
I 
p. 
i 
II 
I 
r 
r 
'r 
1 
r 
r? 
r! 
Label.  Fluid  Usage 
................................. 
265 
Lane Change  Indicator 
............................... 
96 
Lap Belt 
........................................... 
39 
Larger  Children  and  Safety  Belts 
....................... 
56 
Leaking. 
Of 
Exhaust Into 
Your 
Car 
.................. 
91.  209 
Leather.  Cleaning 
.................................. 
318 
Light. 
Air 
Bag 
. 
System 
................................ 
28 
Lamp  Housings 
.................................... 
294 
Lap-Shoulder  Belt 
................................... 
20 
Leaving  Your  Vehicle 
................................ 
66 
Light.  Battery  Charge 
............................... 
127 
Light.  Security 
...................................... 
73 
Light.  Safety  Belt  Reminder 
......................... 
12.  19 
Light.  Service  Engine  Soon 
.......................... 
126 
Light.  Engine  Oil 
................................... 
128 
Light.  Engine  Temp 
................................. 
126 
Light.  Turn  Signal  Indicator 
........................... 
96 
Libt. Underhood 
.................................. 
Lii 
Lig 
Lig 
Lig 
Lig 
Lig 
Lig 
Lig 
Lig 
LO; 
Lo; 
Iter.  Cigarette 
.................................. 
Its 
............................................ 
Its.  Battery  Charge 
.............................. 
Its.  Fog  (ETC) 
.................................. 
Its. Interior 
..................................... 
Its. 
Operation 
of 
................................ 
Its. 
Reading 
.................................... 
Its.  Tkaffic 
...................................... 
lding 
.. 
Tires 
.................................... 
.ding  Your  Vehicle 
............................... 
Its.  Warning.  On  Instrument  Panel 
................. 
109 
118 
106 
127 
108 
108 
107 
110 
170 
123 
303 
303 
Log.  0;erating  Record 
.............. 
See  Maint 
. 
Book.  p.44 
Long  Distance  Driving 
.............................. 
199 
Loss 
Of 
Control 
.................................... 
187 
Low Battery.  What To  Do About 
A 
.................... 
221 
Low  Oil  Pressure.  Warning  Light  For 
.................. 
128 
Lubricants.  Recommended 
........... 
See  Maint 
. 
Book.  p.38 
Lumbar  Control Switch 
............................... 
9 
Maintenance 
...................... 
See  Maintenance  Book 
A Word About 
................... 
See  Maint 
. 
Book. 
p.2 
Coupons 
........................ 
See  Maint 
. 
Book.  All 
Explanation 
of 
Services 
.... 
See  Maint 
. 
Book.  p.18,20,22,24 
Oil 
Change 
...................... 
See  Maint 
. 
Book.  p.2 
Owner  Checks 
............. 
See  Maint 
. 
Book.  p.26,28,30 

. 
Operating  Record  Log 
.......... 
See Maint 
. 
Book. 
p.44-80 
Recommended  Fluids 
....... 
See  Maint 
. 
Book. 
p.38,40,42 
Service Ctr 
. 
Inspec 
. 
& 
Sew 
... 
See  Maint 
. 
Book. 
p.32,34,36 
Schedules 
............... 
See Maint 
. 
Book. 
p.10,12,14,16 
Service  Station  Owner  Checks 
...... 
See  Maint 
. 
Book. 
p.8 
Maintenance  Record 
................ 
See Maint 
. 
Book. 
p.44 
Markings.  Pavement 
................................ 
171 
Master  Cylinder.  Brake 
.............................. 
289 
Methanol In Gasoline 
............................... 
260 
Mileage  Indicator 
.................................. 
122 
Mirrors.  Inside  Daymight  Rearview 
................... 
111 
Mirrors.  Outside 
................................... 
114 
Mist.  Driving  In 
.................................... 
194 
Mobile  Telephone.  Adding 
A 
...................... 
152.  326 
Mountain  Driving 
.................................. 
201 
MTBE In Gasoline 
................................. 
260 
Mud. 
If 
You’re Stuck  In 
............................. 
256 
Mirrors.  Front  Seat  Vanity 
........................... 
113 
N 
“N” (Neutral) Gear Position 
.......................... 
82 
New  Vehicle  “Break-In” 
.............................. 
75 
Night.  Driving  At 
................................... 
188 
Night  Vision 
....................................... 
189 
Notices  About  Damage 
................................ 
2 
. 
.I 
.. 
LA 
.. 
LA 
. 
0 
Occupant  Restraint 
.................................. 
12 
Octane  Required  For Your Car 
....................... 
259 
Odometer 
......................................... 
123 
Odometer  And  Speedometer 
......................... 
122 
Odometer. Trip 
.................................... 
123 
Off 
(Ignition Key Position) 
............................ 
76 
Off 
Road Recovery 
................................. 
185 
Oil. Engine 
........................................ 
266 
Oil.  When 
To 
Change Your Engine 
.................... 
273 
Oil  Life  Indicator 
................................... 
140 
Oil  Quality 
........................................ 
271 
Oil  Thickness  (Viscosity) 
............................ 
272 
Operating  Record 
.................. 
See  Maint 
. 
Book.  p 
. 
44 
Operation 
in 
Foreign  Countries 
....................... 
261 
OutsideAir 
....................................... 
143 
Outside  Mirrors 
.................................... 
114 
. 
L- 
c- 
.. 
. 
... 
10 

n 
f7 
r 
r 
Overdrive.  Automatic 
................................ 
82 
Overheated  Engine. Warning  Light  For 
................ 
126 
Owner  Checks 
& 
Services 
............ 
See  Maint 
. 
Book, 
p.26 
P 
“PYy (Park)  Position 
.................................. 
80 
Park  Position 
....................................... 
80 
Park,  Shifting  Into 
................................... 
86 
Park,  Shifting Out 
Of 
................................ 
89 
Parking  Brake 
...................................... 
84 
Parking  Downhill 
................................... 
204 
Parking  On 
Hills 
................................... 
203 
Parking  Over  Things That Burn 
........................ 
90 
Parking  Ukhill 
..................................... 
204 
Paint  Spotting.  Chemical 
............................ 
323 
PASS  Key  (Personalized  Automotive  Security  Sys) 
...... 
74 
Passing  Another  Vehicle 
............................. 
186 
Pavement  Markings 
................................. 
171 
Perception Time. 
In 
Braking 
......................... 
177 
Possible  Damage  to 
Your 
Cadillac.  Notices  About 
......... 
2 
Possible 
Injury 
Tb 
People.  Cautions  About 
................ 
1 
Antenna.  Cleaning  The 
........................... 
161 
Pedal  Travel.  Brake 
................................. 
182 
Polishing  and  Waxing 
............................... 
321 
Power 
Door Lucks 
...................................... 
65 
Seat  Controls 
..................................... 
6 
Steering 
........................................ 
182 
Steering  Fluid 
................................... 
285 
Windows 
........................................ 
93 
Problems  On The Road 
............................. 
218 
Product Sew 
. 
Publications 
............ 
See Owner  Assistance 
Proper  Safety  Belt  Usage.  For  Adults 
................... 
19 
pull Down  System. 
’Runk 
............................. 
71 
Pregnancy. Use 
Of 
Safety  Belts  During 
................. 
33 
“R” (Reverse) Gear Position 
.......................... 
81 
Racing.  Shifting  When  Your  Engine  Is 
.................. 
82 
Radiator Overheating 
............................... 
236 
Radiator Pressure 
Cap 
.............................. 
284 
Radio.  Wo.Way.  Adding A 
....................... 
155326 
Radio  Systems 
..................................... 
150 
Rain. 
Driving 
In 
.................................... 
191 
Reaction  Time.  In  Braking 
........................... 
177 
11 
I 

Reading  Lights 
..................................... 
110 
Rear  Ashtray 
...................................... 
118 
Rear Window  Defogger 
............................. 
148 
Reclining  Seat 
....................................... 
7 
Recovery, 
Off 
Road 
................................. 
185 
Recreational Vehicle,  Towing  A 
....................... 
211 
Remote  Fuel  Door 
................................. 
262 
Remote Trunk  Release 
............................... 
71 
Remote Keyless Entry 
................................ 
66 
Replacement  Fasteners 
.............................. 
259 
Replacing  Brake  System  Parts 
........................ 
292 
Replacing  Safety  Belts 
............................... 
60 
Replacing  Tires 
.................................... 
309 
Replacing  Wheels 
.................................. 
312 
Reporting  Safety  Defects 
to Canadian Gov’t. 
................ 
See  Owner  Assistance 
to General  Motors 
................ 
See Owner  Assistance 
to 
U.S. 
Gov’t 
..................... 
See  Owner  Assistance 
Restarting Your Car  When  It’s  Moving 
................. 
82 
Restraint,  Infant 
.................................... 
44 
Restraint,  Occupant 
................................. 
12 
Restraint Systems,  Checking  Your 
...................... 
60 
Restraints,  Child 
.................................... 
44 
Restraints,  Head 
.................................... 
10 
Restraints,  Larger  Children 
........................... 
56 
Retained Accessory  Power 
........................... 
327 
Reverse Gear Position 
............................... 
81 
“ 
Riding” The Brakes 
............................... 
178 
Road  Sensing  Suspension 
............................ 
139 
Road, Your  Driving  And  The 
......................... 
163 
Road Signs 
........................................ 
163 
Roads,  Hill  and  Mountain 
........................... 
201 
Rocking  Your Car 
Out 
Of 
Snow,  Ice,  Sand Or Mud 
...... 
257 
Rotation,  Tire 
..................................... 
308 
Rotate, If  You’re  Stuck 
And 
Your Front  Wheels  Can’t 
..... 
84 
Run  (Ignition  Key Position) 
........................... 
76 
Running  Your  Engine  While  You’re  Parked 
.............. 
92 
Recommended  Fluids 
& 
Lubricants 
... 
See Maint. Book, 
p.38 
P--- 
c.+ 
S 
Safety  Belt  Extender 
................................. 
60 
Safety  Belt  Reminder  Light 
......................... 
12,19 
Safety  Belt  Replacement,  Need  For 
.................... 
60 
Safety  Belt  Use  During  Pregnancy 
..................... 
33 
Safety  Belt  Usage By  Adults 
........................... 
19 
Safety  Belt  Usage By  Children 
......................... 
41 

n 
n 
n 
r 
Safety  Belts 
........................................ 
12 
Safety  Belts.  Center Rear Passenger’s  Position 
........... 
39 
Safety  Belts.  Cleaning 
............................... 
319 
Safety  Belts. 
How 
To 
Wear  Properly 
.................... 
19 
Safety  Belts. 
Torn 
.................................... 
61 
Safety  Belts.  Rear Seat 
............................... 
35 
Safety  Belts.  Replacing After A Crash 
.................. 
60 
Safety  Belts:  They’re  For  Everyone 
..................... 
12 
Safety  Belts.  Msted 
................................. 
26 
Safety  Belts.  Why 
To 
Wear 
............................ 
13 
Safety  Cautions 
...................................... 
1 
Safety  Belts.  Right  Front.  Adult  Passenger 
............... 
34 
Safety  Defects 
Reporting to Canadian Gov’t 
....... 
See  Owner  Assistance 
Reporting to General Motors 
....... 
See  Owner  Assistance 
Reporting to 
U.S. 
Gov‘t 
............ 
See Owner  Assistance 
Safety  Warnings 
...................................... 
1 
Sand. 
If 
You’re  Stuck In 
............................. 
256 
Schedule 
I 
Maint 
. 
Sew 
............... 
See  Maint 
. 
Book, 
p.14 
Explanation 
of 
.................. 
See  Maint 
. 
Book, 
p.18 
Seat.  Lumbar  and Heated 
.............................. 
9 
Seatback  Latches 
.................................... 
11 
Seat  Belt  (Any  Subject) 
.............................. 
12 
Seats  and  Safety  Belts 
................................. 
6 
Seat Controls 
........................................ 
6 
Second  Gear.  When 
To 
Use 
........................... 
83 
Securing 
A 
Child Restraint 
............................. 
47 
Selecting the Right  Schedule 
......... 
See  Maint 
. 
Book. p 
. 
12 
Service  and  Appearance  Care 
........................ 
258 
Service Center Inspec 
. 
& 
Sen 
......... 
See  Maint 
. 
Book. 
p.32 
Service  Engine  Soon  Warning  Light 
................... 
126 
Service  Information 
.................. 
See  Owner  Assistance 
Service  Parts  Identification  Label 
..................... 
326 
Service Station Checks 
............... 
See  Maint 
. 
Book.  p.8 
Servicing  Cadillac  with the 
Air 
Bag  System 
.............. 
32 
Setting The Clock 
.................................. 
160 
Setting The Tkip  Odometer 
.......................... 
123 
Sheet Metal  Damage 
................................ 
322 
Shift 
Lever.  Console 
................................. 
88 
Shift 
Lever.  Positions Of 
.............................. 
80 
Shift  Lever.  Steering  Column 
.......................... 
86 
Shifting Out Of  Park 
................................. 
89 
Signaling 
Tbms 
..................................... 
96 
Signs. 
Road 
....................................... 
163 
Schedule I1  Maint 
. 
Sew 
.............. 
See Maint 
. 
Book.  p.16 
Scheduled  Maint 
. 
Serv., 
Shifting Into Park 
................................... 
86 
13 

S.1.R 
............................................... 
27 
Skidding 
.......................................... 
187 
Slippery  Surfaces.  Driving  On 
........................ 
207 
Smaller  Children.  Use Of  Lap-Shoulder  Belt 
............. 
42 
Snow.  If  You’re  Stuck  In  Deep 
........................ 
210 
Snow Or Ice.  Driving  On 
............................ 
207 
Snowstorm.  If  You’re  Caught 
In 
A Bad 
................ 
209 
Solvent-?lpe  Cleaner  On  Fabric 
...................... 
317 
Sound 
Equipment.  Adding 
........................ 
152.  326 
Sound System.  How  to Operate Your 
.................. 
153 
Spare  Tire.  Compact 
................................ 
255 
Spark  Plug  Replacement 
............ 
See  Maint 
. 
Book. 
p.22 
Specifications 
...................................... 
336 
Speedometer  And  Odometer 
......................... 
122 
Speed  Sensitive  Steering 
............................. 
139 
Speed  Sensitive  Suspension 
.......................... 
141 
Stains.  Removing 
................................... 
318 
Start  (Ignition  Key Position) 
.......................... 
76 
Starting Your Engine 
................................ 
76 
Starting Your Car If  The Battery  Is “Dead” 
............. 
221 
Steam  From Hot (Overheated)  Engine 
................. 
230 
Steep  Hill.  Parking  On 
A 
............................ 
203 
Steering 
.......................................... 
182 
Steering  Column  Shift  Lever 
.......................... 
86 
Steering 
In 
Emergencies 
............................. 
184 
Steering  Tips 
...................................... 
183 
Steering  Wheel. 
Tilt 
................................. 
94 
Steering  Without Power  Assist 
........................ 
182 
Stereo Sound  Systems 
............................... 
150 
Storage.  Center  Console 
.............................. 
70 
Storing Your  Vehicle 
................................ 
293 
Stuck.  If  Your  Ignition 
Key 
Is 
.......................... 
76 
Stuck.  If  Car  Is 
. 
In  Sand.  Mud.  Ice Or Snow 
............ 
256 
Subscribing to Cadillac  Prod 
. 
Serv 
. 
Pub 
...... 
See 
Own 
. 
Assist 
. 
Sunglass  Compartment 
.............................. 
116 
Sunglasses.  Wearing  At  Night 
........................ 
189 
Supplemental  Inflatable  Restraint  (S.I.R.) 
............... 
27 
Surge Tank Pressure  Cap 
............................ 
284 
Symbols  Used  On  Your  Vehicle 
......................... 
3 
1 
b.* 
7’- 
.. 
. 
. 
. 
.c? 
. 
. 
T 
Table  Of Contents 
......... 
See  Front of  Owner  Info 
. 
Manual 
Tachometer 
....................................... 
129 
Tmillight  Bulb  Replacement 
.......................... 
296 
Tamper-Resistance Of  Odometer 
..................... 
123 
Tape  Player  Care 
................................... 
160 
c- 
. 

r 
f 
rJ 
Temperature.  Engine.  Warning  Light 
.................. 
126 
Theft 
.............................................. 
72 
Theft  Deterrent  System 
.............................. 
73 
Thermostat 
........................................ 
284 
Third  Gear.  When 
Tb 
Use 
............................ 
83 
Tilt  Steering  Wheel 
.................................. 
94 
Time.  Setting  The 
.................................. 
160 
Tire  Chains 
........................................ 
314 
Tire.  Flat 
.......................................... 
247 
Tire  Pressure  Inflation 
.............................. 
306 
Tire  Inspection  and  Rotation 
......................... 
308 
Tires 
.. 
Loading 
..................................... 
303 
Tire  Quality  Grading 
................................ 
310 
Tires 
............................................. 
305 
Tires.  When  It's  Time  For  New  Tires 
.................. 
309 
Torn  Safety  Belts 
.................................... 
61 
Tbrque 
Lock 
(Auto  Transaxle) 
........................ 
205 
Towing A  Trailer 
................................... 
211 
Towing  Your  Vehicle 
................................ 
227 
Traction  Control  System 
............................. 
119 
Trademarks.  GM 
................................... 
258 
Traffic  Lights 
...................................... 
170 
Traffic  Officer 
..................................... 
172- 
Trailer  Towing 
..................................... 
211 
Transaxle.  Automatic 
................................. 
80 
Transaxle  Fluid 
.................................... 
276 
Transaxle  Gear  Positions 
............................. 
80 
Transaxle  Service 
................... 
See  Maint 
. 
Book, 
p.22 
Travel.  Brake  Pedal 
................................. 
182 
Trip  Odometer 
..................................... 
123 
Trunk  Release.  Remote 
.............................. 
71 
Wght Sentinel 
................................... 
107 
misted Safety  Belts 
.................................. 
26 
Turn  Signal  and  Lane  Change  Indicator 
................. 
96 
Turn  SignaVHeadlight  Beam 
.......................... 
97 
'Itvo 
Children  Wearing  The  Same  Safety  Belt 
............. 
58 
U 
Underbody  Maintenance 
............................ 
322 
Underhood  Light 
................................... 
109 
Uniform  Tire  Quality  Grading 
........................ 
310 
Uphill.  Parking 
..................................... 
204 
Upholstery  Care 
................................... 
316 
Unleaded  Gasoline 
................................. 
259 
Urban  Driving 
..................................... 
196 
Used  Oil.  How 
XI 
Dispose 
Of 
........................ 
274 
15 

V 
Vanity  Mirrors,  Front  Seat 
........................... 
113 
Vehicle  Damage  Warnings 
............................. 
2 
Vehicle Identification  Number  (VIN) 
.................. 
325 
Vehicle Storage 
.................................... 
293 
Vehicle  Symbols 
...................................... 
3 
Vents 
............................................. 
143 
Vinyl,  Cleaning 
.................................... 
318 
W 
Warning Lights. 
.................................... 
123 
Flashers,  Warning  Hazard 
......................... 
219 
Light,  Anti-Lock  Brake  System 
.................... 
125 
Light,  Brake  System 
.............................. 
124 
Light,  Engine  Oil  Pressure 
........................ 
128 
Lights,  Service  Engine  Soon 
....................... 
126 
Lights:  What To  Do 
If 
One  Goes  On 
................ 
123 
Warnings,  Safety 
..................................... 
1 
Warnings,  Vehicle  Damage 
............................. 
2 
Washer,  Headlight 
.................................. 
100 
Washer,  Windshield 
.................................. 
99 
Water,  Don’t  Use 
-- 
For  Windshield  Washer 
............ 
100 
Wear  Indicators,  Disc  Brake 
......................... 
181 
Weatherstrips,  Cleaning 
............................. 
321 
Wet Road  Driving 
.................................. 
191 
Wheel  Alignment  And  Tire  Balance 
................... 
312 
Wheel  Nut  Torque 
.................................. 
254 
Wheel  Replacement 
................................ 
312 
Why  Safety  Belts  Work 
............................... 
13 
Why  Wear  Safety  Belts? 
.............................. 
12 
Windows,  Power 
.................................... 
93 
Windshield 
CleaningThe 
................................... 
320 
Washer 
.......................................... 
99 
Washer  Fluid 
.................................... 
287 
Wipers 
.......................................... 
98 
Wiper  Blade  Replacement 
........................ 
299 
Wipers: 
If 
They  Stop 
............................. 
333 
Winter  Driving 
..................................... 
206 
Working 
On 
Your  Vehicle 
........................... 
258 
Worn Tires 
........................................ 
309 
Wrecker Towing 
.................................... 
227 
Lights,  On  Instrument  Panel 
....................... 
123 
Window  Express  Down,  Driver’s  Side 
................... 
93 
16 
L 
. 
4 
c- 
c- 
r 
, 

v, 
W 
1 
1 
I 
c 
